EERE Information Center 1-877-EERE-INFO (1-877-337-3463) www.eere.energy.gov/informationcenter

Prepared by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) NREL is a national laboratory of the U.S. Department of Energy Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy NREL is operated by the Alliance for Sustainable Energy, LLC

DOE/GO-102010-XXXX • October 2010

Printed with a renewable-source ink on paper containing at least 50% wastepaper, including 10% post consumer waste. 

# Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy UpgradesNOTICE This report was prepared as an account of work sponsored by an agency of the United States government. Neither the United States government nor any agency thereof, nor any of their employees, makes any warranty, express or implied, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, apparatus, product, or process disclosed, or represents that its use would not infringe privatelyowned rights. Reference herein to any specific commercial product, process, or service by trade name, trademark, manufacturer, or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement, recommendation, or favoring by the United States government or any agency thereof. The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States government or any agency thereof.

Available electronically at http://www.osti.gov/bridge

Available for a processing fee to U.S. Department of Energy and its contractors, in paper, from: U.S. Department of Energy
Office of Scientific and Technical Information
P.O. Box 62 Oak Ridge, TN 37831-0062 phone: 865.576.8401
fax: 865.576.5728 email: mailto:reports@adonis.osti.gov

Available for sale to the public, in paper, from: U.S. Department of Commerce
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, VA 22161 phone: 800.553.6847
fax: 703.605.6900 email: orders@ntis.fedworld.gov online ordering: http://www.ntis.gov/ordering.htm

Printed on paper containing at least 50% wastepaper, including 20% postconsumer waste 

### This manuscript is a draft copy for public review only, not for citation.

Cover photo credit: National Renewable Energy Laboratory

### This manuscript is a draft copy for public review only, not for citation.

Cover photo credit: National Renewable Energy Laboratory NOTICE This report was prepared as an account of work sponsored by an agency of the United States government. Neither the United States government nor any agency thereof, nor any of their employees, makes any warranty, express or implied, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, apparatus, product, or process disclosed, or represents that its use would not infringe privately owned rights. Reference herein to any specific commercial product, process, or service by trade name, trade

mark, manufacturer, or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement, recommendation, or favoring by the United States government or any agency thereof. The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States government or any agency thereof.

Available electronically at http://www.osti.gov/bridge

Available for a processing fee to U.S. Department of Energy and its contractors, in paper, from:
U.S. Department of Energy
Office of Scientific and Technical Information
P.O. Box 62 Oak Ridge, TN 37831-0062 phone: 865.576.8401
fax: 865.576.5728
email: mailto:reports@adonis.osti.gov

Available for sale to the public, in paper, from:
U.S. Department of Commerce
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, VA 22161 phone: 800.553.6847
fax: 703.605.6900
email: orders@ntis.fedworld.gov online ordering: http://www.ntis.gov/ordering.htm

Printed on paper containing at least 50% wastepaper, including 20% postconsumer waste

### Introduction

On October 19, 2009, Vice President Biden unveiled the Recovery Through Retrofit report that builds on the foundation laid in the 2009 Recovery Act to expand clean energy job opportunities and boost
homeowner energy savings by making residential buildings more energy efficient. The report identified
the lack of a skilled workforce as one of three key barriers to scaling up the residential energy efficiency
retrofit market. To address this barrier, the report recommended establishing a uniform suite of voluntary national standards, or “guidelines,” for worker training and certification.

The Recovery Through Retrofit Workforce Working Group, which includes the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), the U.S. Department of Labor, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the U.S. Department of Education, the U.S. Small Business Administration, and the U.S. Department of Health
and Human Services, then detailed the four interrelated components of the Workforce Guidelines for

Home Energy Upgrades: Job Task Analyses; Essential Knowledge, Skills, and Abilities; Standard Work Specifications; and a Technical Standards Reference Guide.

The Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades also has its origins in the Weatherization

Assistance Program Training and Technical Assistance (WAP T&TA) Plan. The T&TA Plan seeks to ensure that Recovery Act investments help lay a permanent foundation for a stronger Weatherization

Assistance Program. This foundation will support enduring employment opportunities for
weatherization workers hired to support the Recovery Act ramp

‐ up, workers who are currently underemployed or dislocated and seeking new prospects, and workers who have relevant skills and are looking for an entry point into this exciting and rapidly expanding industry. To support these objectives,
the WAP T&TA Plan calls for a voluntary national framework for worker certification and training

program accreditation, a framework contingent on the development of Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades that is recognized by both the national Weatherization Network and broader home

energy efficiency retrofit industry.

The DOE National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) led the development of the Workforce
Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades in a process that involved a historic collaboration between
Weatherization Assistance Program technicians and trainers, home performance contractors, building scientists, organized labor, healthy homes professionals and other technical experts in the building
trades and throughout the retrofit industry. The guidelines build upon the considerable but incomplete body of material already in circulation, and the cumulative knowledge gathered throughout the nation’s

30

‐ year history of the performing energy efficiency retrofits of residential homes.

In addition to the involvement of energy efficiency retrofit professionals, the guidelines underwent a thorough review by healthy homes and worker safety experts. Staffs from the EPA, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health participated in writing and reviewing the guidelines to include worker and homeowner safety.

This document includes the following components for the four most common weatherization and

energy efficiency retrofit job classifications: Energy Auditor, Retrofit Installer/Technician, Crew Leader,
and Inspector/Quality Assurance Professional.

**** Standard Work Specifications define the performance requirements for high quality energy efficiency retrofit work and the minimum conditions necessary to achieve the desired outcomes
of a given retrofit measure.

i**** Technical standards encompass standards, regulations and codes developed by government, industry or third

‐ party standards development organizations— such as OSHA, the EPA, the

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air

‐ Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), ASTM International, and the Building Performance Institute—and define the safety, materials, installation, and application standards relevant to residential building energy efficiency retrofits.

**** Job Task Analyses identify and catalog all of the tasks a given worker typically performs when completing a suite of energy efficiency improvements in a home.

**** Essential KSAs identify the minimum knowledge, skills, and abilities that a skilled worker should

possess to perform high quality energy efficiency retrofit work.

Once finalized, the Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades will:

1. Enable the Weatherization Assistance Program and residential retrofit program administrators
nationwide to strengthen their field guides and other work manuals by incorporating the high quality
Standard Work Specifications contained in the guidelines.

2. Assist training providers in developing academic and job training course content and curricula

consistent with an industry recognized suite of Job Task Analyses and Knowledge, Skills, and Abilities.

3. Build confidence amongst consumers and the energy efficiency finance community that retrofit work
will be completed in a quality manner and produce the expected energy savings and health benefits.

4. Facilitate additional technical standards development by the appropriate industry group or third

‐ party
standards development organization.

5. Increase workforce mobility up career ladders and across career lattices by establishing a clear set of
essential Knowledge, Skills and Abilities upon which worker credentials should be based.

6. Lay the foundation for a more robust worker certification and training program accreditation
architecture.

The Standard Work Specifications for Energy Efficiency Residential Retrofits section is organized by

sections corresponding to the different systems found in residential buildings. Within each section are subtopics and details. The details contain the critical specification that must be achieved to ensure quality work. Throughout the standard work specifications are footnotes referring to the relevant
technical standards, which are then summarized in Appendix D.

The Job Task Analysis and Essential Knowledge Skills and Abilities section is made up of content outlines
for the four common energy efficiency retrofit job classifications. They were developed by professional psychometricians working with experienced technicians from the Weatherization Assistance Program,
the residential energy efficiency retrofit contractor community, and organized labor. The content
outlines were generated through a Develop

‐ A

‐ Curriculum (DACUM) process and provide a detailed inventory of the minimum knowledge, skills and abilities—both cognitive and psychomotor—that a worker should possess to perform high quality energy efficiency retrofit work. Part two of this effort (spring of 2011) will introduce DACUM charts for all four job descriptions, which will support curriculum development in training programs nationwide.

ii

### Acknowledgements

The Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades was developed by the NREL with the participation
of a broad cross section of industry representatives, including technicians from the Weatherization

Assistance Program, residential energy efficiency retrofit professionals, healthy homes and worker safety experts, NREL residential building scientists, and psychometricians.

Over 156 industry representatives collaborated in the development of the Workforce Guidelines for

Home Energy Upgrades

. NREL acknowledges and appreciates the efforts of these individuals who
traveled throughout the summer to attend numerous work sessions at NREL in Golden, Colorado, and
who gave their time, expertise, and experience in generous proportions. Many rescheduled vacations
and rearranged other work commitments to meet the ambitious goal of providing DOE with draft
standards for federal agency review by August 2010.

NREL also acknowledges the work performed by its subcontractors in helping to meet the accelerated
deadlines of this project. Their expert facilitation process and extensive knowledge of the residential

energy efficiency retrofit industry was critical in enlisting the help of so many accomplished key experts.

Specifically, NREL would like to thank the 33 professionals who put together the original draft of the
Standard Work Specifications which are built on the considerable material already in circulation
nationwide and the wealth of knowledge learned through 30 years of performing energy efficiency
retrofits in homes. NREL also convened 43 retrofit professionals and Weatherization Assistance Program
technical experts to review and edit the Standard Work Specifications for Energy Efficiency Residential
Retrofits section for climate specific variations, technical accuracy and health and worker safety perspectives.

NREL also wishes to thank the 50 participants in the Job Task Analyses and Essential Knowledge, Skills,
and Abilities work session. These individuals, with the guidance of three skilled psychometricians,
identified and cataloged all of the steps a given worker typically performs when completing a suite of

energy efficiency improvements in a home, and the minimum knowledge, skills, and abilities that a skilled worker should possess to perform high quality energy efficiency retrofit work.

Finally, NREL offers special thanks to DOE program leadership for guidance and to the White House
Council on Environmental Quality and the Vice President’s Office for vision and leadership to initiate the project.

iiiThe Relationship Between the U.S. Department of Energy’s Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades and the Environmental Protection Agency’s Healthy Indoor Environment
Protocols for Home Energy Retrofits

The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Weatherization Assistance Program and the broader
residential energy efficiency retrofit industry are experiencing significant growth as a result of

investments made through the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act and increased
societal awareness of the economic, employment, and health benefits of reducing home energy consumption.

In support of this expansion, DOE and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) are developing two keystone documents pertaining to quality and health considerations in
residential energy efficiency retrofits. These documents are being developed in conjunction
with one another and are complementary and mutually supportive. Both are intended to provide a set of voluntary measures that the Weatherization Assistance Program and other

energy efficiency retrofit efforts can adopt to increase the quality of the retrofit work performed while maintaining or improving the health and safety of the occupant.

Together, the two documents will:

**** Provide a robust and practical set of resources for retrofit contractors, trainers, and

program administrators

**** Help improve the quality of the work performed in this expanding industry

**** Promote occupant health and safety

**** Drive consumer demand for energy efficiency retrofit services.

DOE and the EPA have collaborated closely throughout the production of these two documents.

In particular, the two agencies have strived to make certain that the EPA minimum actions are fundamentally integrated appropriately into the DOE Standard Work Specifications for Energy Efficiency Retrofits

, which form the bulk of the guidelines, so that retrofit workers following the

DOE document will inherently achieve the EPA minimum recommendations. Any

inconsistencies will be reconciled during the forthcoming public comment periods for both of
these documents. Additionally, both DOE and the EPA fully support the retrofit industry going
above and beyond the minimum actions by adopting the EPA

‐ recommended expanded actions,
but both agencies also understand that financial or programmatic constrains may impede this

in certain cases.

About the DOE Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades Document

The DOE Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades contains a comprehensive set of
standard work specifications for a wide range of energy efficiency retrofit measures. These
standard work specifications define the minimum requirements for high quality energy

ivefficiency retrofit work and the proper conditions necessary to achieve the desired outcomes of

a given retrofit measure.

Once finalized, the DOE standard work specifications will enable the Weatherization Assistance Program and other residential retrofit program administrators nationwide to strengthen their
field guides, work manuals, and other programmatic requirements for workers and contractors.
The standard work specifications should be followed by all retrofit programs aiming to build
confidence amongst consumers, program officials, the energy efficiency finance community,
and the general public that retrofit work will be of high quality and produce the expected

energy savings and health protections for the occupants.

About the EPA Healthy Indoor Environment Protocols for Home Energy Retrofits Document

The EPA Healthy Indoor Environment Protocols for Home Energy Retrofits focuses primarily on the health and safety of the building occupants. The EPA document includes recommended

assessment protocols to identify indoor environmental quality issues, recommended minimum

actions
, and opportunities for expanded actions to promote improved occupant health through
home energy retrofits. Each of these is described below.

**** Assessment protocols provide EPA

‐ recommendations for evaluating both existing
conditions of concern and the potential for additional health concerns that may arise as

a result of retrofit activities.

**** Minimum actions include actions that weatherization and home energy retrofit

contractors should take to ensure that the work they perform in a home does not
introduce new health concerns or make existing conditions worse. These actions often
reference existing technical and safety standards.

**** Expanded actions include recommended indoor environment improvements that can be made during many home energy retrofit projects. These actions are usually low

‐ cost, simple improvements that can be performed by home energy retrofit workers with

proper training and sufficient resources.

v

### Disclaimer Regarding the Use of the Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades as Tools for Employment Selection

If the Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades are used with respect to actual employment decisions, they must be used in compliance with the federal equal employment opportunity laws, enforced by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC).

If the National Guidelines are used as tools for employment selection, their use would violate
the federal anti

‐ discrimination laws if an employer intentionally uses them to discriminate
based on race, color, sex, national origin, religion, disability, or age. ( See http://www.eeoc.gov/policy/docs/f actemployment_procedures.html )

Moreover, neutral use of employment selection procedures can violate the federal anti

‐ discrimination laws if they have the effect of disproportionately excluding people in a particular

group by race, sex, or another covered basis, unless the employer can show that the selection procedure is job related and consistent with business necessity. An employer can meet this
standard by showing that the selection procedure is necessary to the safe and efficient performance of the job, in other words, associated with the particular knowledge, skills, and
abilities needed to perform the job successfully, as opposed to simply a general measurement
of skills.

Under Title I of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), it is unlawful to fail to make
reasonable accommodations to the known physical or mental limitations of an applicant or employee who is an individual with a disability who is qualified for the position, unless such
accommodation would impose an undue hardship. See 42 U.S.C. § 12112(b)(5).

For more information on prohibited employment practices and policies, please visit http://www.eeoc.gov/laws/practices/index.cfm

For more information on the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, please visit their homepage at: http://www.eeoc.gov /

vi

# CONTENTS AT A GLANCE

PART I : 1 - 56 4

STANDARD WORK SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENERGY

EFFICIENCY RESIDENTIAL RETROFITS

PART II : 5 65 - 620

JOB TASK ANALYSIS OUTLINES

# CONTENTS AT A GLANCE

PART I : 1 - 564

OVERALL TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

SECTION 1: HOME PERFOMANCE ASSESSMENT 13

SECTION 2 : COMBUSTION APPLIANCES 32

SECTION 3 : VENTILATION 53

SECTION 4 : AIR SEALING 114

SECTION 5 : HEATING AND COOLING 172

SECTION 6 : INSULATION 256

SECTION 7 : CRAWL SPACES AND BASEMENTS 320

SECTION 8 : BASELOAD 371

GLOSSARY 430

APPENDIX D 435



# PART II: 5 65 - 620

ENERGY AUDITOR 566

CREW LEADER 587

RETROFIT INSTALLER / TECHNICIAN 592

QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR 610

# PART I : 1 - 5 6

STANDARD WORK SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENERGY

EFFICIENCY RESIDENTIAL RETROFITS

# Overall Table of Contents :

SECTION 1: HOME PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT

Assessment 1) Essential Home Assessment Components

Appendix A

Home Assessment Guidelines Industry Home Assessment Standards Industry Home Assessment Comparison Table



## SECTION 2 : COMBUSTION APPLIANCES

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1) Combustion Worker Safety

Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing 

### : 2) Depressurization Test 3) Spillage Test 4) Draft Test 5) Carbon Monoxide Test 6) Gas Leak Detection



### Combustion Appliances

Unvented Space Heaters: 7) Propane, Natural Gas and Kerosene Heaters

Vented Gas Appliances : 8) Combustion Air for Atmospherically Vented Appliances 9) Combustion Flue Gas – Orphaned Water Heater 10) Draft Regulation – Category I ApplianceSafety Devices: 11) Smoke Detector 12) Carbon Monoxide Detector or Monitor



### Appendix B

Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Depressurization Limits Table



## SECTION 3 : VENTILATION

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1) Ventilation Worker Safety



### Exhaust

Components : 2) Ducts 3) Terminations 4) Exhaust Grille Location

Fans : 5) Surface Mounted Ducted 6) Inline 7) Direct Vent 8) Multi

- Port System 9) Garage Exhaust Fan

Appliance Exhaust Vents: 10) Clothes Dryer 11) Kitchen Range

Special Considerations: 12) Regional Considerations

### Supply

Components : 13) Supply Register Location 14) Intakes 15) Ducts for Supply 16) Intake to Forced Air System

Fans : 17) Inline or Multi

- Port

Special Considerations: 18) Regional Considerations



### Whole House Ventilation:

Air Flow Requirements: 19) Installed System Air Flow 20) Primary Ventilation Air Flow Between Rooms

Other Components: 21) Controls 22) H eat Recovery Ventilation (HRV) and Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV) Installation

Dehumidifiers: 23) Stand Alone 24) Ventilator

Special Considerations: 25) Regional Considerations 26) Hot and Humid Climate Impact 27) Sound Rating Limits



### Appendix C:

Supplemental Ventilation Information

## SECTION 4 : AIR SEALING

Safe Work Practices: 1) Air Sealing Worker Safety 2) Air Sealing Moisture Precautions 3) Radon



### Attic Sealing

Penetrations and Chases: 4) Penetrations 5) Chase Sealing 6) Chase Capping 7) Pocket Door

Open Stairwell s: 8) Interior with Sloped Ceiling 9) Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Bottom with No Ceiling Above 10) Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Top with Finished Ceiling Above

Dropped Ceilings and Soffits: 11) Raised Top

- Plate with Walls Open to Attic 12) New Ceiling Below Original

- Old Ceiling Intact or Repairable 13) Above Closets and Tubs 14) Ceiling Leaks N ot Repairable – No Air Barrier Above 15) 3- D Walls 16) Dropped Ceiling with Light Boxes and Fixtures 17) Dropped Soffits

Other Ceiling Types: 18) Tongue and Groove Ceilings 19) Cathedralized Attic Ceilings

Considerations: 20) Regional Considerations



### Garage Sealing

Garage Openings : 21) Penetrations, Cracks and Doors between Garage and House

### Window and Door Sealing

Maintenance and Repair: 22) Double

- Hung Wood Windows 23) Single

- Unit Window and Fixed Frame with Wood Sash 24) Exterior Doors

Cracked and Broken Glass: 25) Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House 26) Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House

Replacement: 27) Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House 28) Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House



## SECTION 5 : HEATING AND COOLING

Healt h and Safety

Safe Work Practices : 1) Heating and Cooling Worker Safety



### Forced Air

Design: 2) Load Calculation and Equipment Selection 3) Ductwork and Termination Design

Equipment Installation: 4) Preparation for New Equipment 5) Fuel Delivery System for Fuel Oil 6) Fuel Delivery System for Natural Gas and Propane 7) Setting of Air Handler 8) Duct System 9) Heating and Cooling Controls 10) Venting System 11) Condensate Drainage of Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment 12) Regional ConsiderationsCommissioning of Equipment: 13) Leak Detection 14) Data Plate Verification 15) Venting System 16) Combustion Analysis 17) Air Flow 18) Electrical Service 19) Refrigerant Line Inspection 20) Sequence of Operation 21) Occupant Education 22) Evaporative Cooler Maintenance and Repairs 23) Regional Considerations



### Ducts

Duct Sealing: 24) Preparation and Mechanical Fastening 25) Support 26) Sealing System 27) Proprietary Spray Application 28) Sealing System Components 29) Return – Framed Platform 30) D ua l Cooling Up Ducts 31) Removing Supply Vents From Garages

Duct Insulation: 32) Insulating Flex D ucts 33) Insulating Metal Ducts



### Hydronic Heating

Design: 34) Heat Load Calculation – Whole House 35) Space Load Calculation – Heat Emitter Sizing

Equipment: 36) Boiler – Pressure Relief Safety Valve 37) Boiler Replacement – Gas and Oil 38) Controls – Thermostat ReplacementMaintenance: 39) Gas Boiler – Annual Service 40) Checklist



## SECTION 6 : INSULATION

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1) Insulation Worker Safety



### Attic

Preparation: 2) Non

- Insulation Contact (IC) Recessed L ight 3) Knob and Tube W iring 4) Fireplace Chimney and Combustion Flue V ents 5) Vented Eave or Soffit B affles 6) Dense P ack P reparation

Attic C eilings: 7) Loose Fill Over P itched C eilings 8) Dense P ack Over P itched C eilings 9) Unvented F lat Roof with Existing I nsulation 10) Dense Pack Cape Cod Side Attic R oof

Knee Walls: 11) Preparation for Dense P acking 12) Preparation for B att I nsulation 13) Strapping for Existing I nsulation 14) Knee Wall without F raming

Accessible Attic F loors: 15) Batt I nstallation 16) Loose Fill I nstallation 17) Loose Fill Over Existing I nsulation 18) Batt Insulation Over Existing I nsulation

Enclosed Attic F loors:19) Dense Pack Installation – Bonus Room F loor 20) Dense Pack Installation – Attic Storage P latform

Attic Openings: 21) Pull Down S tairs 22) Access D oors and H atches 23) W hole

- House F an

Attics General: 24) Ventilation 25) Radiant Barrier 26) Skylights 27) Parapet Walls



## Exterior Walls

Preparation : 28) Exterior Dense P ack

Accessible Exterior W alls : 29) Open Wall I nsulation

Enclosed Exterior W alls : 30) Dense Pack Exterior W alls 31) Additional Exterior W al l C avities



## Floors

Accessible F loors : 32) Batt Installation Floor S ystem 33) Loose Fill Floor System with N etting 34) Loose Fill Floor System with R igid B arrier 35) Batt Installation Cantilevered F loor 36) Pier house subfloor insulation – Batt installation with rigid barrier 37) Pier house subfloor insulation – loose fill with rigid barrier

## SECTION 7 : CRAWL SPACES AND BASEMENTS

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1) Crawl Space and Basement Worker Safety 2) Combustion Safety 3) Material Selection, Labeling and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

Separation of Basements and Crawl Spaces: 4) Basements Connected to Crawl Spaces

Crawl Space Health and Safety: 5) Radon 6) Access 7) Crawl Space Information Sign 8) Occupant Education 9) Return and Supply Plenums 10) Warranty and Service Agreement

Basement Health and Safety: 11) Knob and Tube Wiring



### Crawl Spaces

Site Preparation: 12) Pre -W ork Qualifications 13) Debris Removal 14) Drainage 15) Preliminary Dehumidification 16) Negative Pressure Contamination Control 17) Sealing Floor Penetrations 18) Regional Considerations

Vented Crawl Spaces: 19) Ground Moisture B arrier 20) Venting
Closed Crawl Spaces: 21) Skirting on Post and Pier Foun d ations 22) Air Sealing the Foundation Vents 23) Air Sealing the Exterior Wall24) Air Sealing Brick Curtain Wall with Piers 25) Vapor Retarders on Walls 26) Attached Crawl Spaces Under Unconditioned Spaces 27) Wall Insulation 28) Ground Moistur e Barrier 29) Crawl Space Conditioning 30) Regional Considerations



### Basements

Insulation and Conditioning: 31) Basement Wall Insulation

– No Ground Water Leakage 32) Basement Wall Insulation

– Ground Water Leakage 33) Dehumidification



## SECTION 8 : BASELOAD

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1) Baseload Worker Safety



### Baseload

Plug Load: 2) Refrigerator and Freezer Replacement 3) Cleaning and Tuning Existing Refrigerators and Freezers 4) Entertainment and Computer Systems and Components Replacement 5) Lighting 6) Washing Machine 7) Clothes Dryer Replacement 8) Dehumidifiers 9) Removal of Electrically Heated Waterbed Mattress 10) Regional Considerations

### Water Heating

Energy Use: 11) Water Heater Selection 12) Shower Head and Faucet Aerator

Installation and Replacement: 13) Storage Type Appliance 14) O n Demand Appliance 15) Regional Considerations

Routine Maintenance: 16) Storage Type Appliance 17) On Demand Appliance



### S hading:

Landscaping: 18) Indigenous Shading



## GLOSSARY

APPENDIX D

Referenced Standards

# SECTION 1 : HOME PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT

Table of Contents

Comprehensive Assessment :

Assessment 1) Essential Home Assessment Components

Appendix A

Home Assessment Guidelines Industry Home Assessment Standards Industry Home Assessment Comparison Table

## Topic: Comprehensive Assessment
Subtopic: Assessment

1) Detail Name: Essential Home Assessment Components *

Desired Outcome:

**•** Every home assessed for improvement opportunities in required areas ( health, safety, durability, environmental impact ) and in requested areas (comfort, energy cost payback analysis) will offer the primary occupant clear instruction on suggested improvements

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Health All homes will be assessed for health hazards, including all

areas identified in the Home Performance Assessment Input
Table *

Combustion testing will be
conducted in accordance with the Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol or other equivalent protocol Discover home related issues that could pose health hazards

Identify opportunities for improvement

2 Safety All homes will be assessed for safety hazards

, including all
areas identified in the Home Performance Assessment Input
Table ( e.g., electrical, structural, confined spaces) Discover home related issues that could pose a safety hazard

Identify opportunities for improvement

3 Durability All homes will be assessed for condition issues, including all

areas identified in the Home Performance Input Table ( e.g., corrosion, decay, UV, wood rot) Discover home conditions that could pose a risk to durability

Identify opportunities for improvement

4 Comfort Occupants will be given the opportunity to identify whether improved comfort is a goal for
the assessment

Upon occupant request, the
home will be assessed for comfort improvement Discover home conditions that
could interfere with comfort

Identify opportunities for improvementopportunities, including all
areas identified in the Home Performance Input Table *

5 Energy F unders or occupants will be given the opportunity to identify whether energy reduction is a goal for the

assessment

Upon occupant or funder request, the home will be assessed for energy reduction opportunities, including all
areas identified in the Home Performance Input Table Discover energy reduction opportunities ( whenever a
return on investment evaluation
is a desired outcome of the occupants or funders )

A full energy reduction assessment using a Department of Energy ( DOE ) approved
method or software will be
conducted

6 Occupant
education Occupants will be educated on operating and managing their home after improvement s Provide occupant education on all areas of assessment

Increase occupant involvement in household operation and energy management that
enhances effectiveness of improvements

7 Environmental improvements All homes will be assessed for environmental improvement opportunities , including a ll
areas identified in the Home Performance Input Table ( e.g., water use, carbon reduction, recycling) * Discover opportunities to reduce environmental impact

*For more information see Appendix A

# APPENDIX A:

Home Assessment Guidelines

Occupant Interview

**•** Review energy bills (if available)

**•** Discover significant heating and cooling concerns

**•** Indentify occupant living habits and needs

Combustion Appliance Safety

**•** Visually i nspect units for damage or maintenance

**•** Inspect for fuel leaks using approved methods

**•** Inspect for clearance to combustibles

**•** Test ambient carbon monoxide ( CO )

**•** Test for CO in undiluted flue gases

**•** Test for CO on gas cook stoves

**•** Conduct worst

- case Combustion Appliance Zone ( CAZ ) testing

**•** Identify combustion air source according to ASHRAE 62.2

- 2010

**•** Inspect safety shut offs

**•** I nspect heat exchanger condition, maintenance and efficiency

**•** Remove or vent u nvented space heaters

Heating, Cooling and Hot Water Systems

**•** Evaluat e furnace performance and efficiency

**•** Evaluat e cooling maintenance, installation, performance and efficiency

**•** Determine dominant duct leakage

**•** Conduct pressure pan, duct blaster or Delta Q tests as necessary

**•** Measure room pressure imbalances in houses with forced

- air systems

**•** Resolve room pressure imbalances

**•** Evaluat e duct performance, including filter effectiveness and duct sizing

**•** Evaluate R

- value of duct insulation

**•** Evaluat e water heater condition, performance and efficiency

**•** Evaluate R

- value of pipe insulation

Indoor Air Quality and Ventilation

**•** Test m inimum ventilation rates and building tightness limits based on ASHRAE 62.2

­ 2010

**•** Test s pot ventilation to ASHRAE 62.2

- 2010

Building Envelope: Air Sealing and Insulation Levels**•** Determine square footage and approximate age of ho use

**•** Determine R

- values of wall , ceiling and floor insulation

**•** Determine type and condition of doors

**•** Determine type of windows: glazing type(s) and frame material(s)

**•** Identify thermal bypasses and thermal bridges

**•** Determ ine type, model number and location o f heating and cooling system(s)

**•** Determine type of ductwork, location and R

- value of duct insulation and any indications of previous duct sealing

**•** Determine type of foundation ( e.g., crawl space, basement, slab) and any insulation

**•** Conduct blower door test to determine a ir

- leakage rate of the building enclosure

**•** Conduct visual inspection to identify paths of air leakage

**•** Conduct zone pressure diagnostics and interpret results

**•** Determine the location and effectiveness of the air barrier

Moisture Control

**•** Identify exterior water intrusion

**•** Indentify i nterior moisture sources

**•** Indentify effects of water damage ( e.g., mold, mildew, insect damage )

**•** Evaluate condition of downspouts and flashing

**•** Verify presence of properly applied vapor retarders

Baseload

**•** Inspect d omestic h ot w ater tank temperature and insulation

**•** Evaluate major appliance performance and efficiency (especially refrigerators)

**•** Evaluate lighting performance and efficiency

Computer Simulation

**•** Input accurate house data and determine appropriate, cost

- effective retrofit measures

Health and Safety I ssues

**•** Identify electrical hazards and notify occupant

**•** Identify fire or structural hazards and notify occupant

**•** Ide ntify substance hazards ( e.g., mold, lead, asbestos, radon) and notify occupant

**•** Test vermiculite in attic for potential asbestos.

**•** If assessor is likely to recommend heating system repairs or removal that may disturb potential asbestos on piping, test material to determine if asbestos is present.

**•** If there is an attached or tuck

- under garage, identify the location of air leaks from the garage to occupied spaces

.

**•** I dentify evidence of pests ( e.g., feces, urine stains, chew marks).

**•** Determine if painted surfaces to be disturbed may contain lead

- based paint ( e.g., painted surfaces in pre

- 1978 homes unless testing confirms non lead

- based paint).**•** Test for radon. If levels exceed EPA action level of 4pCi/L, ensure energy efficiency retrofit work does not increase radon levels. Confirm in post -r etrofit radon test

.

**•** Verify existence and operation of smoke and CO alarms

Occupant Education

**•** Provide occupants with a reasonable estimation of energy savings

**•** Advise occupants on additional baseload reduction strategies

**•** Educate occupants on additional energy reduction strategies and actions

**•** Educate occupants on any hazards and appropriate steps to address them 

## Industry Home Assessment Standards Condensed

Combustion Appliance Safety :

**•** Fuel leaks

**•** Clearance to combustibles

**•** Ambient carbon monoxide ( CO )

**•** CO in undiluted flue gases

**•** CO on gas cook stoves

**•** Depressurization t est

**•** Combustion a ir

**•** Safety shut offs

**•** Heat exchanger

**•** Unvented space heaters

**•** Inspect venting systems for damage, leaks, disconnections and other safety hazards

**•** Spillage and draft testing

**•** Combustion Appliance Zone ( CAZ ) Safety Inspection

- Make sure there are no flammable or explosive materials near any combustion source

Existing and Potential M oisture P roblems :

**•** Exterior water intrusion

**•** Interior moisture sources

**•** Condition of down spouts, flashing, etc.

**•** Presence of properly applied vapor retarders

Mechanical Ventilation N eeds :

**•** Flow capacity of existing mechanical ventilation

**•** ASHRAE 62.2

- 20 10

**•** Verify flows of all exhaust fans (including dryer) and venting to outdoors

**•** Note presence and operability of whole

- house fans and powered

- attic

- ventilators and discuss with occupant

**•** Note presen ce , location and operability of exhaust fans and determine whether th ey are vented outside

**•** If attached garage, note whether exhaust fan is present and o perable**•** Electrical hazards

**•** Fire or structural hazards

**•** Substance hazards

**•** Mold

**•** Lead

**•** Asbestos

**•** Radon

**•** Existence and operation of smoke and CO alarms

**•** Connectivity between house and attached garage

**•** Measure selection

**•** Cost benefit a nalysis

**•** Department of Energy ( DOE )- approved a udit

**•** Use of consumption data to target high energy usage

**•** Use of priority lists

Building Shell :

**•** Note key features of house ( e.g., porch roof, multiple roof lines, cantilevers, bay windows, dormers, knee wall attics, attic access, house additions)

**•** Check attic venting

**•** Check for signs o f moisture damage ( e.g., stains, soft or rotted materials, damaged insulation)

**•** Inspect house for renewable energy opportunities

Air L eakage :

**•** Blower door testing

**•** When not to use blower door testing

**•** Zonal pressure diagnostics

**•** When not to seal

**•** Prioritized sealing

**•** Cost effective sealing guidelines

**•** I nfrared (I R ) s canning

Conductive L osses :

**•** R- value of opaque building materials and cavities

**•** U- factors and solar heat gain coefficients of windows

**•** Feasibility of a dditional insulation

**•** Cost effectiveness of insulation retrofits or window replacements

**•** Cost effectiveness of shading and reflective coatings

**•** Envelope thermal c haracteristics

- Determin ing thermal boundary

**•** Identify thermal bypasses

### HEATING AND COOLING E FFICIENCY

Furnace performance and efficiency :

**•** Cleaning

**•** Tuning

**•** Adjustment

**•** Control upgrades

Boiler performance and efficiency :

**•** Cleaning

**•** Tuning

**•** Adjustment

**•** Control upgrades

Air

- condition and heat pump performance and efficiency :

**•** Cleaning

**•** Tuning

**•** Adjustment

**•** Control upgrades

Steam and hot water space heating distribution efficiency :

**•** Cleaning

**•** Tuning

**•** Adjustment

**•** Control upgrades

Duct performance :

**•** Pressure pan testing

**•** Room pressure imbalances

**•** Temperature rise test

**•** Static pressure test

**•** Duct pressurization test

**•** Dominant duct leakage test

**•** Duct location and R

- value

**•** Feasibility and cost effectiveness of retrofit duct insulation

**•** Evaluation of filter effectiveness and duct sizing

**•** Visual inspection of ducts for leaks, disconnects, crimps, signs of moisture, return leaks near combustion equipment, damage or other atypical conditions

**•** Evaporative cooler maintenance, installation and performance

**•** Heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC ) equipment replacement criteria and sizingBase load :

**•** Occupant education

**•** Domestic hot water (DHW)

**•** Refrigerator performance

**•** Lighting efficiency

**•** Clothes dryer venting

**•** Pool and spa energy consumption and conservation strategies

**•** For all appliances greater than 10 years old, discuss benefits of replacing them with

ENERGY STAR ® qualified appliances



### DEFERRAL OF WAP SERVICES

Misc ellaneous Additions :

**•** Interview with occupant

**•** Provide disclosure of conflicts of interest to occupant

**•** Inform occupants of low cost and no cost improvements that they can implement

**•** Provide a scope of work

**•** Advise the occupant on where to locate qualified individuals and contractors to complete the work on the home

**•** Pre

- work and post

- work verification/ t est

- out

**•** Visual Inspection of HVAC and DHW

**•** Determine number and type of t

- stats

**•** Verif y system information: age, model, heat in/out, capacity, general condition and maintenance history

**•** Check for evidence of backdraft, flame roll

- out, blocked chimney and corroded or missing vent connector

**•** If boiler, verify that pressure relief valve is prese nt and not obstructed

**•** If condensing unit, check the condensate line for signs of blockage or leaks

**•** Check exhaust vent for proper fitting and termination

**•** Check for issues around compressor or fan in yard such as air flow obstruction

**•** Check for insulation on refrigerant line set

**•** Inspect air filters

**•** Verify seconda ry overflow pans and presence of condensation drain line or float
disconnect switch

**•** Note any ducts or air handlers in garages

**•** For hydronic systems, note insulation values and opportunity for pipe insul ation

**•** For baseboards, note condition and positioning of covers, presence of dust, webs or
other material on the fins

**•** Note temperature setting on water heater

**•** Signs of water leakage on DHW tank

**•** Inspect water heater and pipes for efficiency improvements ( e.g., presence or lack of insulation, convective loop, feasibility of retrofitting insulation on tank or pipes)**•** Specifications given for a summary repor t to be given to the occupant (e xample reports given)

Additions from Visual Inspection of home :

**•** Note square foo tage and approximate age of house

**•** Types of windows

- glazing type and frame material

**•** Type of foundation

**•** Estimated age of major appliances ( e.g., dishwashers, refrigerators, freezers, washing machines, dryers )

**•** General Limitations: The energy use information contained in the report does not

constitute a ny warranty of energy cost or savingsGroup Existing StandardHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Combustion Appliance Safety Combustion Appliance Safety X X

Fuel leaks X X

Clearance to combustibles X

Ambient carbon monoxide ( CO ) X X

CO in undiluted flue gases X X

CO on gas cook stoves X X

Combustion Appliance Zone ( CAZ ) Depressurization Test X X

Combustion a ir X X

Safety shut offs X X

Heat exchanger X X

Unvented space heaters X X

Inspect venting systems for damage, leaks, disconnections and other safety hazards X X

Spillage and draft testing X X

CAZ safety i nspection

- Make sure there are no flammable or explosive materials near any combustion

source X XGroup Existing StandardHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Existing and
Potential

Moisture
Problems Exterior water intrusion X

Interior moisture sources X X

Condition of downspouts, flashing etc. X

Presence of properly applied vapor retarders X

Mechanical
Ventilation
Needs Flow capacity of existing mechanical ventilation X X X

ASHRAE 62.2

- 2007 X X X

Verify flows of all exhaust fans (including dryer) and venting to outdoors X X X

Note presence and operability of whole

- house fans and powered

- attic

- ventilators and discuss with occupant X

Note presence and location of exhaust fans, and determine whether they are vented outdoors X

If attached garage, note whether exhaust fan is present and operable X X

Electrical hazards X

Fire or structural hazards X

Substance hazards XGroup Existing StandardHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Mechanical
Ventilation
Needs Mold X

Lead X

Asbestos X

Radon X

Existence and operation of smoke and CO alarms X

Connectivity between house and attached garage X

Cost benefit a nalysis X

Department of Energy ( DOE)- approved method or a udit X X X X X

Use of consumption data to target high energy usage X

Use of priority lists X

Building Shell Note key features of house ( e.g., porch roof, multiple roof lines, cantilevers, bay windows, dormers, knee wall attics, attic access, house additions) X X X

Check attic venting X X

Check for signs of moisture damage ( e.g., stains, soft or rotted materials, damaged insulation) X

Inspect house for renewable energy opportunities XGroup Existing StandardHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Air Leakage Blower door testing X X X

When not to use blower door testing X X

Zonal pressure diagnostics X X X

When not to seal X X

Prioritized sealing X X X

Cost effective sealing guidelines X

I nfrared (I R ) s canning X X X

Conductive

Losses R- value of opaque building materials and cavities X

U- factors and solar heat gain coefficients of windows X

Feasibility of additional insulation X

Cost effectiveness of insulation retrofits or window replacements X

Cost effectiveness of shading and reflective coatings X

Envelope thermal c haracteristics

- Determining thermal boundary of the ho use X

Identify thermal bypasses X

Furnace
Performance and Efficiency Furnace Cleaning X XHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Group Existing Standard

Furnace
Performance and Efficiency (continued) Furnace t uning X X

Furnace a djustment X X

Furnace control upgrades X X

Boiler
Performance and Efficiency Boiler c leaning X X

Boiler t uning X X

Boiler a djustment X X

Boiler c ontrol upgrades X X

Pump
Performance and Efficiency Air conditioning and heat pump cleaning X X

Air conditioning and heat pump tuning X X

Air conditioning and heat pump adjustment X X

Air conditioning and heat pump control upgrades X X

Steam and Hot Water Space Heating
Distribution Efficiency Steam and water space heating cleaning X X

Steam and water space heating tuning X X

Steam and water space heating adjustment X X

Steam and water space heating control upgrades X X

Performance Duct Pressure pan testing X XHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Group Existing Standard

Duct
Performance (continued) Room pressure imbalances X X

Temperature rise test X X

Static pressure test X X

Duct pressurization test X X

Dominant duct leakage test X X

Duct location and R

- value X X

Feasibility and cost effectiveness of retrofit duct
insulation X

Evaluation of filter effectiveness and duct sizing X X

Evaporative cooler maintenance, installation and performance X X X

Heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC ) equipment replacement criteria and sizing X X X

Baseload Base load occupant education X

Domestic hot water X

Refrigerator performance X

Lighting efficiency X

Clothes dryer venting XGroup Existing StandardHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Baseload Pool and spa energy consumption and conservation strategies X

For all appliances greater than 10 years old, discuss benefits of replacing them with ENERGY STAR ® qualified appliances X

Miscellaneous
Additions Interview with occupant X

Provide disclosure of conflicts of interest to occupant X

Inform the occupant of low cost and no cost improvements they can implement X

Provide a scope of work X

Advise the occupant on where to locate qualified individuals and contractors to complete the work on the
ho use X

Pre -w ork and post

- work verification/t est

- out X X X X
Visual Inspection of HVAC and domestic hot water ( DHW ) X

Determine number, type and location of thermost a ts X

Verify system information: age, model, heat in/out, capacity, general condition and maintenance history XHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Group Existing Standard

Miscellaneous
Additions (continued) Check for evidence of backdraft, flame roll

- out, blocked chimney and corroded or missing vent connector X X

If boiler, verify that pressure relief valve is present and
not obstructed X

If condensing unit, check the condensate line for signs of blockage or leaks X

Check exhaust vent for proper fitting and termination X X

Che ck for issues around compressor or fan in yard such
as air flow obstruction X X

Check for insulation on refrigerant line set X X

Inspect air filters X

Verify secondary overflow pans and presence of
condensation drain line or float disconnect switch X

Note any ducts or air handlers in garages X X

For hydronic systems, note insulation values and opportunity for pipe insulation X

For baseboards systems, note condition and positioning of covers, presence of dust, webs or other material on
the fins XGroup Existing StandardHealthSafetyDurabilityComfortEnergyReductionEducationEnvironment

Miscellaneous
Additions (continued) Note temperature setting on water heater X X

Signs of water leakage on DHW tank X

Inspect water heater and pipes for efficiency improvements ( e.g., presence or lack of insulation, convective loop, feasibility of retrof itting insulation on
tank or pipes) X

Specifications given for a summary repor t to be given to the occupant (e xample reports given) X

Additions from Visual Inspection
of House Note square fo otage and approximate age of hous e X

Types of windows

- glazing type and frame material X

Type of foundation X X X

Estimated age of major appliances ( e.g., dishwashers, refrigerators, freezers, washing machines, dryers ) X

General l imitations: The energy use information contained in the report does not constitute any warranty of energy cost or savings X

# SECTION 2: COMBUSTION APPLIANCES

Table of Contents

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices : 1 1) Combustion Worker Safe ty

Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing 

### : 2) Depressurization Test 3) Spillage Test 4) Draft Test 5) Carbon Monoxide Test 6) Gas Leak Detection



### Combustion Appliances

Unvented Space Heaters : 7) Propane, Natural Gas and Kerosene Heaters

Vented Gas Appliances : 8) Combustion Air for Atmospherically Vented Appliances 9) Combustion Flue Gas – Orphaned Water Heater 10) Draft Regulation – Category I Appliance

Safety Devices: 11) Smoke Detector 12) Carbon Monoxide Detector or Monitor



### Appendix B

Combustion Applia nce Zone (CAZ) Depressurization Limits Table

1 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards

### Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices : 1) Combustion Worker Safety

Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing: 2) Depressurization Test 3) Spillage Test 4) Draft Test 5) Carbon Monoxide Test 6) Gas Leak Detection

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

1) Detail Name: Combustion Worker Safety

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work completed safely without injury or hazardous exposure

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hand p rotection Durable and wrist protecting gloves will be worn that can withstand work activity 2 Minimize skin contact with

contaminants

Protect hands from sharp objects

2 Respiratory protection Respirators appropriate for the contaminants present will be worn (e.g. N

- 95 or equivalent face mask) 3 Minimize exposure to airborne contaminants (e.g. insulation materials, m old spores, feces, bacteria, chemicals)

3 Electrical safety 4

, 5 An electrical sa fety assessment will be performed

Extension cords used with portable electric tools wi ll be of
three

- wire type

Worn or frayed electric cords will
not be used

All electric tools will be protected by Ground

- Fault Circuit Interrupters 6

Metal ladders will be avoided

Water such as condensate pans
and electrical sources will be Avoid electrical shock and
arc flash haza rds

2 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

3 OSHA Technical Manual S ection VIII: Chapter 2, section IV

4 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

5 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K – Electrical

6 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eToolkept separate

Special precautions will be taken if knob and tube wiring is
present

For arc flash hazards, NFPA 70E
will be consulted

4 Protective clothing Eye protection will be worn at all times (e.g. safety glasses, goggles if not using full face respirator) 7 Protect worker from skin
contact with contaminants

Minimize spread of

contaminants

5 Confined space safety

8,9 Access and egress points will be located before beginning work

Inspection will be conducted for frayed electrical wires

Adequate ventilation will be provided

Use of toxic material will be
reduced Prevent build

- up of toxic or
flammable contaminants

Provide adequate access and

egress

Avoid electrical shock

6 Power tool safety 10 Power tools will be inspected and used according to manufacturer specifications to
eliminate hazards associated with missing ground prongs, ungrounded circuits, misuse of power tools, noise and improper or defective cords or
extension cords

All devices used will be verified as GFI protected or double
insulated Prevent power tool injuries

7 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

8 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

9 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/confinedspaces/index.html

- OSHA Confined Space Webpage

10 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment7 Chemical safety The least toxic suitable material
will be chosen

Hazardous materials will be handled according to safety procedures to avoid hazards
associated with volatile organic compounds ( VOCs ) , sealants, insulation, dust, foams, asbestos, lead, mercury fibers and oil tank mercury 11 Prevent exposure to toxic
substa nces

8 Ergonomic safety 12 Proper equipment will be used
for work

Proper lifting techniques will be
used Avoid injuries from awkward postures, repetitive motions and improper lifting

9 Hand tool safety Hand tools will be used for intended purpose 13 Reduce injuries

10 Slips, trips and falls 14 Caution will be used around power cords, hoses, tarps and plastic sheeting

Precautions will be taken when ladders are used, when working at heights or when balancing on joists

Walk boards will be used when practical

Appropriate footwear and clothing will be worn Eliminate injuries due to slips, trips and falls

11 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z

- Toxic and Hazardous Substances

12 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/ergonomics/index.html

- OSHA Ergonomics Webpage

13 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment

14 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protection11 Heat and thermal

stress 15 Appropriate ventilation, hydration, rest breaks and cooling equipment will be used

Dial 911 when necessary Reduce heat stroke, heat
stress and cold stress related injuries

12 Prevention through design Design will be incorporated to
eliminate or minimize hazards (e.g. material selection, access to equipment for installation and maintenance, placement of equipment, duct work and condensate lines) 16 Prevent worker injuries, exposure to toxic substances
and physical hazards

15 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

16 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing

2) Detail Name: Depressurization T est

Desired Outcome:

**•** C ombined effect of mechanical system fans on combustion zone pressure
measured

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Duct leakage F urnace, heat pump and air
conditioner fan will be on the high speed setting Account for all pressure change caused by d ominant duct leakage to outside or
inside 17

2 Interior door closure Bedroom door s will be closed
and the direction of air flow
will be checked

Door cl osure will be included

in worst

- case testing Account for all pressure change caused by door closure

3 Exhaust and supply
fans smaller than 150 cubic feet per minute (CFM) Bath, kitchen, laundry room, dryer, attic, crawl space and ventilation (exhaust and supply) fans will be included in depressurization testing Account for all pressure change caused by all exhaust fans, dryers and supply fans

4 Depressurization
l imits The combined effect of the
above mechanical air distribution fans creating the lowest pressure conditions will not exceed negative pressures listed in the Combustion Appliance Zone Depressurization Limits Table (Appendix B)

The limits will be according to the venting conditions listed
in the same table Reduce the occurrence of backdrafting, pressure induced
flame roll

- out , carbon monoxide production and prolonged spillage of flue

gasses 18

17 ASTM E1554

- 07

18 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing

3) Detail Name: Spillage Test

Desired Outcome:

**•** Accurate information about spillage of combustion gasses gathered

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Spillage test C ombustion gasses will not spill out of the draft diverter
for more than 1 minute upon firing a furnace or water
heater under lowest pressure
conditions Detect excessive spillage of combustion gasses 19

19 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing

4) Deta il Name: Draft Test

Desired Outcome:

**•** A ccurate information about draft pressure gathered

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Separate vent Furnaces, boilers and water
heaters will be teste d for
carbon monoxide (CO) production after 5 minutes of

run time

Red uce the occurrence of appliance backdrafting 20

2 Shared vent Shared vent gas or oil furnaces, boilers and water
heaters will be draft tested
after 5 minutes of run time

The lowest British thermal unit (Btu) appliance will be
tested first and allowed to cool before testing the next

3 Draft pressure All draft pressures will be equal to or greater than minimum draft pressures
listed on the Minimal Acceptable Draft Pressure

T able (A ppendix B) Red uce the occurrence of appliance b ackdrafting at
different outside
temperatures 21

20 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

21 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing

5) Detail Name: Carbon Monoxide Test

Desired Outcome:

**•** Accurate reading of carbon monoxide ( CO ) production

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Furnaces, boilers and
water heaters Furnaces, boilers and water
heaters will be tested for carbon monoxide ( CO ) production after 5 minutes of

run time 22 Measure CO when the appliance is in steady state

2 Stoves and ovens Oven will be tested for CO production after 5 minutes of

run time 23 Measure CO when the oven is at a steady temperature

22 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

23 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) Testing

6) Detail Name: Gas Leak Detection

Desired Outcome:

**•** A ccurate information about gas leaks gathered

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Detection G as pipe s and connections
will be tested for leaks at a sensitivity of no less than 20 parts per million 24

Detected leaks will be confirmed with gas leak
detection fluid Detect gas leaks

Determine need for repair

24 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

### Combustion Appliances

Unvented Space Heaters: 7) Propane, Natural Gas and Kerosene Heaters

Vented Gas Appliances: 8) Combustion Air for Atmospherically Vented Appliances 9) Combustion Flue Gas – Orphaned Water Heater 10) Draft Regulation – Category I Appliance

Safety Devices: 11) Smoke Detector 12) Carbon Monoxide Detector or Monitor

## Topic: Combustion Appliances
Subtopic: Unvented Space Heaters

7) Detail Name: Propane, Natural Gas and Kerosene Heaters

Desired Outcome:

**•** Elimination of combustion byproducts

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Removal U nvented space heat e rs will be p ermanently removed
from the house before any
retrofit Eliminate sources of combustion byproduct

## Topic: Combustion Appliances
Subtopic: Vented Gas Appliances

8) Detail Name: Combustion Air for Atmospherically Vented Appliances

Desired Outcome:

**•** S ufficient air provided in the Combustion Appliance Z one (CAZ)

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 CAZ pressure tes ting The Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol or equivalent for CAZ combustion safety testing will
be administered 25 Ensure appliance is drafting properly

2 Required combustion

air 26 Volume of air required for complete combustion of the
fuel and air mixture will be calculated in cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) according to ANSI and NFPA guidelines Determine if existing
conditions meet the
combustion air calculation

3 Additional
combustion air (if action is required) Additional combustion air will be provided according to ANSI and NFPA guidelines Ensure adequate combustion air for operation of the appliance

4 Occupant health Carbon monoxide ( CO )

monit ors will be prov ided in
all house s with non

- sealed direct vent appliances

Ambient CO will be
maintained at or less than acceptable levels after work is complete 27 Ensure occupant health and safety

25 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007

26 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

27 NFPA 720

## Topic: Combustion Appliances
Subtopic: Vented G as A ppliances

9) Detail Name: Combustion Flue Gas – Orphaned Water Heater

Desired Outcome:

**•** F lue gasses successfully removed from the house

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Combustion Appliance Zone ( CAZ )
pressure t esting The Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol or equivalent for CAZ combustion safety testing will
be administered 28 Determine if applicable appliance is drafting properly
and CAZ is safe to work in

2 Flue gas removal (chimney liner or approved methods) A chimney liner will be
installed according to NFPA
54 fuel code or other approved methods ( e.g., power vented, sealed non

power vented combustion) 29 Allow water heater to vent properly and prevent damage to the chimney

3 Retest ing CAZ

pressure The BPI protocol or equivalent for CAZ combustion safety testing will
be administered 30 Determine if additional
combustion air is needed

4 Required combustion

a ir 31 Volume of air required for complete combustion of the
fuel and air mixture will be calculated in cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) accord ing to ANSI and NFPA guidelines Determine if existing
conditions meet the
combustion air calculation

5 Additional
combustion air (if action is required) Additional combustion air will be provided according to ANSI and NFPA guidelines 32 Ensure adequate combustion air for operation of the appliance

28 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007

29 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

30 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007

31 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

32 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1Carbon monoxide ( CO )

monit ors will be provided in
all house s with non

- sealed

6 Occupant h ealth direct vent appliances

Ambient CO will be Ensure occupant health and safety

maintained at or less than acceptable levels after work is

co mplete 33

33 NFPA 720

## Topic: Combustion Appliances
Subtopic: Vented Gas A ppliances

10) Detail Name: Draft Regulation – Category I Appliance

Desired Outcome:

**•** B uildup of flue gasses prevented through proper drafting

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Assessment The presence of an operable draft regulator will be verified ( e.g., diverter, hood, barometric damper) 34 Determine if a regulator is
present and working

2 Installation (if action is required) A draft regulator will be
installed if necessary 35

Manufacturer specifications
for installation will be
followed ( e.g., size, type, location) 36 Install regulator according to manufacturer specification s

3 Calibration A draft gauge will be used to calibrate regulation 37 Ensure draft meets manufacturer specifications

4 Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) pressure testing The Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol or equivalent for CAZ combustion safety testing will
be administered 38 Ensure that applicable appliance does not backdraft or spill

5 Occupant h ealth Carbon monoxide ( CO )
monitors will be installed in
all house s with Category I appliances

Ambient CO will be
maintained at or less than Ensure occupant health and safety

34 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

35 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

36 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

37 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

38 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1acceptable levels after work is complete 39

6 Occupant education Occupants will be educated on the operation and
maintenance of the CO

monitor 40

Completed work and
recommended maintenance
will be reviewed Ensure occupant can operate
and maintain installations

39 NFPA 720

40 NFPA 720

## Topic: Combustion Appliances
Subtopic: Safety Devices

11) Detail Name: Smoke Detector

Desired Outcome:

**•** P roperly installed smoke detectors

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Smoke alarm (hard

- wired) Hard

- wired smoke alarms will be installed according to
NFPA standards 41

Installation will be accomplished by a licensed
electrician Ensure proper installation

2 Smoke alarm (battery operated) Battery operated alarms will be installed according to
manufacturer specifications 42

41 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

42 NFPA 720

## T opic: Combustion Appliances
Subtopic: Safety Devices

12) Detail Name: Carbon Monoxide Detector or Monitor

Desired Outcome:

**•** P roperly installed carbon monoxide (CO) detectors or monitors

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Carbon monoxide (CO) detector or

monitor (hard

- wired) Hard

- wired c arbon monoxide
detector or monitor will be installed according to NFPA
standards 43

Installation will be accomplished by a licensed
electrician Ensure proper installation

2 Carbon monoxide
detector or monitor (battery operated) Battery operated carbon
monoxide detector or
monitor will be installed according to manufacturer specifications 44

43 NFPA 720

44 NFPA 720

# APPENDIX B

COMBUSTION APPLIANCE ZONE (CAZ)

DEPRESSURIZATION LIMITS

VENTING CONDITION LIMIT (PA) Orphan natural draft water heater (including

- 2. 0 outside chimneys) Natural draft boiler or furnace commonly

- 3.0 vented with water heater

Individual natural draft boiler or furnace

- 5.0 Induced draft boiler or furnace commonly

- 5.0 vented with water heater
Power vented, induced draft boiler, furnace

- 15.0 alone or fan assisted DHW alone Chimney

- top draft inducer; exhaust type or equivalent; high static pressure flame

- 50.0 retention head oil burner; direct vented appliances; sealed combustion appliances

# SECTION 3 : VENTILATION

Table of Contents

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1
1) Ventilation Work er Safety



### Exhaust

Components : 2) Ducts 3) Terminations 4) Exhaust Grille Location

Fans : 5) Surface Mounted Ducted 6) Inline 7) Direct Vent 8) Multi

- Port System 9) Garage Exhaust Fan

Appliance Exhaust Vents: 10) Clothes Dryer 11) Kitchen Range

Special Considerations: 12) Regional Considerations



### Supply

Components : 13) Supply Register Location 14) Intakes 15) Ducts for Supply 16) Intake to Forced Air System

1 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment StandardsFans : 17) Inline or Multi

- Port

Special Considerations: 18) Regional Considerations



### Whole House Ventilation:

Air Flow Requirements : 19) Installed System Air Flow 20) Primary Ventilation Air Flow Between Rooms

Other Components: 21) Controls 22) H eat Recovery Ventilation (HRV) and Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV) Installation

Dehumidifiers: 23) Stand Alone 24) Ventilator

Special Considerations: 25) Regional Considerations 26) Hot and Humid Climate Impact 27) Sound Rating Limits



### Appendix C:

Supplemental Ventilation I nformation

### Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices:

1) Ventilation Worker Safety

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

1) Detail Name: Ventilation Worker Safety

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work completed safely without injury or hazardous exposure

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hand protection Durable gloves that can withstand work activity will be

worn 2 Minimize skin contact with

contaminants

Protect hands from sharp objects

2 Respiratory protection Respirators appropriate for the contaminants present will be worn (e.g. N

- 95 or equivalent face mask) 3 Minimize exposure to airborne contaminants (e.g. insulation materials, mold spores, feces, bacteria, chemicals)

3 Electrical safety 4

, 5 An electrical safety assessment will be performed

All electric tools will be protected by Ground

- Fault Circuit Interrupters 6

Extension cords used with portable electric tools will be of
three

- wire type

Worn or frayed electric cords
will not be used

Metal ladders will be avoided

Water such as condensate pans
and electrical sources will be kept separate Avoid shock and arc flash
hazards

2 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

3 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 2, section IV

4 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

5 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K – Electrical

6 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eTool4 Protective clothing

7 If contaminants are present

, (e.g. insulation materials) removable protective clothing
will be worn

Eye protection will be worn at all times (e.g. safety glasses, goggles if not using full face respirator) Protect worker from skin

contact with contaminants (e.g.
insulation materials)

Minimize spread of

contaminants

5 Confined space safety 8,9 Access and egress points will be located before beginning
work

Inspection will be conducted for frayed electrical wires

Adequate ventilation will be provided

Use of toxic material will be
reduced Prevent build

- up of toxic or

flammable contaminants

Provide adequate access and

egress

Avoid electrical shock

6 Power tool safety

10 Power tools will be inspected and used according to manufacturer specifications to
eliminate hazards associated with missing ground prongs, ungrounded circuits, misuse of power tools, noise and improper or defective cords or
extension cords

All devices u sed will be verified as GFI protected or double
insulated

Exhaust gases from compressors and generators will be prevented from entering crawl space Prevent power tool injuries

7 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards

8 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

9 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/confinedspaces/index.html

- OSHA Confined Space Webpage

10 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment7 Chemical safety The least toxic suitable material

will be chosen

Hazards associated with VOCs, sealants, insulation, contaminated drywall, dust, foams, asbestos, lead, fibers, defective or improperly used respirator and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) will
be eliminated 11 Prevent toxic exposure to
workers

8 Ergonomic safety 12 P ersonal P rotective E quipment will be used (e.g. knee pads, bump caps, additional padding) Avoid injuries with awkward postures and repetitive motions

9 Hand tool safety Hand tools will be used for intended purpose 13 Reduce injuries

10 Slips, trips and
falls 14 Caution will be used around power cords, hoses, tarps and plastic sheeting

Precautions will be taken when ladders are used, when working at heights or when balancing on joists

Appropriate footwear and clothing will be worn E liminate injuries due to slips, trips and falls

11 Heat and thermal

stress 15 Appropriate ventilation, hydration, rest breaks and cooling equipment will be used

Dial 911 when necessary Reduce heat stroke, heat stress and cold stress related injuries

11 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z

- Toxic and Hazardous Sub stances

12 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/ergonomics/index.html

- OSHA Ergonomics Webpage

13 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment

14 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protection

15 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health ProvisionsDesign will be incorporated to

eliminate or minimize hazards

12 Prevention through design (e.g. material selection, access
to equipment for installation
and maintenance, placement of Prevent worker injuries,

exposu re to toxic substances
and physical hazards
equipment, duct work and condensate lines) 16

16 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

### Exhaust

Components: 2) Ducts 3) Terminations 4) Exhaust Grille Locations

Fans : 5) Surface Mounted Ducted 6) Inline 7) Direct Vent 8) Multi

- Port System 9) Garage Exhaust Fan

Appliance Exhaust Vents: 10) Clothes Dryers 11) Kitchen Range

Special Considerations: 12) Regional Considerations

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Components

2) Detail Name : Ducts

Desired Outcome :

**•** Installed ducts effectively move the required volume of air and prevent
condensation

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Duct design and

c onfiguration 17 Ducts will be smooth, will have the shortest run as possible and
will have no more than one

e lbow of a maximum of 90°

Duct diameter will be equal to or greater than the exhaust fan
outlet

Up to 2’ of flex ible duct will be permitted to accommodat e tight spaces and reduce noise

ALTERNATIVE:

Du ct size will be increased by

50 % of exhaust outlet while retaining a straight

, fully supported run Effectively move the required volume of air

2 Duct i nsulation Ducts installed outside of the thermal envelope will be
insulated to a minimum of R- 8 or equivalent to local code s Prevent condensation from forming or collecting inside
of the duct work

3 Duct s upport 18 Horizontal runs will be supported at intervals of 4’ or
less

S upport s with a width of at
least 1 1⁄2” will be used Effectively move the required volume of air

Preserve the integrity of the duct system

17 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

18 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard4 Duct c onnections 19 Metal

- to

- metal or metal

- to

PVC will be fastened with a

min imum of three equally spaced screws

Flexible duct

- to

- metal or
flexible duct

- to

- PVC will be fastened with tie bands using a tie band tensioning tool

Flexible duct between tie band
and end of metal or PVC duct will be screwed into place

PVC

- to

- PVC materials will be fastened with approved P VC

cement

Other specialized duct fittings will be fastened according to manufacturer specifications

In addit ion to mechanical fasteners, seal duct
connections with UL 181B or

181B -M listed material

5 Duct m aterials 20 Flexible materials will be UL
181 listed or Air Diffusion Council approved

Rigid, smooth metal of 30

- gage wall thickness or thicke r will be
used on kitchen fans

19 SMACNA HVAC Duct Constructio n Standard

20 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Components

3) Detail Name: Terminations

Desired Outcome :

**•** T ermination fittings with unrestricted air flow securely installed

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hole in building s hell A hole as small as possible
will be cut to accommodate termination fitting Allow for ease of weatherproofing

2 Termination f itting A termination fitting with an integrated collar will be used

Collar will be at least the
same dia meter as the
exhaust fan outlet

Fitting will be appropriate for regional weather
conditions and in stallation
location on house Effectively move the required
volume of air to the outside

Preserve integrity of the building envelope

Ensure durable installation

3 Duct to t ermination

c onnection 21 Duct will be connected to termination fitting and will
be sealed ac cording to duct
exhaust detail

Fasteners will not inhibit damper operation Effectively move the required
volume of air to the outside

Preserve integrity of the building envelope

Ensure durable installation

4 W eatherproof

i nstallation Exterior termination fitting

wi ll be flashed or weather
sealed

Water will be directed away from penetration

Installation wi ll not inhibit damper operation Preserve integrity of the building envelope

Ensure a weather tight and
durable termination
installation

Ensure unrestricted air flow

21 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction StandardManufacturer specifications
will be followed

5 Pest e xclusion Screen material with no less than 1⁄4” and no greater than
1⁄2” hole size in any direction
will be used 22

Installation will not inhibit damper operation or restrict
air flow 23 Prevent pest entry

Ensure proper air flow

6 Termination l ocation Terminations will be
installed:

**•** 3’ from any property line

**•** 3’ from operable opening

to house s

**•** 10’ from mechanical
inlets 24 Prevent exhaust from reentering house

7 Kitchen e xhaust Metal or other approved
material will be used for

terminat ion fitting for
kitchen exhaust Prevent a fire hazard

22 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

23 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

24 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Components

4) Detail Name: E xhaust Grille Location

Desired Outcome :

**•** Exhaust grille location optimizes either primary or spot ventilation

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Primary whole h ouse when other spot ventilation is present Grille will be installed in a
central location wi thin the main body of the house Provide whole house air exchange

2 Spot ventilation Grille will be installed in the

space w here contaminants are generated Remove contaminated air at
the source

3 Primary whole h ouse when no spot ventilation is present Grille will be installed in a
central bathroom with the highest moisture gener ation (consider occupant input) Remove moisture and odors
from the bathroom

Provide whole house air exchange

## T opic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Fans

5) Detail Name: Surface Mounted Ducted

Desired Outcome :

**•** Surface m ounted ducted fans installed to specification

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hole through
interior surface A hole as small as possible will be cut to
accommodate fan assembly Ensure a secure installation

2 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a licensed electrician
in accordance with
local codes and
manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

3 Fan mounting Fan outlet will be
oriented toward the
final termination
location

Fan will be mounted securely according to
manufacturer specifications Ensure short duct run to achieve optimum air flow

Ensure a secure installa tion

Ensure fan housing does not shake, rattle or hum when operating

4 Duct to fan

connection Duct to fan outlet will
be connected and sealed according to
duct exhaust detail Exhaust to outside

5 Fan housing seal 25 Gaps and holes in fan housing will be sealed

Sealants will be compatible with their
intended surfaces

Sealants will be
continuous and meet Prevent air leakage through fan housing

Ensure a permanent seal

Prevent a fire hazard

25 ASTM C1193

- 09fire barrier specifications

6 Fan to interior
surface seal 26 Sealants will be compatible with their
intended surfaces

Sealan ts will be
continuous and meet
fire barrier specifications

7 Air flow Air flows will match the system’s intent Exhaust sufficient air from desired
locations to outside

8 Preventing air leakage 27 Leakage to the house from other spaces will be prevented ( e.g., garages, unconditioned crawl spaces, unconditioned attics) Protect occupant health and safety

9 Combustion safety Pressure effects will be
assessed and corrected

on drafting for all
natural draft combustion appliances

as necessary 28 Ensure safe operation of combustion appliances

26 ASTM C1193

- 09

27 ASTM C1193

- 09

28 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Fans

6) Detail Name: Inline

Desired Outcome :

**•** Inline fans installed to specification

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

2 Access Fan and service switch wil l be
accessible for maintenance Achieve entire system accessibility for maintenance

3 Fan mounting Fan outlet will be oriented
toward the final termination
location

Fan will be mounted securely according to manufacturer specifications

Fan will be isolated from the building framing unless specifically d esigned to be directly attached

Fan will be installed remotely by instal ling ducting from intake grille Ensure short duct run to achieve optimum air flow

E nsure fan is installed securely

Ensure fan housing or building framing does not shake, rattle or hum when operating

Minimize noise

4 Backdraft d amper A backdraft damper will be
installed between the outlet
side of the fan and the

exterior 29 Prevent reverse air flow when
the fan is off

29 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 20105 Duct c onnections Ducts will be connected and sealed to the intake, fan and termination fitting a ccording
to duct exhaust detail 30 Exhaust from desired location
to outside

Preserve integrity of the duct system and building envelope

6 Boot to interior

s urface seal 31 Sealants will be compatible
with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications Prevent air leakage around intake housing

Prevent a fire hazard

7 Air flow Air flows will match the system’s intent Exhaust sufficient air from
desired locations to outside

8 Preventing a ir leakage Leakage to the house from other spaces ( e.g., garages, unconditioned crawl spaces,
uncondit ioned attics) will be prevented 32 Protect occupant health and safety

9 Combustion s afety Pressure effects will be

assesse d and corrected on drafting for all natural draft combustion appliances as

necessary 33 Ensure safe operation of combustion appliances

30 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

31 ASTM C1193

- 09

32 ASTM C1193

- 09

33 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Fans

7) Detail Name: Direct Vent

Desired Outcome :

**•** Direct v ent fans installed to specification

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hole in building s hell A hole as small as possible
will be cut to accommodate fan assembly Ensure a weather tight and

secure installation

2 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

3 F an mounting Fan outlet will be oriented
toward the final termination
location

Fan will be mounted securely according to manufacturer specifications Install mounting fan securely

Ensure fan housing does not shake, rattle or hum when operating

4 Weatherproof

i nstallation Exterior termination fitting

wi ll be flashed or weather
sealed 34

Water will be directed away from penetration

Termination fitting
installation will not inhibit damper operation

Manufacturer specifications
will be followed Preserve integrity of the building envelope

Ensure a weather tight and
durable installation

Ensure unrestricted air flow

5 F an h ousing seal 35 Sealants will be compatib le
with their intended surfaces Prevent air leakage through fan housing

34 ASTM C1193

- 09

35 ASTM C1193

- 09Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications Ensure a permanent seal to the building air barrier

6 F an to interior s urface
seal 36 Sealants will be compatibl e with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications Prevent air leakage around intake housing

Prevent a fire hazard

7 Insulation All components outside of the thermal envelope will be
insulated to a minimum of R

8 or equivalent to local
codes

Exception: If system operates continuously, fan housing need not be
insulated Preserve integrity of the duct
system

8 Preventing air leakage Leakage to the house from other spaces will be prevented ( e.g., garages, unconditioned crawl spaces, unconditioned attics) 37 Protect occupant health and safety

9 Combustion safety Pressure effects will be
assessed and corrected on drafting for all natural draft combustion appliances as

necessary 38 Ensure safe operation of combustion appliances

36 ASTM C1193

- 09

37 ASTM C1193

- 09

38 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Fans

8) Detail Name: Multi

- Port System

Desired Outcome:

**•** Multi

- port fans installed to specification

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

2 Access Fan and service switch wil l be
accessible for maintenance Achieve designed exhaust
flow from desired locations to
the outside

3 F an mounting Fan outlet will be oriented
toward the final termination
location

Fan will be mounted securely according to manufacturer specifications

Fan will be isolated from the building framing unless specifically d esigned to be directly attached

Fan will be installed remotely by ducting from intake grilles Ensure short duct runs to achieve optimum air flow s

Ensure mounting is installed securely

Ensure fan housing or building framing does not shake, rattle or hum when operating

Minimize noise

4 Backdraft d ampers (required in intermittent systems) A backdraft damper will be
installed between the fan and the exterior, unless the system operates conti nuously 39

A backdraft damper will be installed in any duct serving any Prevent reverse air flow when the system is off

Prevent spread of
contaminants between rooms

39 ANSI/AS HRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010room with a separate exhaust ( e.g., dryer) 40

5 Combining intake
d ucts All individual intake ducts will be combined on the upstream
side of fan ( e.g., Y, T, Collector Box) Exhaust air from desired
locations to outside

6 Duct connections 41 Ducts will be connected and sealed to applicable intakes, collector box, fan and termination fitting

Ducts will be c onnect ed and
seal ed a ccording to duct
exhaust detail Exhaust air from desired
locations to outside

Preserve integrity of the duct system and building en velope

7 Insulation All components outside of the thermal envelope will be
insulated to a minimum of R

- 8 or equivalent to local code s

Exception: If system operates continuously, fa n housing need
not be insulated Preserve integrity of the duct
system

8 Boot to interior

s urface seal 42 Sealants will be compatibl e with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous and

meet fire barrier specifications Prevent air leakage around
boot

Ensure a permanent seal to the building air barrier

Prevent a fire hazard

9 Air f low Air flows will match the system’s intent Exhaust sufficient air from
desired locations to outside

10 Preventing a ir leakage 43 Air leakage into the house from other spaces will be prevented ( e.g., garages , unconditioned crawl spaces, unconditioned attics) Protect occupant health and safety

40 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

41 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

42 ASTM C1193

- 09

43 ASTM C1193

- 09Pressure effects will be

11 Combustion s afety assesse d and corrected on drafting for all natural draft combustion appliances as Ensure safe operation of combustion appliances

necessary 44

44 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Fans

9) Detail Name: Garage Exhaust F an

Desired Outcome :

**•** Contaminants are properly removed from the house

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 System s election Ventilation for garage will be exhaust only Remove contaminants from

garage

Reduce contaminant migration from garage to house

Protect occupant health and safety

2 Air leakage Air leakage between the house and garages will be prevented Protect occupant health and safety

Reduce contaminant migration from garage to house

3 Combustion s afety Pressure effects will be

assesse d and corrected on drafting for all natural draft combustion appliances as

necessary 45 Ensure safe operation of combustion appliances

Protect occupant health and safety

45 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Appliance Exhaust Vents

10) Detail Name: Clothes Dryer

Desired Outcome :

**•** Dryer air is exhausted efficiently and safely

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Clothes dryer d ucting Clothes dryers will be ducted
to outside 46

As short a run as practical of
smooth wall metal duct will
be used , following manufacturer specifications
and IMC 2009 504

Duct s will be connected and
sealed as described in duct
exhaust detail :

**•** S heet metal screws or
other fasteners that will
obstruct the exhaust flow
will not be used

**•** Condensing dryers will be plumbed to a drain Preserve integrity of building envelope

Effecti vely move air from clothes dryer to outside

46 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 20102 Termination f itting Termination fitting approved
for us e with dryers will be
installed

A backdraft damper will be included, as described in termination fitting detail, with the exception of installing a p est e xclusion

screen 47

3 Make

- up a ir Make

- up air will be provided for appliances exhausting
more than 200 cubic feet per minute ( CFM )

4 Combustion s afety Pressure effects will be

assesse d and corrected on drafting for all natural draft combustion appliances as

necessary 48 Ensure safe operation of combustion appliances

Protect occupant health and safety

5 Occupant e ducation Occupant will be instructed to keep lint filte r and termination fitting clean 49 Effectively move air from clothes dryer to outside

47 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

48 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

49 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Appliance Exhaust Vents

11) Detail Name : Kitchen Range

Desired Outcome:

**•** Kitchen range fan installed to specification

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specification 50 Prevent an electrical hazard

2 Fan venting Kitchen range fans will be
vented to the outside 51

Re

- circulating fans will not be used as a ventilating
device Remove cooking
contaminants from the
house

Preserve integrity of building envelope

3 Fan ducting Kitchen range fans will be
ducted to the outside 52

As short a run as practical of
smooth wall metal duct will be used, following manufacturer specifications
and IMC 2009 505

Ducting will be connected
and sealed as described in
exhaust duct detail Preserve integrity of building envelope

Effectively move air from range to outside

4 Termination fitting Termination fitting will be installed including a backdraft damper, as
described in termination fitting detail 53 Ensure safe operation of combustion appliances

Protect occupant health and safety

50 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

51 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

52 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

53 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 20105 Make

- up air Make

- up air will be provided for kitchen range fans exhausting more than 2 00 cubic feet per minute ( CFM )

54

6 Combustion safety Pressure effects will be
assessed and corrected on drafting (of) for all natural draft combustion appliances

as necessary 55

7 Occupant education Occupant will be instructed to keep grease filters and termination fitting clean 56 Effectively move air from kitchen range to outside

54 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

55 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

56 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Exhaust
Subtopic: Special Considerations

12) Detail Name: Regional Considerations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective (s)

1 Very Cold Ventilation terminations will
either have no back flow dampers or will use back flow dampers that resist freezing

Soffit vents that contain a
ventilation exhaust terminat ion
will be sealed within 6’ of the

termination Avo id ventilation flapper freezing

Prevent exhaust moisture from entering the attic

2 Cold Exhaust ventilation will
terminate at the roof , gable
end or wall Prevent exhaust moisture from entering the attic

3 Mixed Humid Ventilation ducts will be
insulated to R

- 4 or greater

Ventilation exhaust ducts will

terminate on the exterior of
the house

Ventilation exhausts

termina ting through the soffit will direct exhaust air away
from the soffit vents Ensure condensation does
not form on or in the
ductwork

Ensure ventilation exhaust
exits the house to the
outside

Prevent exhaust moisture from entering the attic

4 Hot Humid Exhaust only ventilation will
not be installed Avoid bringing moist outside
air into the house

5 Marine

6 Hot Dry

### Supply

Components : 13) Supply Register Location 14) Intakes 15) Ducts for Supply 16) Intake to Forced Air System

Fans : 17) Inline or Multi

- Port

Special Considerations: 18) Regional Considerations

## Topic: Supply
Subtopic: Components

13) Detail Name: Supply Register Location

Desired Outcome :

**•** Supply register location optimizes air flow for either primary or spot
ventilation devices

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Primary w hole h ouse Supply register will be installed in high

- occupancy

r ooms or rooms used for sleeping Provide whole

- house air exchange

2 Spo t make u p Supply register will be
installed in the room containing an exhaust devic e which exceeds 200 cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) of air flow Provide make

- up air

## Topic: Supply
Subtopic: Components

14) Detail Name: Intakes

Desired Outcome :

**•** Intake optimizes air flow while limiting the entry of insects, debris and

contaminants

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hole in b uilding s hell A hole as small as possible
will be cu t to accommodate intake fitting Ensure a weather tight
installation

2 Intake f itting Intake fitting will have integrated collar at leas t the
same diameter as the duct

The fitting will be appropriate for regional weather
conditions and installation
l ocation on exterior of house Effectively draw the required volume of air
from outside

Preserve integrity of the building envelope

Ensure durable installation

3 Occupant education Intake fitting will be labeled
“ventilation air intake”

Occupant will be instructed to keep yard debris and other
contaminants clear of the
intake 57 Ensure unrestricted air
flow

4 Damper (if applicable) The damper will be installed to open in the direction of
the desired flow

Damper will close when system is off

5 Connection to i ntake
f itting Duct to intake fitting will be
connected and sealed according to supply duct
detail Preserve integrity of the building envelope

Ensure a weathertight and
durable intake installation

57 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010Ensure fasteners do not inhibit intake damper operation Ensure unrestricted air
flow

6 Weatherproofing Exterior termination fitting

wi ll be flashed or weather
sealed

Water will be directed away from penetration

Installation wi ll not inhibit damper operation

Manufacturer specifications
will be followed

7 Pest exclusion Screen material no less than 1⁄4” and no greater than 1⁄2” hole size in any direction will
be used 58

Screen will be installed so it
does not inhibit intake damper operatio n 59 Prevent pest entry

Ensure unrestricted air
flow

8 Intake l ocation I ntake will be installed according to the following :

**•** 6” from grade

**•** 10’ from contaminant
sources or exhaust outlets

**•** Above local snow or flood
line

**•** Never o n an asphalt based
or flat roo f Prevent contaminants from entering house

Ensure unrestricted air
flow

58 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

59 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## T opic: Supply
Subtopic: Components

15) Detail Name: Ducts for Supply

Desired Outcome :

**•** Supply ducts effectively move the required amount of air and prevent
condensation

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Duct d esign and

c onfiguration 60 Ducts will be as short, straight and smooth as possible

Ducts will not be smaller
than the connect ions to which they are attached Effectively move the required
volume of air

2 Duct i nsulation Ducts will be insulated to a
minimum of R- 8 or equivalent to local code s Prevent moisture

c ondensation

3 Duct s upport 61 Ducts will be supported at
intervals of no more than
4’of horizontal run

Supports with a minimum
width of 1 1⁄2” will be used Effectively move the required
volume of air

Preserve the integrity of the duct system

4 Duct c onnections 62 Metal

- to

- metal or metal

- to

PVC will be fastened with a

minimum of three equally spaced screws

Flexible duct

- to

- metal or
flexible duct

- to

- PVC will be
fastened with tie bands using a tie band tensioning
tool Effectively move the required
volume of air

Preserve integrity of the duct
system an d building envelope

60 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

61 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

62 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction S tandardFlexible duct between the
cable tie and end of m e tal or
PVC duct will be screwed

PVC

- to

- PVC materials will be
fa stened with approved PVC

cement

Other specialized duct fittings will be fastened according to manufacturer specifications

Supply ducts attached to the
return side of forced air
systems will be :

**•** A ttached as close to the heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC ) systems fan as possible while remaining in compliance wi th
manufacturer specifications

**•** Set up to p rovide
filtration of ventilation
air b efore reaching the HVAC system

**•** A ttached via a
mecha nically fastened
takeoff collar

In addition to mechanical fasteners, air seal duct
connections will be fastened
with UL 181B or 181B -M
listed material5 Duct m aterials 63 Flexible duct materials will
be UL 181 listed or Air Diffusion Council approved Effectively move the required
volume of air

Preserve integrity of the duct system and building envelope

6 Intake Location Install intakes:

**•** 6’ minimum above grade

**•** 10’ minimum from exhaust outlets, plumbing vent outlets, or
combustion vent
outlets Reduce opportunity for
contaminants to enter the house through the ventilation
system

**•** Above local snow or
flood line

**•** Minimum 18” above an asphalt

- based or
flat roof

63 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

## T opic: Supply
Subtopic: Components

16) Detail Name: Intake to Forced Air System

Desired Outcome :

**•** Intake reduces pollutant entry, is easily maintained, has proper flow and enhances house durability

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Forced air system

r equirements F orced air system leakage will
be less than 10% of the air
handler flow when measured
at 25 Pascals Reduce migration of pollutants from
unconditioned spaces

2 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

3 Access Motorized damper and service
switch wil l be accessible for

maintenance Ensure accessibility for

maintenance

4 Mounting intake d uct Ventilation duct will be
attached as close to the heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC ) systems fan as possible while remaining in compliance wi th manufacturer specifications

Filtration of ventilation air will be provided before reaching the HVAC system

Duct will be connected to intake fitting

Connection and seal will be performed according to supply
duct detail Ensure short duct run to achieve optimum air flow

Preserve integrity of the duct system and building envelope5 Motorized d amper A motorized damper will be
installed between the intake fitting and the return side of
the air handler

Damper control will b e linked to scheduled operation Prevent air flow when none
is desired

6 Intake f ilter An accessible filter will be
installed

The filter will be able to

remove contaminants
consistent with at least minimum efficiency reporting value ( MERV ) 11 or equivalent

Filter systems that produce

ozone will not be allowed Protect occupant health and safety

Preserve integrity of the building envelope

7 Occupant e ducation Occupant will be educated o n how and when to change
filter 64

64 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Supply
Subtopic: Fans

17) Detail Name: Inline or Multi

- Port

Desired Outcome :

**•** Inline or multi

- port fan installed according to specifications

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

2 Access Fan and service switch wil l
be accessible for

maintenance Achieve designed air flow

3 Fan mounting Fan will be oriented with
inle t toward the fan intake fitting

Fan will be securely mounted according to manufacturer specifications

Fan will be isolated from the building framing unless specifically d esigned to be directly attached

Fan will be installed remotely by ducting from supply register or grilles Ensure short duct run to achieve optimum air flow

Ensure fan is mounted securely

Ensure fan housing or building framing does not shake, rattle or hum when operating

Minimize noise

4 Damper (required for intermittent operation) The damper will be installed to open in the direction of
the desired flo w

Dampe r will close when system is off Ensure unrestricted air flow5 Duct c onnections Ducts will be connected and sealed to the intake fitting, fan and register or grilles according to supply duct
detail Provide desired air flow

Preserve integrity of the duct system and building envelope

6 Filter An accessible filter will be
installed between the intake fitting and the fan

Contaminant removal will
be consistent with at least minimum efficiency reporting value ( MERV ) 11 or equivalent

Filter syste ms that produce

ozone will not be allowed Protect occupant health and safety

Preserve integrity of the building envelope

7 Occupant e ducation Occupant will be educated

o n how and when to change filter 65 Protect occupant health and safety

8 Boot to interior s urface
seal 66 Sealants will be compatibl e with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications Prevent air leakage around intake housing

Ensure a permanent seal to the building air barrier

Prevent a fire hazard

65 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

66 ASTM C1193

- 09

## Topic: Supply
Subtopic: Special Considerations

18) Detail Name: Regional Differences

Row Region Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Very Cold Ventilation intakes will be installed at a low point or have a continuous operating fan

Ventilation i ntake will be
located above snow line

Supply ventilation will be independent of the forced air
system Ensure proper ventilation

rates

A void increased moisture entering the house

Ensure energy use and
comfort are not compromised by over ventilating

2 Cold Ventilation i ntake must be
located above snow line Ensure proper ventilation
rates and avoid increased moisture entering the house

3 Mixed Humid

4 Hot Humid Intake will not terminate on
roof

When the primary ventilation fan is the air handler, the
controller will be used only to control the ventilation damper,
not to start the air handler fan

Intake for supply wi ll be
attach ed to the system as close
to the intake of the coils as possible Avoid e xcessive heat from entering ventilation air

E nsure energy use and
comfort are not compromised

En sure proper pressure in
intake duct

5 Marine

6 Hot Dry

### Whole House Ventilation

Air Flow Requirements :

19) Installed System Air Flow 20) Primary Ventilation Air Flow Between Rooms

Other Components: 21) Controls 22) H eat Recovery Ventilation (HRV) and Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV) Installation

Dehumidifiers: 23) Stand Alone 24) Ventilator

Special Considerations: 25) Regional Considerations 26) Hot and Humid Climate Impact 27) Sound Rating Limits

## Topic: Whole House Ventilation
Subtopic: Air Flow Requirements

19) Detail Name: Installed System Air F low

Desired Outcome :

**•** Installed system air flow meets required standards

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Separate exhaust for all
baths and kitchens plus primary ventilation Air flows will meet the following requirements:

Bath : 67

**•** 20 cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) continuous

OR

**•** 50 CFM intermittent

Kitchen : 68

**•** M inimum 100 CFM

intermittent

Primary ventilation : 69

**•** Air flow rate will be no
less than 7.5 CFM per Provide sufficient flows per
current ventilation standard

person + 1 CFM per 100 square feet floor area of conditioned space =

c ontinuous use

(Minimum number of people

= num ber of bedrooms plus

one )

For intermittent use, ASHRAE

62.2

- 2010 , or Appendix AExisting Buildings will be used

67 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

68 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

69 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 20102 Separate exhaust for all
baths and kitchens
sufficient to meet primary ventilation requirements Air f lows will meet the following requirements:

Bath : 70

**•** 20 CFM continuous

OR

**•** 50 CFM intermittent

Kitchen : 71

**•** M inimum 100 CFM

intermittent

**•** Air f low through bath or
kitchen fan rated at 1
sone or less wi ll be no less
than 7.5 CFM per person +
1 CFM per 100 square fee t

= c ontinuous use

(Minimum number of people = number of bedrooms plus

one )

For intermittent use, ASHRAE

62.2

- 2010 or Appendix AExisting Buildings will be
used

70 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

71 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 20103 Single ad ditional fan to
meet all ventilation requirements Air f lows will meet the following requirements:

For continuous use : 72

**•** 7.5 CFM per pe rson + 1

CFM per 100 square feet

, with adjustments

**•** Refer to Appendix C for
additional assistance in meeting ventilation flows

(Minimum number of people = number of bedrooms plus

one )

For intermittent use, ASHRAE

62.2

- 2010 or Appendix C will
be used Provide sufficient flows per
current ventilation standard

4 Reducing fan air flow requirement based on
blower door or building leakage m easurement (optional) Required fan air flow may be reduced by using ASHRAE

62.2

- 2010 infiltration credit (section 4.1.3) and alternative compliance for existing buildings (Appendix A)

72 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Air Flows
Subtopic: Air F low Requirements

20) Detail Name: Primary Ventilation Air F low Between R ooms

Desired Outcome :

**•** Air circulates freely between rooms

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Balancing pressure An appropriate means of

pressu re balancing will be
installed ( e.g., transfer grilles, jumper ducts, individual room returns)

No room will exceed +/

- 3
Pascal s with reference to the
outside with all interior doors
closed and ventilation
system s running Ensure free flow of air
between rooms

Preserve integrity of the building envelope

## Topic: Whole House Ventilation
Subtopic: Other Components

21) Detail Name: Controls

Desired Outcome :

**•** F an controls support ventilation strategy

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Primary ventilation fan (whole house volume) Controls will be used that

can meet the following
conditions:

**•** Run fan continuously

**•** Run fan intermittently
with the intended
schedule of operation for intermittent operation

**•** Operate fan to produce
the intended flow for
each intended flow setting

**•** A labeled switch will be
included for the ventilation system Deliver intended air exchange

Ensure fan controls meet
intended ventilation
strategy

2 Spot fan Controls will be used that meet the following
conditions:

**•** Run fan intermittentl y with the intended schedule of operation for intermittent operation

**•** Run fan for intended time for timed operation

**•** Operate fan to produce
the intended flow foreach intended flow setting

3 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

Ensure controls fan meets
intended ventilation
strategy

4 Occupant education A system operation guide designed for occupants (non

- professionals) will be provided to explain how and why to operate system

A label indicating the presence and purpose of the ventilation system will be included or a copy of the system operation guide will be posted at the electrical panel Educate occupants about system operation and importance

Deliver intended air exchange

## Topic: Whole House Ventilation
Subtopic: Other Components

22) Detail Name: H eat Recovery Ventilation (HRV) and Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV)
Installation

Desired Outcome:

**•** HRV and ERV system s installed to specifications

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Wiring Wiring will be installed by a
licensed electrician in
accordance with local codes
and manufacturer specifications Prevent an electrical hazard

2 Access Fans, service switch, filters, drain and drain pan will be
accessible for maintenance Maintain designed air flow s and system performance

Protect occupant health and safety

3 Fan m ounting Fan will be securely mounted according to manufacturer specifications

A drain pan will be installed
on the bottom

Fan will be oriented to ensure shortest, most direct duct runs to exterior fittings

Fan will be isolated from the building framing unless specifically designed to be directly attached Ensure short duct runs to achieve optimum air flow s

Ensure the fan is mounted securely

Ensure fan housing or building framing does not shake, rattle or hum when operating

Minimize noise

4 Backdraft dampers (required for intermittent operation) A backdraft damper will be
installed between the Heat Recovery Ventilator (HRV )or Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV) and the exter ior, unless the system operates Prevent reverse air flow when the system is offcontinuously

5 Installation of fittings The intake fitting will be
installed as described in the intake fitting detail

The termination fitting will
be installed as described in the termination fitting detail Achieve the desired air flow s to and from the designated
locations

Ensure unrestricted air flow

Preserve integrity of the building envelope

6 Duct connections Ducts will be connected to applicable registers or grilles, c ollector box, HRV or ERV, intake fitting and termination fitting

Ducts will be connected and sealed according to duct exhaust and supply duct
detail Achieve the desired air flow s to and from the desired
locations

Preserve integrity of the duct system and building envelope

7 Duct layout Exhaust air will not be taken from the forced air system

Supply ducts attached to the
return side of forced air systems will be :

**•** A ttached as close to the HVAC systems fan as possible while remaining in compliance
with manufacturer specifications

**•** Set up to p rovide
filtration of ventilation air before reaching the heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC )
system Achieve the desired air flow s to and from the desired
locations

Preserve integrity of duct system and house

Protect occupant health and safety**•** Connect ed to the intake fitting

**•** Connected and sealed according to the supply
duct detail

8 Insulation Ducts outside of the thermal envelope will be insulated

Supply ducts will be
insulated between the HRV

or ERV and the outside air
intake to a minimum of R

- 8 or equivalent to local code s Preserve int egrity of the duct system by eliminating
condensation

9 Sealant selection Gap between registers or grilles and interior surface
will be sealed

Sealants will be compatible
with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications Prevent air leakage around registers or grilles

Ensure a permane nt seal

Prevent a fire hazard

10 Balance and flow Air flow s will match to the system’s intent Achieve the desired air flow s to and from the desired
locations

11 Occupant education Occupant will be educated on how and when to change
filter and clean drain pan according to manufacturer specifications Protect occupant health

Preserve integrity of system

## Topic: Whole House Ventilation
Subtopic: Dehumidifiers

23) Detail Name: Dehumidifiers: Stand Alone

Desired Outcome:

**•** Humidity controlled to achieve optimum indoor air quality (IAQ)

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Equipment Equipment will be ENERGY

STAR **** rated

Settings will be maintained
throu gh power failure (auto restart)

System will be connected directly to condensate line
that drains to a plumbing
drain or the exterior , away from the home’s
foundation (hose not connected to bucket)

System s located in a basement or crawl space will be rated for cold temperature operation E fficient ly remove humidity

Ease of operation

Reliably dispose of
condensate

2 Sizing S ystem will be selected with enough capacity to handle humidity from outside air ventilation and internal gains

Humidity levels will be
maintained less than 60 % Efficiently remove humidity

3 Location Dehumidifiers will be located
in or near the return air pathway with access to electrical outlet and pla ce to dispose of the condensate Easily maintain equipment

Distribute dehumidified airCondensate line will be

4 Condensate directly attached to threaded

connec tion of system to drain Dispose of water quickly

outside

## Topic: Whole House Ventilation
Subtopic: Dehumidifiers

24) Detail Name: Dehumidifier s : Ventilator

Desired Outcome:

**•** Humidity controlled to achieve optimum indoor air quality (IAQ)

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Equipment Equipment will be ENERGY

STAR **** rated

Settings will be maintained through power failure (auto restart)

Dehumidification ventilator
will be a ducted unit

Dehumidification ventilator will be able to provide
outside air Efficient ly remove humidity

Operate equipment easily

Provide ventilation with
outside air

2 Sizing S ystem with enough capacity to handle humidity from
outside air ventilation and
internal gains will be selected

Humidity levels will be
maintained less than 60 % Efficiently remove humidity

3 Location Equipment will be located in
an area with access to HVAC supply trunk line or plenum,
outside air

A ccess for maintenance,
electrical service an d removal
of condensate will be provided Easily maintain e quipment

Distribute outside air

4 Outside air
ventilation r ate In a hot and humid climate

,
o utside air will be provided at
the rate specified by ASHRAE

62.2 and must be pre Improve indoor air quality

Increase energy efficiencyconditioned Avoid moisture problems
associated with over

ventilation in a hot and humid
climate 73

5 Installation Install ation will be according
to manufacturer specifications and local codes Maintain manufacturer warranty and proper
installation

6 Controls H umidity control and sensor will be installed near thermostat Humidity in the house controls the system operation

73 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Whole House Ventilation
Subtopic: Special Considerations

25) Detail Name: Regional Considerations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Very Cold Energy recovery v entilators will
not be installed

A filter box will be installed
before Heat R ecovery Ventilator (HRV)

V entilation ducts will be
insulated to R

- 19 Prevent freezing of
ventilator

Ensure the ventilation system remains clean and
operates properly

Ensure condensation does
not form on or in the
ductwork

2 Cold

3 Mixed Humid

4 Hot Humid HRV s will not be installed

Ventilation air intake will not
be terminated at roof

Determine whether net latent load from ventilation (both natural and mechanical) requires dehumidification. If so, install dehumidification (see details 24 and 25 ) Avoid low energy recovery equipment

Prevent excessive heat from

ente ring ventilation air5 Marine

6 Hot Dry

## Topic: Whole House Ventilation
Subtopic: Special Considerations

26) Detail Name: Sound Rating Limits

Desired Outcome :

**•** Systems operate as quietly as possible

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Primary ventilation s ystem or any continuously operating fan System will be no louder
than 40 A

- weighted decibels (dBA) w hen measured 5’ from any grille 74

Minimize noise

2 Intermittent spot
ventilation s ystem Spot ventilation other than kitchen range fan will be no
louder than 50 d BA w hen measured 5’ from any grille

75

Kitchen range fan will be no
louder than 60 dBA whe n measured 5’ from intake grille 76

74 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

75 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

76 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

### Appendix C

Adjustments to Primary Ventilation Fan Flow Rate, including Infiltration Credit and ASHRAE
Standard 62.2

- 2010, Appendix A (calculation for alternative compliance for existing house s using a single fan)

Calculation of the Infiltration Credit:
The infiltration credit that can be used to reduce the required installed fan flow requires a series of calculations. These calculations can be reduced to a few inputs using certain assumptions. This section provides this reduced equation for infiltration and shows how to use this to determine the credit for infiltration. For a more detailed step

- by

- step discussion see the end of this appendix.

1) The infiltration rate at operating conditions, measured in CFM , can be estimated as

I CFM **=** 0.0508* w * S * Q 50

In this equation:

S is a factor accounting for the height of the house , determined from Table A -1
Q 50 is the blower door test result in CFM 50 (cubic feet per minute at 50 Pa)

w is the weather factor from ASHRAE Standard 136

Table A

- 1. S factors for various house heights
Number of stories 1 1.5 2 2.5 3

S 1 1.13 1.23 1.32 1.39

2) The default infiltration rate I d from ASHRAE Standard 62.2, measured in CFM , is

I **=** 0.02 * A

d floor

3) If I CFM is greater than I d , then the infiltration credit I cred can be calculated as

I cred **=** 1

2 

## ( I CFM **−** I d 

## )

Use of ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010, Appendix A
ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010, includes an appendix that details an alternative compliance method intended for existing homes that did not meet the ASHRAE 62.2 local exhaust requirements when built. The strategy is to evaluate how much local exhaust deficit there is in each room that should have local exhaust, based on intermittent fan requirements, and increase the continuous primar y fan flow rate to account for this deficit. This section provides guidance on how to determine the increase to the primary fan flow rate to comply with

ASHRAE 62.2

- 2010.Per ASHRAE 62.2

- 2010

**•** each bathroom should have a 50 CFM fan if used intermittently

**•** each kitchen should have a 100 CFM fan if used intermittently

For each of these rooms that does not meet these requirements

1. Calculate the deficit – if there is a fan that exhausts to outside but it does not have the required flow, the deficit is only the difference between the required
flow and the measured flow

2. Reduce the deficit by 20 CFM for each of these rooms that have an operable
window.

3. Sum up all of the individual deficits

4. Divide by 4

5. Add the result to the required primary fan flow rate

Example # 1:

**•** Kitchen has no exhaust to outside but an operable window

**•** Bathroom #1 has no exhaust but an operable window

**•** Bathroom #2 has a fan that moves only 32 CFM

Deficit for kitchen is 100

- 20 = 80 CFM (20 CFM credit for operable window)
Deficit for bathroom #1 is 50

- 20 = 30 CFM (20 CFM credit for operable window)
Deficit for bathroom #2 is 50

- 32 = 18 CFM

Sum of deficits is 80+30+18 CFM = 128 CFM

Increase required primary fan flow rate by 128/4 = 32 CFM

Example #2:

**•** Kitchen has a fan to outside that moves only 60 CFM and an operable window

**•** Bathroom #1 has a fan that moves only 20 CFM

**•** Bathroom #2 has a fan that moves only 32 CFM

Deficit for kitchen is 100

- 60

- 20 = 20 CFM (20 CFM credit for operable window)
Deficit for bathroom #1 is 50

- 20 = 30 CFM
Deficit for bathroom #2 is 50

- 32 = 18 CFM

Sum of deficits is 20+30+18 CFM = 68 CFM

Increase required primary fan flow rate by 68/4 = 17 CFM

Detailed Step

- by

- Step Process for Determining Infiltration CreditThe infiltration credit using only a blower door result, three house characteristics (floor area, volume, number of above

- grade stories), and a factor used to account for local weather.

The calculations that are required are for the equivalent leakage area ( ELA ), normalized leakage ( NL ), and Infiltration ( I ) at normal operating conditions.

1) Calculation of ELA



### Q 50 

### ELA **= ∆** 50 n 

### P P n 

### ∆ 2 **ρ**

Where Q 50 = blower door leakage at 50 Pa (ft 3 /min @ 50 Pa (or CFM 50))

n = house leakage curve exponent

Δ P = reference pressure difference between inside and outside (Pa)

**ρ** = density

By assuming that n = 0.65 (experimental average value for residential house s), Δ P = 4 Pa (typical reference value for ELA), and the density is a constant of 1.2 kg/m 3 , the ELA can be rewritt en as, and by converting all metric units to consistent inch

- pound (I

- P) units:

ELA **=** 0.000381* Q 50 (with Q50 measured as CFM 50, ELA has units of ft 2 )

2) Calculation of NL

0.3

Where A floor = floor area of the house (ft 2 )

H = height of the house above grade (ft)

H 0 = reference height of one story = 8 ft

The normalized leakage was developed assuming that the volume is 8 feet multiplied by the floor area. Using this assumption, substituting for ELA , and by assuming that the height of one story above grade is 8 ft, the NL can be rewritten as: 0 

### *1000 ** **  ** **  ** **  ** ** 

**=** H H

A ELA NL

floor



### ( **)** 3.0 50 *048.3 stories V Q NL **=**

where V = volume of the house (ft 3 )

3) Calculation of Infiltration at normal operating conditions

## I **=** NL * w

Where w = a weather factor specific to a geographic location

In this equation I is in air changes per hour (ACH). The weather factor can be found in a table in
ASHRAE Standard 136.

Once the infiltration I is determined, it can be converted to cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) using
the volume o f the house.

I * V I CFM **=** 60

Where I CFM = infiltration in cubic feet per minute

60 = conversion from hours to minutes

The infiltration rate at operating conditions, measured in CFM , can then be estimated as

I CFM **=** 0.0508* w * ( stories ) 0.3 * Q 50

4) Calculation of ASHRAE Standard 62.2 default infiltration rate

The default infiltration rate I d from ASHRAE Standard 62.2, measured in CFM , is

I d **=** 0.02 * A floor

5) Determination of infiltration credit, to be credited against required primary ventilation fan
flow

If I CFM is greater than I d , then the infiltration credit I cred can be calculated as

1 I cred **=** 2 

## ( I CFM **−** I d 

## )

# SECTION 4: AIR SEALING

Table of Contents

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices : 1
1) Air Sealing Worker Safety 2) Air Sealing Moisture Precautions 3) Radon



### Attic Sealing

Penetrations and Chases: 4) Penetrations 5) Chase Sealing 6) Chase Capping 7) Pocket Door

Open Stairwell s: 8) Interior with Sloped Ceiling 9) Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Bottom with No Ceiling Above 10) Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Top with Finished Ceiling Above

Dropped Ceilings and Soffits: 11) Raised Top

- Plate with Walls Open to Attic 12) New Ceiling Below Origi nal

- Old Ceiling Intact or Repairable 13) Above Closets and Tubs 14) Ceiling Leaks N ot Repairable – No Air Barrier Above 15) 3- D Walls 16) Dropped Ceiling with Light Boxes and Fixtures 17) Dropped Soffits

Other Ceiling Types: 18) Tongue and Groove Ceilings 19) Cathedralized Attic Ceilings

Considerations:

1 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards20) Regional Considerations



### Garage Sealing

Garage Openings : 21) Penetrations, C racks and D oors between G arage and House



### Window and Door Sealing

Maintenance and Repair: 22) Double -H ung W ood W indows 23) Single

- Unit Window and Fixed Frame with Wood Sash 24) Exterior Doors

Cracked and Broken Glass: 25) Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House 26) Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House

Replacement: 27) Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House 28) Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House

### H ealth and Safety

Safe Work Practices :

1) Air Sealing Worker Safety 2) Air Sealing Moisture Precautions 3) Radon

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

1) Detail Name: Air Sealing Worker Safety

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work completed safely without injury or hazardous exposure

Row Title Specification(s) Objectives(s)

1 Hand protection Durable and wrist protecting gloves will be worn that can withstand work activity 2 Minimize skin contact with

contaminants

Protect hands from sharp objects

2 Respiratory protection Respirators appropriate for the contaminants present will be worn (e.g. N

- 95 or equivalent face mask) 3 Minimize exposure to airborne contaminants (e.g. insulation materials, mold spores, feces, bacteria, chemicals)

3 Electrical safety 4,5 An electrical safety assessment will be performed

All electric tools will be protected by Ground

- Fault Circuit Interrupters 6

Extension cords used with portable electric tools wi ll be of
three

- wire type Worn or frayed electric cords
will not be used

Metal ladders will be avoided Water, such as condensate pans, and electrical sources will be kept separate

Special precautions will be Avoid electrical shock and
arc flash hazards

2 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

3 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 2, section IV

4 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

5 29 CFR 1926 S ubpart K – Electrical

6 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eTooltaken if knob and tube wiring is present Aluminum foil products will be kept away from live wires

4 Protective clothing 7 If contaminants are prese nt, (e.g. insulation materials) removable protective clothing
will be worn

Eye protection will always be worn (e.g. safety glasses, goggles if not using full face respirator) Protect worker from skin
contact with contaminants

Minimize spread of

contaminants

5 Confined space safety 8,9 Access and egress points will
be located before beginning
work

Inspection will be conducted for frayed electrical wires

Adequate ventilation will be provided

Use of toxic material will be
reduced Prevent build

- up of toxic or
flammable contaminants Provide adequate access and egress
Avoid elect rical shock

6 Power tool safety 10 Power tools will be inspected and used according to manufacturer specifications
to eliminate hazards associated with missing ground prongs, ungrounded circuits, misuse of power tools, noise, and improper or
defective cords or extension
cords

All devices used will be
verified as GF I protected or Prevent power tool injuries

7 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

8 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

9 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/confinedspaces/index.html

- OSHA Confined Space Webpage

10 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held e quipmentdouble insulated 11

Exhaust gases from compressors and generators will be prevented from entering crawl space

7 Chemical safety The least toxic suitable
material will be chosen

Chemicals will be handled according to manufacturer instructions or Material Safety
Data Sheets standards to
eliminate hazards associated with volatile organic compounds (VOCs), sealants, insulation, contaminated drywall, dust, foams, asbestos, lead and fi bers 12 Prevent worker exposure
to toxic substances

8 Ergonomic safety 13 Personal Protective Equipment will be used (e.g. knee pads, bump caps, additional padding) Proper equipment will be
used for work

Proper lifting techniques will
be used Avoid injuries from awkward postures, repetitive motions and improper lifting

9 Hand tool safety Hand tools will be used for intended purpose 14 Reduce injuries

10 Slips, trips and falls 15 Caution will be used around power cords, hoses, tarps and plastic sheeting

Precautions will be taken
when ladders ar e used, when Eliminate injuries due to slips, trips and falls

11 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eTool

12 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z

- Toxic and Hazardous Substances

13 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/ergonomics/index.html

- OSHA Ergonomics Webpage

14 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment

15 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protectionworking at heights or when balancing on joists

Walk boards will be used when practical

Appropriate footwear and clothing will be worn

11 Heat and thermal stress

16 Appropriate ventilation, hydration, rest breaks and cooling equipment will be
used

Dial 911 when necessary Reduce heat stroke, heat
stress and cold stress
related injuries

12 Fire safety Ignition sources will be identified and eliminated (e.g. turn off pilot lights and fuel supply)

Flammable material will be
reduced and fire

- rated
materials will be used 17 Prevent a fire hazard

16 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

17 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

2) Detail Name: Air Sealing Moisture Precautions

**•** Desired Outcome: Ensure durability of repairs and reduce potential for occupant exposure to mold and other moisture related hazards

Row Title Specification(s) Objectives(s)

1 Moisture p recautions
for a ttics R oof leaks will be repaired before performing attic air sealing or
insulation

M oisture sources in the house that can generate moisture into
the attic will be Identified and

remove d or reduce d Ensure durability of repairs

R educe potential for occupant exposure to mold
and other moisture related
hazards

2 Moisture p recautions
for c rawl s paces and
b asement s E xposed earth will be covered with a continuous, durable, sealed vapor retarder

Un- designed penetrations
between the crawl space or
basement and outside will be
sealed En sure durability of repairs

R educe potential for occupant exposure to mold
and other moisture related

H oles between the crawl space

or basement and the living space
will be sealed hazards

3 Moisture p recautions for the living space M oisture sources in the home
will be Identi fied and removed or
reduce d

L ocal ventilation will be installed where approp riate ( e.g., baths, kitchens) and vented to outside according to ASHRAE 6 2 .2

U nvented combustion a ppliances
will be removed Ensure durability of repai rs

R educe potential for
occupant exposure to mold
and other moisture related
hazardsIf replacing air conditioning
system, new system will be size d to optimize dehumidification

Where appropriate, a properly
sized dehumidifier will be
installed

4 Moisture p recautions
for exterior w ater Before insulating basement or crawl space walls near wet areas, surface water pooling near the foundation will be addressed by :

**•** Repairing, modifying or replacing gutters and down
spouts Minimize occupant exposure to moisture and
mold

**•** Grading and subsurface
drain age at critical locations ( e.g., localized drain and grading beneath valleys) according to
EPA Indoor airPLUS Construc tion Specifications Section 1.1

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

3) Detail Name: Radon

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work completed without increasing occupant exposure to radon

Row Title Specification(s) Objectives(s)

1 Radon testing and

m itigation EPA g uidelines for r adon in current edition of “Healthy Indoor
Environment Protocols for Home Energy Retrofits” will be followed

18 Complete retrofit work without increasing
occupant exposure to
radon

18 EPA - Healthy Indoor Environment Protocols for Home Energy Retrofits

### Attic Sealing

Penetrations and Chase s: 4) Penetrations 5) Chase Sealing 6) Chase Capping 7) Pocket Door

Open Stairwells: 8) Interior with Sloped Ceiling 9) Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Bottom with No Ceiling Above 10) Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Top with Finished Ceiling Above

Dropped Ceilings and Soffits: 11) Walls Open to Attic – Balloon Framing and Double Walls 12) New Ceiling Below Original

- Old Ceiling Intact or Repairable 13) Above Closets and Tubs 14) Ceiling Leaks N ot Repairable – No Air Barrier Above 15) 3- D Walls 16) Dropped Ceiling with Light Boxes and Fixtures 17) Dropped Soffits

Other Ceiling Types: 18) Tongue and Groove Ceilings 19) Cathedralized Attic Ceilings

Special Considerations: 20) Regional Considerations

## Topic: Attic Sealing
Subtopic: Attic Penetrations and Chase s

4) Detail Name : Penetrations and Chases

Desired Outcome :

**•** Penetrations and chases sealed to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space 19

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre -i nspection An i nspect ion will be
conducted for mold, water
leaks and water damage before sealing a chase

R epair s will be completed
before work Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Backing and infill Backing or infill will be provided as needed to meet the specific characteristics of
the selected ma terial and the
characteristics of the hole

The infill or backing will not bend, sag or move once
installed Minimize hole size to ensure
successful use of sealant

Ensure closure is permanent and supports any load ( e.g., wind and insulation)

Ensure seala nt does not fall

out

3 Sealant selection Sealants will be compatible
with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications 20 Select permanent sealant

Ensure seal ant meets or exceeds the performance
characteristics of the surrounding materials

4 High temperature application Only non

- combustible
materials will be used in contact with chimneys, vents
and flues 21 Prevent a fire hazard

19 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

20 ASTM C834

- 10

21 ASTM E136

- 09b

## Topic: A ttic S ealing
Subtopic: Attic Penetrations and Chase s

5) Detail Name : Chase Capping

Desired Outcome :

**•** Chase capped to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space 22

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre -i nspection An inspection will be
conducted for mold, water
leaks and water damage before sealing a chase

R epair s will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Standard chase (walls covered with drywall or plaster) Entire opening will be spanned with rigid material

Material will be cut to fit and fastened as required Reduce opening to what can
be sealed with sealant

3 Non standard chase (walls covered with wood or paneling) Material will be used that can
be exposed to the interior of
the house Prevent a fire hazard

4 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider than
24”

, except when air barrier material is rated to span greater distance under load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

5 J oint seal Continuous seal will be installed around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and connections Provide airtight, durable seal
that do es not move, bend or

sag

22 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)6 Adjacent framing All remaining gaps at the top
of the chase will be sealed Ensure airtight seal from one
finishe d side of the chase to
the other 23

23 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic : Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Open Stairwells

6) Detail Name : Interior with Sloped Ceiling

Desired Outcome :

**•** Stairwells sealed to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space 24

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre -i nspection An inspection will be
conducted for mold, water
leaks and water dam age before sealing an open
stairwell

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Standard void over
stairwell (15

- minute fire

- rated material; e.g., gypsum lined) Entire opening will be spanned with rigid material

Material will be cut to fit and fastened as required Prevent air leakage from wall

to attic 25

Reduce opening to what can
be sealed with sealant

Support load as required ( e.g., wind and insulation)

3 Non standard void
over stairwell (Surfaces around void

are not 15

- minute fire

rated ( e.g., bookcases,
chest of drawers ), or lined with paneling or
other non fire

- rated
material ) Material will be used that can be exposed to the interior of
the house Prevent a fire hazard

4 Support Support material will be
installed for spans wider than
24”

, except when air barrier
material is rated to span greater distance under load Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

24 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

25 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

# Building Performance Institute ( e.g., wind, insulation)

5 J oint seal Continuous seal will be installed around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and connections Provide airtight

, durable seal that does not move, bend or

sag 26

6 Perimeter sealing A ir barrier will be extended
on all four sides from finished ceiling or existing framing to
the new barrier

Access will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring) Create a continuous air
barrier 27

26 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

27 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Attic Sealing

Subtopic: Penetrations and Chases

7) Detail Name: P ocket Door

Desired Outcome:

**•** P ocket door sealed to prevent leakage 28

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Backing and infill Backing or infill will be provided as needed to meet the specific characteristics of
the selected material and the
characteristics of the hole

The infill will not bend, sag or
move once installed Minimize hole size to ensure successful use of sealant

Ensure closure is permanent and supports any load (e.g.
wind and insulation)

Ensure sealant does not fall

out

2 Sealant selection Sealants will be compatible
with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications 29 Select permanent sealant

Ensure seal ant meets or exceeds the performance
characteristics of the surrounding materials

28 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

29 ASTM C834

- 10

## Topic: Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Open Stairwells

8) Detail Name : Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Bottom with No Ceiling Above

Desired Outcome:

**•** Stairwell sealed to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the

a ttic and conditioned space 30

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing an open
stairwell

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Option 1 Bring stairwell inside Materials will be installed in line with the ceiling level with an airtight and operable insulated panel for repeated

access OR Airtight seal will be provided
between level of new closure

or cap and interior ceiling around perimeter

A ccess will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring) Prevent air leakage through
stairwell between

c onditioned space and attic 31

Support insulation

Bring the stairwell inside of
the thermal boundary

Ensure the new closure ties into the existing air barrier on
all sides

3 Option 2 Keep stairwell outside An air barrier will be created
and insulation material will be continuously installed

a cross all surfaces of stairwell, including weat her

stripped and insulated doors

32

OR Prevent air leakage and provide continuous thermal boundary

Maximize thermal performance

30 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

31 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

32 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)All cavities between stairs and conditioned space will be packed with an insulation
material tested to resist air
flow ( e.g., walls, floors, landings, under stairs)

Door will be weather stripped
or insulated

OR
A combination of the above
methods can be used

4 Support Support material will be
installed for spans wider than
24”

, except when air barrier material is rated to span greater distance under load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure seal stays in place and does not sag

5 Joint seal Continuous, airtight seals will be provided around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and connections Prov ide airtight, durable seal that does not move, bend or

sag

6 P erimeter sealing A ir barrier will be extended
on all four sides from finished ceiling or the existing framing
to the new barrier

Access will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring) Create a continuous air
barrier 33

33 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Attic Sealing
Subtopic: Sealing Open Stairwells

9) Detail Name : Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Bottom with No Ceiling Above

Desired Outcome:

**•** Stairwell sealed to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space 34

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing an open
stairwell

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Option 1 Bring stairwell inside Entire opening will be spanned with insulated and rigid material in line with the ceiling level with an airtight and operable insulated panel for repeated access

OR Airtight seal will be provided
between level of new
closure or cap and in terior ceiling around perimeter

A ccess will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring) Prevent air leakage through
stairwell between conditioned space and attic

35

Support insulation

Bring the stairwell inside of the thermal envelope

Ensure the new closure ties into the existing air barrier
on all sides

3 Option 2 Keep stairwell outside An air barrier will be created
and insulation material will be continuously installed
across all surfaces of stairwell (walls and stairs), including weather stripped
and insulated doors 36 Reduce leakage and provide
continuous thermal boundary

Maximize thermal performance

34 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

35 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

36 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)OR
All cavities between stairs and conditioned space will be packed with an insulation
material tested to resist air
flow ( e.g., walls, floors, landings, under stairs)

Door will be weather stripped or insulated

OR
A combination of the above
methods can be used

4 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider than 24” except when material is rated to span
greater distance under load Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

5 Joint seal Continuous, airtight seals will be provided around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and

connections Prov ide airtight, durable seal that does not move, bend or

sag

6 Perimeter sealing A ir barrier will be extended
on all four sides from finished ceiling or the existing framing to the new
barrier

Access will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring) Create a continuous air
barrier 37

37 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Attic Sealing
Subtopic: Open Stairwells

10) Detail Name : Stairwell to Attic

- Door at Top with Finished Ceiling Above

Desired Outcome:

**•** Stairwell is sealed to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space 38

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing an open
stairwell

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Option 1 Bring stairwell inside An airtight seal will be provided between level of new closure or cap and interior ceiling around perimeter 39

Access will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring)

OR
An air barrier will be created
and insulation material will be continuously installed
across all surfaces of Reduce air leakage and provide continuous thermal boundary

Maximize thermal performance

stairwell, including weather stripped and insulated doors

40

OR
All cavities between stairs and conditioned space will be

38 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

39 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

40 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)packed with an insulation
material tested to resist air flow ( e.g., walls, floors, landings, under stairs)

Door will be weather stripped
and insulated

OR
A combination of the above
methods can be used

3 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider than

2 4”, except when air barrier material is rated to span greater distance under load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

4 Joint seal Continuous, airtight seals will be provided around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and connections Provi de airtight, durable seal that does not move, bend or

sag

5 Perimeter sealing The air barrier will be
extended on all four sides
from finishe d ceiling or the existing framing to the new
barrier

Access will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring) Create a continuous air
barrier

## Topic: Attic Sealing
Subtopic: Dropped Ceilings and Soffits

11) Detail Name : Walls Open to Attic – Balloon Framing and Double Walls

Desired Outcome:

**•** C ontinuous air barrier created to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre -i nspection An inspection will be
conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a dropped ceiling or soffit

R epair s will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Sealing methods Entire opening will be spanned with rigid material in line with the ceiling level

Material will be cut to fit and fastened as required

OR Wall below openings will be dense packed

Seal ants will be used that prevent visible air movement using chemical smoke at 50
Pascals of pressure
difference 41 Prevent air leakage from wall cavity to attic 42

3 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider
than 24”

, except when air
barrier material is rated to span greater distance under
load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

41 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

42 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)4 Joint Seal Continuous seal will be installed around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and

connections 43 Provide airtight

, durable seal that does not move, bend or

sag

5 Adjacent framing All remaining gaps at the top
of the opening will be sealed Ensure airtight seal from one
finished side of the wall assembly to the other 44

43 ASTM C834

- 10

44 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic : Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Dropped Ceilings and Soffits

12) Detail Name : New Ceiling Below Original

- Old Ceiling Intact or Repairable

Desired Outcome:

**•** C ontinuous air barrier created to prevent air leakage and moisture
movement between t he attic and conditioned space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a dropped ceiling or soffit

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Sealing methods Entire opening will be spanned with rigid material in line with the ceiling level

Material will be cut to fit and fastened as required

OR Side of stud bays will be sealed with rigid material from bottom of dropped ceiling to top

- plate

OR Wall below openings will be dense packed 45

Seals will be used that prevent visible air movement using
chemical smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 46 Prevent air leakage from dropped ceiling to attic 47

45 ASTM C1015

- 06

46 ASTM E1186

- 03(2 009)

47 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)3 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider than 24”

, except
when air barrier material is rated to span greater distance under
load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

4 Joint seal Continuous seal will be installed around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and

connections 48 Provide airtight, durable seal
that do es not move, bend or

sag

5 Adjacent framing All remaining gaps will be sealed at the top of the dropped ceiling Provide airtight framing
from one finished side of the dropped ceiling to the other

49

48 ASTM C834

- 10

49 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic : Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Dropped Ceilings and Soffits

13) Detail Name : Above Closets and Tubs

Desired Outco me :

**•** C ontinuous air barrier created to prevent air leakage and moisture

movement between the attic and conditioned space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a dropped ceiling or soffit

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Above closets and tubs Entire opening will be spanned with rigid material in line with the ceiling level

Material will be cut to fit and fastened as required

OR Side of stud bays will be sealed with rigid material from bottom of dropped ceiling to top

- plate

OR Wall below openings will be dense packed 50

Seals will be used that

pre v ent visible air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 51 Prevent air leakage from dropped ceiling to attic 52

50 ASTM C1015

- 06

51 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

52 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

# Building Performance 3 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider
than 24”

, except when air
barrier material is rated to span greater distance under
load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

4 Joint seal Continuous seal will be installed around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and

connections 53 Provide airtight, durable
seal that do es not move, bend or sag

5 Adjacent framing All remaining gaps at the top of the dropped ceiling
will be sealed Provide airtight framing
from one finished side of the dropped ceiling to the
other 54

53 ASTM C834

- 10

54 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

# • B Topic : Attic Sealing
Subtopic: Dropped Ceilings and Soffits

14) Detail Name : Ceiling Leaks Not Repairable

- No Air Barrier Above

Desired Outcome :

**•** C ontinuous air barrier created to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space 55

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a dropped ceiling or soffit

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Sealing methods Ceiling or roof and wall air and
thermal barriers will be connected with a rigid airtight
connection around the perimeter 56

OR If ceiling will support an air barrier and insulation, a rigid airtight barrier ( e.g., gypsum)
will be attached to current ceiling either above or below

OR
Intermediate f raming will be used to support air and thermal
barrier

OR Rigid airtight thermal barrier
will be installed at the roof sheathing

Seals will be used that prevent visible air movement using Prevent air l eakage from dropped ceiling to attic 58

55 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

56 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)chemical smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 57

3 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider than
24”

, except when air barrier material is rated to span greater
distance under load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

4 Joint seal Continuous seal will be installed around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and

connections 59 Provide airtight

, durable
seal that does not move, bend or sag

5 Adjacent framing All remaining gaps will be sealed at the top of the dropped ceiling Provide airtight framing
from one finished side of the dropped ceiling to the
other 60

58 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

57 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

59 ASTM C834

- 10

60 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## T opic : Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Dropped Ceilings and Soffits

15) Detail Name : 3- D Walls

Desired Outcome :

**•** C ontinuous air barrier created to prevent air leakage and moisture movement between the attic and conditioned space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a dropped ceiling or soffit

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Sealing methods Entire opening will be spanned with rigid material
installed in line with the ceiling level

Material will be cut to fit
and fastened as required

OR Side of stud bays will be sealed with rigid material from bottom of dropped ceiling to top

- plate

OR Wall below openings will be dense packed 61

Seals will be used that prevent visible air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of Prevent air leakage from dropped ceiling to attic 63

61 ASTM C1015

- 06

63 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)pressure difference 62

3 Support Support material will be installed for spans wider than 24” except when air
barrier material is rated to span greater distance under
load ( e.g., wind, insulation) Ensure air seal stays in place and does not sag

4 Joint Seal Continuous seal will be installed around seams, cracks, joints, edges, penetrations and

connections 64 Provide airtight, durable
seal that do es not move, bend or sag

5 Adjacent framing All remaining gaps will be sealed at the top of the dropped ceiling Provide airtight framing
from one finished side of the dropped ceiling to the
other 65

62 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

64 ASTM C834

- 10

65 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)B 

## Topic: Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Dropped Ceilings and Soffits

16) Detail Name : Dropped Ceiling with Light Boxes and Fixtures

Desired Outcome:

**•** Light boxes sealed to safely prevent air leakage and moisture movement
between the attic and conditioned space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a dropped ceiling or soffit

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Light boxes ( e.g., fluorescent lights) An airtight seal will be provided around perimeter between light box
enclosure and in terior ceiling

A ll seams and penetrations
of the enclosure will be
sealed

A ccess will be gained as needed ( e.g., pull flooring)

66

Seals will be used that prevent visib le air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 67 Prevent air leakage 68

66 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

67 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

68 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)3 Non -i nsulation c ontact ( IC ) rated recessed lights Insulation will be kept at least 3” away from the top and side of any fixtures 69

If dropped ceiling is to be filled with insulation, then a sealed rigid barrier
enclosure will be installed
to maintain a 3” clearance

on all sides and at least 1⁄2”
from combustible materials Prevent light fixture from

over heating

Bring the light fixture inside

70

Top of rigi d barrier
enclosure will be sealed
with non

- insulat ing rigid material ( e.g., gypsum or equivalent perm rating and

R- value) 71 of the air barrier

69 ASTM C1015

- 06

70 ASTM C1015

- 06

71 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic : Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Dropped Ceilings and Soffits

17) Detail Name : Dropped Soffit s

Desired Outcome:

**•** Dropped s offits sealed to prevent air leakage and moisture movement
between the attic and conditioned space 72

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre

- inspection An inspection will be conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a dropped ceiling or soffit

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Soffit general Air flow will be blocked at
soffit in locations where
access allows 73 Provide continuous air barrier across soffit openings

3 Option 1 Bring soffit inside (Seal at top) Entire opening will be spanned with rigid material in line with the ceiling level

Material will be cut to fit and fasten as required Prevent air leakage from wall

to attic 74

Reduce opening to what can
be sealed with sealant

Support load as required ( e.g., wind and insulation)

Bring the soffit into the
thermal boundary

4 Option 2
Leave soffit outside (Seal at bottom or side) Each stud bay will be spanned with rigid material Prevent air leakage from wall
to soffit 75

Reduce opening to what can

72 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

73 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

74 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

75 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)Material will be cut to fit and fastened as required

OR Backing at each stud bay will be provided and will sealed

OR Side of stud bays will be sealed with rigid material from bottom of soffit to top

plate

OR A sealed rigid barrier will be
installed at all transitions be sealed with sealant

Ensure soffit is outside of the
thermal boundary

5 Soffits containing non

insulation contact ( IC ) rated recessed lights Insulation will be kept at least 3” away from the top and side of any fixtures

If dropped soffit is to be filled with insulation, then a sealed rigid barrier enclosure
will be installed to maintain
a 3” cleara nce on all sides
and at least 1⁄2” from
combustible materials 76

Top of rig id barrier enclosure
will be sealed with non

insulating rigid material ( e.g., gypsum or equivalent perm rating and R

- value) Prevent light fixture from overheating

Bring the light fix ture inside
of the air barrier

76 ASTM C1015

- 06

## Topic : Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Other Ceiling Types

18) Detail Name : Tongue and Groove Ceilings

Desired Outcome :

**•** Tongue and g roove ceilings sealed to prevent air leakage and moisture
movement between the attic and conditioned space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre -i nspection An inspection will be
conducted for mold, water
leaks and water d amage before sealing a tongue and groove ceiling

Repairs will be completed
before work Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Backing Backing will be ins talled behind tongue and groove ceilings Prevent air leakage and allow
for sealants

3 Sealant selection 77 Sealants will be compatible
with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications

No sealant will be allowed to
be visible in the living space Select permanent sealant

Ensure sealant meets or exceeds the performance
characteristics of the surrounding materials

Ceiling remains aesthetically pleasing

77 ASTM C1193

- 09

## Topic : Attic S ealing
Subtopic: Other Ceiling Types

19) Detail Name: Cathedralized Attic Ceilings

Desired Outcome:

**•** Cathedralized attics sealed to prevent air leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Pre -i nspection An inspection will be
conducted for mold, water leaks and water damage before sealing a cathedralized ceiling

Repairs will be completed before work begins Repair moisture

- related

issues

2 Backing and infil l Backing or infill will be provided as needed to meet the specific
characteristics of the
selected material and the characteristics of the open

space

The infill or backing will not bend, sag or move once
installed Minimize hole size to
ensure successful use of
sealant

Ensure closure is permanent and supports and load ( e.g., wind and insulation)

Ensure sealant does not fall

out

3 Sealant selection 78 Sealants will be compatible
with their intended
surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications Select permanent sealant

Ensure sealant meets or exceeds the performance
characteristics of the surrounding materials

78 ASTM C1193

- 09

## Topic: Attic Sealing
Subtopic: Special Considerations

20) Detail Name: Regional Consideration

Row Region Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Very Cold

2 Cold Hydrophobic sealants will be used in all attic sealing details

79 Increase durability of seal

3 Mixed Humid

4 Hot Humid Plastic, foil, or any other C lass 1 vapor barrier will not be used

80 Avoid moisture

- related damage to the house

5 Marine Vapor permeable materials will
be used to block and seal penetrations in attic 81 Avoid moisture

- related damage to the house

6 Hot Dry

79 ASTM C1193

- 09

80 ASTM E241

- 09

81 ASTM C1193

- 09

### Garage Sealing

Garage Openings : 21) Penetrations, Cracks and Doors between Garage and House

## Topic : Garage Sealing
Subtopic: Garage Openings

21) Detail Name : Penetrations, Cracks and D oors between G arage and House

Desired Outcome:

**•** O penings from garage sealed to prevent leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Penetrations All lighting fixtures, wiring, plumbing, venting , ducting and gas piping penetrations
will be sealed 82

Prevent air leakage and pollutant entry 2 Cracks All cracks in house and garage separation wall will be sealed

, includ ing c racks between mud sill, rim joists, subfloors
and bottom of gypsum board

All cracks in ceiling surfaces
will be sealed 83

3 Garage to house door Weather stripping, door sweep or threshold will be installed to stop air leakage

4 Glass Broken glass panes in doors will be replaced, pointed and glazed where needed

5 C arbon monoxide (CO)
d etector In all homes with an attached garage, at least one CO
detector will be installed per floor Prevent CO exposure to occupants from attached

garage

82 ASTM C1193

- 09

83 ASTM C1193

- 09

### Window and Door Sealing

Maintenance and Repair: 22) Double –H ung Wood W indows 23) Single

- Unit Window and Fixed Frame with Wood Sash 24) Exterior Doors

Cracked and Broken Glass: 25) Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House 26) Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House

Replacement: 27) Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House 28) Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House

## Topic: Windows and Doors
Subtopic: Maintenance and Repair

22) Detail Name: Double -H ung Wood Windows

Desired Outcome:

**•** Windows operable and weather tight

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed un less testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule (40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes to this rule (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more stringent state or f ederal
standards Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazards

2 Weather stripping Existing weatherstripping and
sash sealant will be removed

Surface where the sill meets
the sash will be cleaned

Seal between the fixed components of the window ( e.g., jambs, sill) will be continuous and complete while maintaining the operability of the window

Continuous and complete
weather strip ping will be
installed on the bottom of the Form a complete seal from the outer edge of the sash to the jamb

Maintain operability of the
windowlower sash where it makes
contact with the sill and at the top of the upper sash
where it makes contact with the upper part of the window
frame

3 Sash locks Locks will be installed so that the rails of the upper and
lower sashes are flush and in
full contact

No gaps will be visible
between the two sashes Form a secure connection
between the two sash es

Locks will be installed to achieve compression of the
two sashes

4 Replacement sills Beveled sill will be flush with interior wall and sloped to the

exterior

S eams will be continuously and completely sealed with sealant to the jambs and to
the frame

S ill will be water

- sealed and primed Form a complete seal from the
bottom of the lower sash to
the sill

Maintain operability of the
window

Allow for drainage to the

exterior

5 Sash replacement L ower sash will have the same
bevel on the bottom rail as
the sill

The sash will be water

- sealed and primed Ensure s ash remains in a fixed position when open or partially open

Maintain operability of the
window

6 Adjust stops Stops will be adjusted to eliminate visible gaps between the stops and the jamb while maintaining operability of the window Form a complete seal between the jamb, sash and stop

Maintain operability of the
window

7 Replace stops Stops will be installed to keep the window securely in place

Stops will be adjusted to F orm a complete seal between the jamb, sash and stop

Maintain operability of theeliminate visible gaps window between the stops and the jamb while maintaining operability of the window

## Topic: Windows and Doors
Subtopic: Maintenance and Repair

23) Detail Name: Single

- Unit Window and Fixed Frame with Wood Sash

Desired Outcome:

**•** Windows operable and weather tight

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed unl ess testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule (40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes to this rule (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more stringent state or Federal
standards Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazards

2 Operable windows All egress windows will be operable as required by local
code s Ensure all egress windows are operable

3 Air infiltration Details that reduce air infiltration will be repaired, replaced or installed ( e.g., new latch for meeting rail connection, pulley seals, rope caulking for other cracks, interior storm windows) Reduce air infiltration

4 Water infiltration Details that reduce water infiltration will be repaired, replaced or installed ( e.g., replace missing glazing Reduce water infiltrationcompound on sash, exterior caulking, exterior storm windows)

5 Occupant e ducation
and maintenance Occupants will be notified of changes or repairs made and
educated on how to operate
and maintain window Ensure long

- term weather tightness

## Topic: Windows and Doors
Subtopic: Maintenance and Repair

24) Detail Name: Exterior Doors

Desired Outcome:

**•** Doors operable and weather tight

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed unl ess testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule (40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes
to this ru le (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more stringent state or Federal
standards Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazards

2 Door operation and
fit The door will be adjusted to properly fit the jamb and allow for ease of operation ( e.g., hinge replacement, re

plane door, door strike adjustment) Ensure proper operation of
the door

3 Air infiltration Details that reduce air infiltration will be repaired, repl aced or installed ( e.g., weather stripping, door bottoms, trim replacement with foam) Reduce air infiltration

4 Water infiltration Details that reduce water infiltration will be repaired, replaced or installed ( e.g., adjust threshold, caulk jamb Reduce water infiltrationto threshold, caulk tr im, flashing)

5 Occupant e ducation
and maintenance Occupants will be notified of changes or repairs made and
educated on how to operate
and maintain
weather stripping and caulk
around door and trim Ensure long

- term weather tightness

## Topic: Windows and Doors
Subtopic: Cracked and Broken Glass

25) Detail Name: Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House

Desired Outcome:

**•** Glass complete and intact

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed unl ess testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule (40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes to this rule (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more stringent state or Federal
standards Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazar ds

2 Broken glass removal Putty and push points will be
removed

Broken or cracked glass will
be removed Safely r emove old glass

3 Sash preparation Opening will be cleaned Prepare opening for new glass

4 New glass installation Glass will be sized 1/8 ” to 3/16’’ smaller than opening to
allow for movement of frame

Safety glass will be installed as required by local code s

Push points will be provided on each side to secure glass in Ensure glazing compound will
adhere to sash

Install , seal and secure new glass in place

Allow glazing compound to
harden to ensure secure
installationframe

Sash will be primed before installing new glass

A glazing compo und will be
added

Glazing compound will be
allowed to set for 24 hours before cleaning or applying

pressure

## Topic: Windows and Doors
Subtopic: Cracked and Broken Glass

26) Detail Name: Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House

Desired Outcome:

**•** Glass complete and intact

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed unl ess testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule (40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes to this rule (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more stringent state or Federal
standards Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazar ds

2 Broken glass removal Window stops and damaged glass will be removed Safely r emove old glass

3 Opening preparation Opening will be cleaned

Glazing tape will be removed or replaced Prepare opening for new glass

4 New glass installation Replacement glass will be sized to original width, height and depth

Stops will be replaced or
installed

W ood stops will be sealed to glass with appropriate sealant Install , seal and secure new glass in place

Allow glazing compound to
harden to ensure secure
installationGlass will be selected with comparable tint and coating (color and look)

Safety glass wi ll be installed as required by local code s

Glazing compound will be
allowed to set for 24 hours before cleaning or applying

pressure

## Topic: Windows and Doors
Subtopic: Replacement

27) Detail Name: Fixed Frame with Wood Sash — Older House

Desired Outcome:

**•** Replacement window provides weathertight fit

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed unl ess testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule (40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazar ds

to this rule (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more stringent state or Federal
standards

2 Opening preparation Interior stops, sashes, parting strips and pulleys will be
removed

Opening will be cleaned Provide a clean opening for replacement window unit

3 Replacement window
installation N ew window will be adjusted to allow for good fit and finish as well as proper operation

Weight pockets will be sealed
and insulated Ensure replacement window operates properly

Ensure r eplacement window
G aps between the new window and existing frame
will be sealed with low expanding foam has a weather tight fitWindow will be secured with
stops

G ap between the bottom of the replacement window and
exterior sill will be filled with

trim

Replacement window will be caulked to exterior stops

4 Safety Egress windows and safety glass will be installed as required by local code s Meet all codes when replacing
windows

5 Occupant e ducation
and maintenance Occupants will be notified of changes or repairs made and
educated on how to operate
and maintain window Ensure long

- term weather tightness

## Topic: Windows and Doors
Subtopic: Replacement

28) Detail Name: Single

- Unit Window, Mounted on Rough Opening — Newer House

Desired Outcome:

**•** Replacement window provides weathertight fit

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed unl ess testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule (40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazar ds

to this rule (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more stringent state or Federal
standards

2 Opening preparation Replacement window will be
laid out with trim

Exterior trim will be removed, or exterior siding will be cut
back to fit new window with

trim

Existing window will be
removed

Window opening will be flashed according accepted industry standards Provide a clean and properly flashed opening for replacement window unit3 Replacement unit preparation Mounting detail will be determined based on depth
of window and location of
window liner Allow for good fit and finish of replacemen t window

4 Replacement window
installation Replacement window will integrated with flashing

Gaps between the new window and existing frame
will be sealed with low expanding foam

Proper operation, fit and
finish will be checked

A djustments will be made as

necessary

Replacement window will be
secured with fasteners according to accepted Ensure replacement window operates properly

Ensure replacement window is weather tight

industry standards

New window trim will be back caulked to exterior sheathing

New window trim will be caulked to siding and window
frame

Interior details will be caulked

as necessary

5 Safety Egress windows and safety glass will be installed as required by local code s Meet all codes when replacing
windows

6 Occupant e ducation
and maintenance Occupant will be notified of changes or repairs made and
educated on how to operate
and maintain window Ensure long

- term weather tightness

# SECTION 5: HEATING AND COOLING

Table of Contents

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices : 1
1) Heating and Cooling Worker Safety



### Forced Air

Design: 2) Load Calculation and Equipment Selection 3) Ductwork and Termination Design

Equipment Installation : 4) Preparation for New Equipment 5) Fuel Delivery System for Fuel Oil 6) Fuel Delivery System for Natural Gas and Propane 7) Setting of Air Handler 8) Duct System 9) Heating and Cooling Controls 10) Venting System 11) Condensate Drainage of Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment 12) Regional Considerations

Commissioning of Equipment: 13) Leak Detection 14) Data Plate Verification 15) Venting System 16) Combustion Analysis 17) Air Flow 18) Electrical Service 19) Refrigerant Line Inspection 20) Sequence of Operation 21) Occupant Education 22) Evaporative Cooler Maintenance and Repairs 23) Regional Considerations

1 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards

### Ducts

Duct Sealing: 24) Preparation and Mechanical Fastening 25) Support 26) Sealing System 27) Proprietary Spray Application 28) Sealing System Components 29) Return – Framed Platform 30) D ua l Cooling Up Ducts 31) Removing Supply Vents From Garages

Duct Insulation: 32) Insulating Flex D ucts 33) Insulating Metal Ducts



### Hydronic Heating

Design: 34) Heat Load Calculation – Whole House 35) Space Load Calculation – Heat Emitter Sizing

Equipment : 36) Boiler – Pressure Relief Safety Valve 37) Boiler Replacement – Gas and Oil 38) Controls – Thermostat Replacement

Maintenance : 39) Gas Boiler – Annual Service 40) Checklist

### Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices : 1) Heating and Cooling Worker Safety

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

1) Detail Name: Heating and Cooling Worker Safety

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work complete d safely without injury or hazardous exposure

Row Title Specification(s) Objectives(s)

1 Hand protection Durable and wrist protecting gloves will be worn that can withstand work activity

Thermal gloves will be worn when dealing with liquid nitrogen 2 Minimize skin contact with

contaminants

Protect hands from sharp objects

2 Respiratory protection Respirators appropriate for the contaminants present will be worn ( e.g., N- 95 or equivalent face mask) 3 Minimize exposure to airborne contaminants ( e.g., insulation materials, mold spores, feces, bacteria, chemicals)

3 Electrical safety 4

, 5 An electrical safety assessment will be performed

All electric tools will be protected by Ground

- Fault Circuit Interrupters 6

Extension cords used with portable electric tools wi ll be of
three

- wire type

Worn or frayed electric cords will
not be used

Metal ladders will be avoided

Water, such as condensate Avoid electrical shock and arc
flash hazards

2 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

3 OSHA Technical Manual S ection VIII: Chapter 2, section IV

4 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

5 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K – Electrical

6 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eToolpans, and electrical sources will be kept separate

Special precautions will be taken
to avoid electrical shock if knob and tube wiring is present

For arc flash hazards, NFPA 70E
will be consulted

4 Protective clothing If contaminants are pres ent, ( e.g., , insulation materials) removable protective clothing
will be worn 7

Eye protection will be worn ( e.g., , safety glasses, goggles if not using full face respirator)

Long sleeves and long pants may be worn as additional protection from liquid nitrogen
and other skin hazards Protect worker from skin
contact with contaminants (e.g., insulation materials)

Mini mize spread of

contaminants

5 Confined space safety 8,9 Access and egress points will be located before beginning work

Inspection will be conducted for frayed electrical wires

Adequate ventilation will be Prevent build

- up of toxic or
flammable contaminants

Provide adequate access and

egress provided

Use of toxic material will be
reduced Avoid electrical shock

7 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

8 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

9 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/confinedspaces/index.html

- OSHA C onfined Space Webpage6 Power tool safety

10 Power tools will be inspected
and used in accordance with manufacturer specifications to
eliminate hazards associated
with missing ground prongs, ungrounded circuits, and misuse of power tools, noise, and improper or defective cords or
extension cords

All devices used will be verified as GFI protected or double
insulated Prevent power tool injuries

7 Chemical safety The least toxic suitable material
will be chosen

Chemicals will be handled according to manufacturer specifications or Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) standards to
eliminate hazards associated with volatile organic compounds (VOCs), sealants, insulation

, contaminated drywall, dust, foams, asbestos, lead, mercury, fibers and oil tank mercury 11 Prevent worker exposure to
toxic substances

8 Ergonomic safety

12 Proper equipment will be used
for work

Proper lifting techniques will be
used

Personal Protective Equipment will be used ( e.g., knee pads, bump caps, additional padding) Avoid injuries from awkward postures, repetitive motions and improper lifting

9 Hand tool safety H and tools will be used for intended purpose 13 Reduce injuries

10 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment

11 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z

- Toxic and Hazardous Substances

12 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/ergonomics/index.html

- OSHA Ergonomics Webpage

13 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment10 Slips, trips and
falls 14 Caution will be used around power cords, hoses, tarps and plastic sheeting

Precautions will be taken when working on ladders, when working at heights or balancing on joists

Walk boards will be used when practical

Appropriate foo twear and clothing will be worn Eliminate injuries due to slips, trips and falls

11 Heat and thermal

stress 15 Appropriate ventilation, hydration, rest breaks and cooling equipment will be provided

Dial 911 when necessary Reduce heat stroke, heat stress and cold stress related injuries

12 Prevention through design Design will be incorporated to
eliminate or minimize hazards ( e.g., material selection, access to equipment for installation and maintenance, placement of equipment, duct work and condensate lines) 16 Reduce worker injuries and exposure to toxic substances and physical hazards

14 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protection

15 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

16 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

### Forced Air

Design: 2) Load Calculation and Equipment Selection 3) Ductwork and Termination Design

Equipment Installation: 4) Preparation for New Equipment 5) Fuel Delivery System for Fuel Oil 6) Fuel Delivery System for Natural Gas and Propane 7) Setting of Air Handler 8) Duct System 9) Heating and Cooling Contro ls 10) Venting System 11) Condensate Drainage of Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment 12) Regional Considerations

Commissioning of Equipment: 13) Leak Detection 14) Data Plate Verification 15) Venting System 16) Combustion Analysis 17) Air Flow 18) Electrical Service 19) Refrigerant Line Inspection 20) Sequence of Operation 21) Occupant Education 22) Evaporative Cooler Maintenance and Repairs 23) Regional Considerations

## T opic : Forced Air
Subtopic: Design

2) Detail Name : Load Calculation and Equipment S election

Desired Outcome :

**•** Equipment sized properly and operates efficiently

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Load c alculation:
Heat loss or g ain 17 H eat loss or gain of the house will be calculated considering the following :

**•** R- Values of building
components

**•** U- Value and S olar H eat
G ain C oefficient (SHGC) of glazing

**•** Orientation and exterior shading of glazing

**•** Duct heat loss or gain

**•** Infiltration

**•** Ventilation

**•** Internal gains

Room

- by

- room calculations will be performed when installing new duct systems or in retro

- commission projects Accurately calculate
sensib le and latent load for
the house

Properly size equipment
for load

2 Load c alculation: Design c onditions for single -s tage or single

s peed e quipment 18 Interior design conditions will
be selected based on occ upant preferences and lifestyle

17 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

18 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007Exterior design conditions will be appropriate for regional
weather conditions

In all cases of dry climates , the cooling design temperature
will be set to the mean
extreme temperature

In all cases of humid climates, the cooling des ign temperature will be set to less
than 1%

3 Load c alculation: Design c onditions for
multi

- stage, v ariable

speed e quipment 19 Interior design conditions will be selected based on occupant preferences and lifes tyle

Exterior design conditions will be appropriate for regional
weather conditions

In all cases of dry climates , the cooling design temperature
will be set to the mean Accurately calculate
sensible and latent load for
the house

Properly size equipment
for load
extreme temperatur e

In all cases of humid climates, the cooling design temperature will be set to less
than 1%

4 Equipment s election: Air conditioning and heat pumps in humid

c limates 20 Equipment capable of meeting
the sensible and latent load of
the house will be selected using the detailed capacity
tabl es provided by the
manufacturer

Equipment wil l not be sized by

more t han 115 % of to tal load
or next available size E nsure e quipment is able to heat, cool and dehumidify the house

19 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

20 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 20075 Equipment s election: Heat p umps 21 In heating dominated climates
and where need for summer dehumidification is minimal, equipment will be selected to provide a balance point near

30 °

Use the lowest capacity cooling equ ipment required to
cool the house

Balance point will be
calculated using the detailed capacity tabl es provided by
the manufacturer Maximize heating potential of the compressor

6 Equi pment selection:
Furnaces with air

c onditioning 22 The smallest capacity heating equipment will be selected that is capable of meeting the heating load and providing the air movement required by the

ai r conditioning

T he lowest capacity cooling equipment required to cool
the house will be used Equipment meets the heating load of the house

Equipment moves required air for air conditioning

7 Equipment selection:

Furnaces o nly (no air conditioning) 23 The smallest capacity heating equipment will be selected that is capable of meeting th e heating load Equipment meets the heating load of the house

8 Equipment s election: Single

- speed, multiple

tap b lower 24 Equipment will be selected that can move desired cooling cubic feet p er minute ( CFM ) at medium speed Equipment moves required air for air conditioning

21 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

22 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

23 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

24 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007Equipment will be selected

9 Equipment selection:
Variable s peed b lower 25 that can move desired cooling

CFM with no greater than 0.8
inches of water column (IWC) external static pressure

25 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Design

3) Detail Name: Ductwork and Termination Design

Desired Outcome :

**•** E fficient air flow to all rooms ensured by proper ductwork

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sizing Ducts will be sized using
friction charts 26

A friction rate of 0.08 inches of water column ( IWC ) for supplies and 0.06 IWC for
returns is recommended

Minimize static pressure

Maximize air flow 2 Air handler to return plenum

connections Radius elbow fittings or square fittings with turning

vanes will be used to direct
return air when a 90° turn is required 27

3 Air handler to supply plenum Radius elbow fittings or square fittings with turning
vanes will be installed to direct supply air 28

4 Reducers Reducers between sections of
different size duct will be a minimum of 18” in length

5 Supply branch run outs Runs will be installed as short as possible 29

26 2009 ASHRAE Handbook

- Fundamentals (I

- P Edition)

27 2009 ASHRAE Handbook

- Fundamentals (I

- P Edition)

28 2009 ASHRAE Handbook

- Fundamentals (I

- P Edition)

29 2009 ASHRAE Handbook

- Fundamentals (I

- P Edition)6 Boots If using flex ible duct with straight boots, duct will be
connected to boot with no
bend

A rigid elbow will be used
when a flexible duct change s direction

7 Supply t erminations Terminations will be selected
that are capable of delivering air with p roper speed and
throw of 80

- 120 % of the farthest wall, floor or ceiling

For stamped metal terminations, opening of
boot

- to

- space connecti on will
be 40 % larger than duct cross

section

8 Return grille s izing Grille gross area will be equal to or larger than return box

Return box will be bigger
than return duct

9 Dampers Dampers will be installed as close to the trunk as possible

Dampers will be adjusted
after interior finishes are
installed

10 Flexible d ucts Flexible duct s will not be bent
more than 45 ° without rigid
elbow11 Take -o ffs Field

- fabricated take

- offs will
not be used

Take

- offs that create
turbulence will not be used ( e.g., elbows with integrated dampers, scoops)

Take

- offs will be installed onto the trunk according to
duct construction standards

12 Plenum to trunk c onnection The first connection on supply side will be installed
with a total equivalent length
of less than 45’

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

4) Detail Name: Preparation for New Equipment

Desired Outcome:

**•** Existing equipment removed safely and lawfully

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Access A code

- compliant walkway and service platform will be installed in attics, if not
present

The walkway and platform
will be above the level of
insulation 30 Ensure new equipment can
be installed and serviced

2 Utility disconnect Electricity and fuel will be
turned off 31

, 32 Protect workers and occupants from injury

3 Refrigerant recovery Refrigerant will be
recovered in accordance
with 40CFR 608 (EPA) 33 Comply with “Safe Handling of Refrigerant Law”

Protect workers and
occupants from injury

4 Equipment disconnection Refrigerant lines, plumbing, ducts, electric, control wires, vents and fuel supply
will be disconnected Ensure equipment can be
removed

30 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protection

31 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

32 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K – Electrical

33 40 CFR 82.1545 Removal Equipment will be removed ( e.g., furnace, air handler, evaporator, condensing unit)

Equipment will be removed from space without damaging property and disturbing or compressing
the insulation Provide room to install new equipment and work safely

Comply with applicable disposal laws

Equipment will be disposed of lawfully

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

5) Detail Name : Fuel Delivery System for Fuel Oil

Desired Outcome :

**•** F uel oil delivered safely and sufficiently

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Material and support 34 An approved pipe type in
accordance with NFPA will be installed and supported

Manual oil shut

- off valve, union joint and filter fitting
will be installed or presence verified Prevent corrosion

Deliver fuel to system

Ensure m aterial does not sag or leak

2 Line connections 35 Approved connectors for line fittings will be used

Approved filter fittings will
be used Install oil lines with no leaks

34 NFPA 31: Standard for the Installation of Oil

- Burning Equipment

35 NFPA 31: Standard for the Installation of Oil

- Burning Equipment

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

6) Detail Name : Fuel Delivery System for Natural Gas and Propane

Desired Outcome :

**•** N atural gas and pr opane delivered safely and in sufficient amount

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Material and s upport 36 An approved pipe type in
accordance with NFPA will be installed and supported

Manual gas shut

- off valve, union joint and drip leg will
be verified or installed Prevent corrosion

Deliver fuel to system

Ensure material does not sag or leak

2 Size 37 Gas pipes (house main and equipment drops) will be
installed for the total
connected load of all appliances in accordance
with NFPA Provide sufficient gas flow and pressure to all appliances

3 Sealant 38 Pipes will be sealed with an approved fastening process and sealant according to manufacturer specifications

Gas lines will be leak free
when tested with an electronic combustible gas
leak detector and verified
with bubble solution

OR
Gas lines will be leak free
when tested by local code s approved standing pressure

test Install gas lines with no
leaks

36 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1 National Fuel Gas Code

37 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1 National Fuel Gas Code

38 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1 National Fuel Gas CodeA secondary gas valve Detect accumulation of

4 Safety d evices fo r p ropane safety detector will be installed for propa ne piping dangerous levels of propane in below grade installed below grade 39 areas

39 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223. 1 National Fuel Gas Code

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

7) Detail Name : Setting of Air Handler

Desired Outcome:

**•** Air handler set properly in an appropriate place

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Location Equipment will be installed in a dry location Prevent rust and corrosion

Protect equipment from bulk
water and moisture

2 Clearance 40 Equipment will be installed with proper clearances according to manufacture r specifications and local code s

Alternative locations will be considered for equipment
when exis ting locations are
not suitable Ensure equipment has proper clearances for fire risk and accessibility

Ensure equipment operates as designed

3 Connections 41 Equipment w ill be installed so connections allow proper operation of the equipment and accessibility ( e.g., electrical service, condensate drains, ductwork, fuel, venting, refrigerant lines) Ensure connections do not interfere with operation and service of equipment

4 Support:
Horizontal a ir f low, a ttic Equipment will be supported with a platform or suspended with threaded rod according
to manufacture r specifications and local code s En sure equipment is stable,
level and does not transmit
vibration

40 NFPA 90B

41 NFPA 90B5 Support:
Horizontal a ir f low,
b asement or c rawl

space Equipment will be supported
with a non

- wicking, fireproof material or suspended with threaded rod according to
manufacture r specifications
and local code s Avoid compress ing or
disturb ing attic insulation

6 Support: Up flow on a p latform Equipment will be supported

on non

- flammable material capable of support ing the weight of the equipment

The air hand ler opening will
be free of obstructions Properly support equipment

Prevent a fire hazard

Ensure platform does not impede airflow

7 Support:
Down flow Equipment will be supported on ductwork capable of supporting t he weight of the equipment

Equipment will be supported on ductwork with rigid

exterior insu lation fastened
to the ductwork Properly supp ort equipment

Protect equipment from moisture damage

Reduce heat loss

8 Sealing 42 Gaps larger than 1⁄4” between air handler and adjoining ductwork or equipment ( e.g., evaporator coil, filter rack)

w ill be bridged with sheet
metal

Joints will be sealed w ith mastic and fiberglass mesh

Joints will be sealed to eliminate all gaps with NFPA

90 A and B approved sealant Ensure air handler does not
leak air

Ensure sealing is durable

Do not increase resistance to
air flow

9 Drainage:
Attics and conditioned

s pace A secondary drain pan will be
installed beneath the equipment wit h proper pitch
and float switch Prevent water damage

42 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

8) Detail Name: Duct System

Desired Outcome :

**•** The duct system safely supports peak operation of equipment

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Location:
Inside (supply d ucts)

Duct section located completely within the thermal barrier of the house Duct material will be
selected with an insulation level and permeability that
prevent s condensation 43 Prevent condensation on
the outside of the
ductwork

2 Location:
Outside

Duct section located outside of the thermal barrier of the
house or in quasi

conditioned spaces Duct material will be
selected that meets the following criteria:

**•** A minimum insulation
level of R -8

**•** P ermeability that prevents condensation

**•** Permeability that reduces heat loss or gain
from the ductwork 44 Prevent condensation on the outside of the
ductwork

Reduce thermal loss or gain from the ductwork

3 Fire r ating Ducts will be installed in
accordance wit h the fire rating of local code s 45 Prevent a fire hazard

4 Support 46 Ductwork will be supported
in a manner that does not

constrict ductwork or duct insulation per SMACNA
d uct construction standards, ADC for flex ible
duct or NAIMA for Ensure duc ts do not sag, bend, trap water or experience diminished air
flo w

43 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

44 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

45 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

46 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standardfiberglass duct

5 Protection Ducts will be routed such that service and repair to the house and its sy stems does not damage the ducts Protect equipment from damage

Ensure equipment operates as designed

6 Fastening:
Metal to f lex ible duct 47 Flex ible duct

- to

- metal

connections will be fastened
with tie bands using a tie band tensioning tool

Beaded collars will be
installed for all sheet metal
to flex ible duct connections

Manufacturer specifications
will be followed Ensure duct connections
are durable

7 Fastening:
Metal to m etal 48 Metal

- to

- metal connections
will be fas tened with
mechanical fasteners

Gaps larger than 1⁄4” w ill be bridged with sheet metal

Joints will be sealed with

mastic

Joints smaller than 1⁄4” will
be sealed with NFPA 90A
and B approved sealant Ensure duct connections
are durable

8 Fasting: Duct board to
metal Duct board to metal
connections will be
fastened with mechanical
fasteners

Joints and connections will
be sealed with UL 181A listed tapes or mastics Ensure duct connections
are durable

47 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

48 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard9 Fastening:
Boot to house c onnection 49 Boots will be fastened to
the house with mechanical
fasteners

Connection will be seale d with mastic, caulk or gaskets Ensure duct connections
are durable

10 Terminations 50 Terminations capable of delivering air with p roper speed and throw of 80

­ 120 % of the farthest wall,
fl oor or ceiling will be
selected Deliver and properly mix
air in the house

11 Filtration Fil ter bypasses will be
eliminated

Filters will be changed Protect equipment from
dirt and debris

12 External static p ressure Ductwork, filter and other equipment will be installed
so that total external static pressure does not exc eed
manufacturer specifications

51

Ensure equipment operates as designed 13 Air flow: Cooling and heat pump

s ystems Measured air flow per ton
will be within 15 % of manufacturer specifications

Air flow will be measured in
accordance with following standards: ASHRAE, ANSI ACCA QI 5 2007, TABB and

NEBB

14 Temperature r ise: Heating o nly s ystems Temperature rise will be
measured and result will be
in accordance w ith manufacturer specifications

49 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

50 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

51 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard15 System p rotection d uring

c onstruction and r enovation Registers, grilles and diffusers will be blocked,
masked or otherwise sealed
with a durable material

Use of system will not be allowed during renovation

or con struction Protect equipment and occupants from debris in
system

Contractor and occupant
will be educated on

ne cessity of protecting equipment

16 Room p ressure b alancing An appropriate means of pressure ba lancing will be
installed ( e.g., transfer grilles, jumper ducts, individual room returns)

No room will exceed +/

- 3
Pascal s with reference to
the outside with all interior
doors clo sed and the air handler running Ensure system has
unrestricted flow of air between supplies and

returns

Minimize infiltration and exfiltration caused by
system

Do not interfere with safe operation of combustion appliances

17 Sealing:
New d uctwork Total system leakage (including air handler) will

n ot exceed 100 cubic feet

per minute ( CFM ) at 25
Pascals 52

(for partial duct system replacement or improvement, existing ductwork specification will be applied ) Minimize system air leakage

18 Sealing: Existing d uctwork Accessible joints, cracks, seams, holes and penetrations will be sealed

53

52 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

53 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

9) Detail Name: Heating and Cooling Controls

Desired Outcome :

**•** Heating and cooling controls installed and set properly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Removal of mercury

- based

t hermostats Mercury

- based thermostat will be removed safely and

in a ccordance with EPA regulations 54 Protect workers and occupants from injury

Protect environment from damage 2 Removal of e xisting

c ontrols Existing controls will be
removed in accordance
with lead safe work rules

EPA 55

3 Penetrations Penetrations for control wiring will be sealed with a
durable seala nt ( e.g., caulk, silicone, foam) 56 Ensure controls operate as designed

Minimize infiltration and
exfiltration from house

4 Thermostat l ocation Thermostats will be
installed to reflect the temperature of the z one in which they are installed

Thermostats will not be exposed to extreme
temperatures, radiant heat
sources and drafts Ensure controls operate as designed

5 Blower speed Blower speed will be set for equipment according to manufacturer specifications Ensure equipment has
correct air flow

54 40 CFR 271.13

55 OSHA 3142

- 09R

56 ASTM C1193

- 096 Thermostat Selection: Heat pump A thermostat with equipment supplementary
heat lock out that can
interface with an outside temperature sensor will be
selected

Maximize heating output of compressor (heat pump mode

eliminates supplementary heat ) to achieve energy efficiency 7 Heat Pump: Supplementary
h eat Supplementary heat will be used on heat pumps with
conditions allow ing for a balance point of less than

30°

Supplementary heat lock
out will be set to 35 ° outside temperature or
dual

- fuel or hybri d change

over temperature to 38 ° outside temperature

8 Heat Pump:
Low ambient compressor lock

out Low ambient compr essor lock out will be set to 0 ° outside temperature or ambient compressor lock

out will be disabled

9 Heat Pump:
Outside t emperature s ensor An outside temperature
sensor will be installed according to manufacturer specifications Ensure equipment operates as designed

10 Heat Pump: Supplementary h eat w iring Supplementary heat will be wired onto second stage heating terminal (W2) Supplementary heat cannot operate in stage

one heating

11 Thermostat:
Installer p rogramming The installer options will be
set to match the thermostat to the equip ment and control board settings Ensure equipment operates as designed

12 Time d elay s ettings Time delay for equipment will be set according to
manufacturer specifications and as appropri ate for the climate zone ( e.g., n o tim e delay for hot

- humid climates) Maximize transfer of
heat wi thout adversely affecting inside humidity
levels13 Humidistat:

Location Humidistat will be installed to reflect humidity of th e zone in which it is installed

Humidistat will be installed in a dry location Ensure controls operate as designed

14 Occupant e ducation 57 Occupants will be educated on proper use of thermostat including:

**•** Proper use of setbacks
for air conditioners and heat pumps

**•** Allowing occupant
comfort to determine
setback for combustion heating appliances

**•** Using emergency heat appropriately Ensure equipment and controls operate as designed

Provide comfort throughout house

57 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

10) Detail Name: Venting System

Desired Outcome :

**•** Combustion products properly vented to the outside

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Combustion ai r Combustion air inlet will be in compl iance with NFPA 58

Exhaust combustion products to the outside

Do not damage the house

Protect workers and occupants from injury 2 Installation Venting systems will be installed considering proper material, pitch, proper common venting, chimney liner, clearance, total equivalent length and termination according to NFPA 54, 31, 211 and Category I, III, IV 59

Category I venting systems will be installed according to (NFPA 54/ANSI z223.1

Category III and IV venting

s ystems will be installed according to the
manufacturer ’ s installation

instructions

3 Orphaned e quipment Existing vent system or chimney will be resized or relined according to the NFPA
when one or more common

vented appliances are
removed 60

58 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

59 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

60 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

11) Detail Name : Condensate Drainage of Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment

Desired Outcome :

**•** Equipment and condensate drain operate as designed

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Connection Connections in condensate drain system will be water tight

Ensure c ondensate drain
connections do not leak 2 Insulation Condensate drain lines will be
insulated when there is potential for condensation or freezing on the drain line

3 Over flow p rotection: Upflow Secondary drain pan and float
switch will be installed when
overflow could damage
finished surfaces

OR
Float switch in the primary condensate drain for up flow systems will be installed when overflow could damage
finished surfaces

4 Pumps Condensate drain pumps will
be installed when co ndensate cannot be drained by gravity

Power source for pump will be
installe d

Operation and dr ainage of pump will be verified

5 Vents and t raps Vents and trap s will be
installed on condensate drain lines, inclu ding condensing heating systems

Vent w ill be located after the Ensure c ondensate drain operates as designed

Ensure c ondensate drain
does not leak airtrap

For combustion heating equipment, use the trap supplied with the equ ipment
and follow manufacturer

i nstallation instructions

6 Drain p an A secondary drain pan will be
installed for all attic air conditioning, air handler o r evaporator coil installations Prevent water damage
from drain system
malfunction

7 Float s witch All secondary drain pans will
have a float switch and be
dr ained away through a drain
hose Prevent water overflowing the pan and draining onto the ceiling below

8 Termination Condensate drain will be
terminated in accordance with authority having jurisdiction Condensate does not leak
to the house

Condensate drain does not
freeze

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Equipment Installation

12) Detail Name: Regional Considerations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective (s)

1 Very Cold New systems will be installed
inside of the conditioned space
of the house

The house , as well as individual rooms, will remain at either a balanced or negative pressure of no greater than 3 Pa scals
with reference to the outside

Combustion inlets will be
terminated above snow line and protected from snow cover Ensure efficient system operation

Avoid moisture

- related damage to the house

Ensure occupant safety by properly venting combustion

gasses

2 Cold Combustion inlets will be
terminated above snow line and protected from snow cover Ensure occupant safety by properly venting combustion

gasses

3 Mixed Humid

4 Hot Humid

5 Marine

6 Hot Dry

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

13) Detail Name : Leak Detection

Desired Outcome :

**•** Dangerous leaks detected before causing injury or damage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 C arbon monoxide (C O)
d etection P ersonal CO detector will be worn, in accordance with Building Perform ance Institute (BPI) standards Worker and occupants are protected from possible CO poisoning

2 Gas leak d etection Gas pipes will be tested for leaks
with an electronic combustible

gas leak detector and verified
with bubble solution

OR

A code

- approved standing pressure test will be conducted
to detect leaks 61 Ensure g as lines do not leak

3 Fuel oil leak d etection Oil tank, piping and equipment will be visually inspected for oil
leaks 62 Ensure f uel oil lines do not
leak oil

4 Electricity Electrical service will be inspect ed for proper wiring size,

o ver current protection and
service disconnect 63 E nsure e lectric lines do not overheat, melt or short

E nsure e lectric service can
be shut off for servicing

61 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

62 NF PA 31

63 NFPA 70A

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

14) Detail Name: Data Plate V erification

Desired Outcome :

**•** D ata recorded for commissioning and future service work is recorded

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Data plate v erification Equipment will be visually inspected

I nformation will be recorded on the equipment data plates inside and outside Ensure technician has equipment data necessary for commissioning and
future service work

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

15) Detail Name: Venting System

Desired Outcome:

**•** C ombustion byproduct s properly vented to the outside

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Combustion a ir Combustion air inlet will be in compliance with NFPA 64

Exhaust combustion products to the outside

Protect house from damage

Protect workers and occupants from injury 2 Visual i nspection Venting system will be inspected according to NFPA ( e.g., damage, deterioration, proper material, pitch, common venting, chimney liner, clearance, total equivalent length and

termination ) 65

Category I venting systems will
be insp ected to assure compliance with NFPA 54/ANSI z223.1

Category III and IV venting

sys tems will be inspected to ensure compliance with
manufacturer installation

instructions

3 Orp haned e quipment Orphaned combustion appliance venting systems will be inspected for compliance
with NFPA 66

64 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

65 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

66 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

16) Detail Name: Combustion Analysis

Desired Outcome :

**•** Analysis on critical components and operations completed to industry and manufacturer specifications

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Oil s ystem:
Nozzle s ize Nozzle size will be correct for design input and within equipment fir ing rate of
nozzle manufacturer 67

E nsure equipment operates as designed 68

E nsure equipment operates safely 69

E nsure equipment operates efficiently 70

E nsure e quipment is du rable 2 Fuel pressure Measurement will be verified according to
manufacturer specifications 71 3 Oil system: Steady state efficiency (SSE)

4 Oil s ystem:
Smoke t est

(This test must be conducted before any combustion testing is completed) Smoke spot reading will be
in accordance with bur ner manufacturer specifications 72

5 Net stack t emperature Net stack temperature will
be measured and verified according to manufacturer specifications

67 NFPA 31

68 NFPA 31

69 NFPA 31

70 NFPA 31

71 NFPA 31

72 NFPA 316 Carbon dioxide and

oxygen Measurement will be
verified acc ording to industry manuals ( e.g., Testo, Bacharach)

7 Excess a ir Excess air will be calculated
and shown to be in accordance with industry manuals ( e.g., Testo, Bacharach)

8 C arbon monoxide (C O) in flue gas CO in the undiluted flue gas will be less than level specified in ANSI Z21.1

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

17) Detail Name : Air Flow

Desired Outcome :

**•** Air flow is properly tested

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Total air f low Total system air flow will be measured by:

**•** T emperature rise

**•** F low plate

**•** F an depressurization device ( e.g., Duct Blaster) E nsure e quipment operates as designed

E nsure e quipment operates efficiently

E nsure e quipment provides comfort

E nsure e quipment operates safely

E nsure e quipment is
durable 2 External static p ressure External static pressure will be
in accordance wi th manufacturer specifications

3 Pressure d rop: Coil Pressure drop across cooling
coils will be in accordance w ith manufacturer specifications

4 Pressure d rop: Filter Pressure drop across filter will
be in accordance w ith manufacturer specifications

5 B alancing room flow : N ew d uctwork Air flow will be measured at each register to ensur e proper air flow delivery

6 Supply wet bulb and dry
bulb Supply wet bulb and dry bulb ai r temperatures will be recorded7 Return wet bulb and dry
bulb Return wet bulb and dry bulb air temperatures will be recorded

8 Temperature r ise:
Gas and oil furnaces o nly Temperature rise between the supply and return will be in
accordance w ith manufacturer specifications

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

18) Detail Name : Electrical Service

Desired Outcome :

**•** Electrical components properly tested

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Polarity Polari ty of equipment will be

correct 73 E nsure equipment operates as designed

E nsure equipment operates safely

2 Voltage: Incoming p ower Voltage will be in accordance

w ith manufacturer specifications 74 E nsure equipment operates as designed

3 Voltage:

Contactor Voltage drop will be within acceptable range according
to manufacturer specifications 75 Ensure c ontactor does not
overheat

E nsure equipment operates as designed

4 Grounding Adequate grounding will be

presen t 76 E nsure equipment operates as designed

E nsure equipment operates safely

5 Blower a mperage Amperage will not exceed
manufacturer full load

amperage 77 E nsure equipment operates as designed

E nsure equipment operates efficiently

E nsure equipment operates safely 6 Compressor a mperage Amperage will not exceed
manufacturer full load

amperage 78

73 NFPA 70A

74 NFPA 70A

75 NFPA 70A

76 NFPA 70A

77 NFPA 70A

78 NFPA 70A7 Door s witch o peration Blower compartment safety

sw itch operation will be
verified Ensure b lower does not operate during service

8 Heat p ump: Emergency h eat Emergency heat circ uit
functions will be verified System delivers heat in case
of compressor failure

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

19) Detail Name : Refrigerant Line Inspection

Desired Outcome:

**•** Refrigerant lines properly installed

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Insulation All refrigerant lines will be
insulated when installed in high temper ature areas ( e.g., attic, roofs)

Suction lines will be insulated Ensure r efrigerant lines do not gain excessive heat

2 U ltraviolet (U V) protection of i nsulation If exposed to sunlight, refrigerant line insulation will
be protected from UV degradation I nstall i nsulation so it does not degrade

3 Sizing Refrigerant lines will be sized
to meet manufacturer specifications for the installed equipment Ensure s ystem moves appropriate volume of refrigerant

4 Installation q uality Refrigerant lines will be
installed without k inks, crimps
or excessive bends

5 Support Refrigerant lines will be routed, supported and
secured to house in a manner that protects the line from damage by workers or
occupants Ensure r efrigerant lines do not move, vibrate or sag

Protect lines from damage

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

20) Detail Name : Sequence of Operation

Desired Outcome :

**•** Sequence of operation of the system verified

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Verification The sequence of operation of the system will be verified
in accordance with the
manufac turer installation, operation and maintenance
manual Ensure system components function and operate in the
correct sequence

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

21) Detail Name: Occupant Education

Desired Outcome :

**•** Occupant s understand their role and responsibility in the safe, effective and efficient operation of the equipment

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Basic o peration Basic operation of the equip ment will be explained ( e.g., design conditio ns, efficiency measures, differences from previous system or situation ) 79 Ensure occupant has a reasonable expectation of the capability the of equipment

2 System c ontrols ( e.g., thermostat,
h umidistat) Proper operation and programming of system controls to achieve temperature and
hum idity control will be explained 80 Ensure occupant can operate system controls

3 System d isconnects Inside and outside electrical
disconnects a nd fuel shut

- offs
will be demonstrated 81 Ensure occupant can shut off equipment in emergencies

4 Combustion air i nlets Location of comb ustion air inlets
will be identified for occupant 82

Importance of not blocking
inl ets will be explained 83 Ensure occupant does not
block combustion air
inlets

5 Blocking a ir flow Proper placement of interior furnishings with respect to registers will be explained 84

Negative consequences of
clos ing registers will be Ensure occupant does no t prevent equipment from operating as designed

79 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

80 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

81 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

82 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

83 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

84 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010explained 85

Importance of leaving interior doors open as muc h as possible will be explained

6 Routine m aintenance Proper filter selection and how to change filter will be explained

Importance of keeping outside unit clear of debris, vegetation,
decks and o ther blockage will be explained

Importance and timing of routine professional maintenance will be explained E nsure e quipment operates as designed

7 Calling heating,
ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC )

c ontractor 86 Situations when the occupant
should contact the HVAC
contractor will be explained, including:

**•** Fuel odors

**•** Water draining from secondary drain line

**•** Emergency heat indicator always on for a heat pump
system

**•** System blowing cold air Occupant contacts installer when system is not operating as designed

during heating season and

vice versa

**•** Icing of the evaporator coil during cooling mode

**•** Outside unit never defrosts

**•** Unusual noises

85 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

86 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010**•** Unusual odors

8 Carbon m onoxide (CO) A CO detector will be installed Protect occupants from injury

9 Warranty and s ervice Occupant will be provided with
relevant manuals and warranties

87 Provide manuals and
warranties for future servicing

87 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

22) Detail Name: Evaporative Cooler Maintenance and R epair s

Desired Outcome :

**•** Evaporative cooler evaluated and maintained as needed

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Assess ment and
d iagnos is The following system
elements will be assessed:

**•** Pump

**•** Pan

**•** Spider

**•** Float

**•** Damper

**•** Roof jack

, support

**•** Water line

**•** Water valve

**•** Electrical

**•** Pads

**•** Motor

**•** Fan

Elements will be repaired or replaced as needed Ensure all components function properly2 Repair and m aintenance Calcium deposits will be
removed

Pads will be replaced

Any additional repairs or replacements will be made as

necessary Ensure evaporative cooler functions properly

3 Occupant e ducation 88 A regular service schedule
will be recommended to
occupant

Issues regarding multiple systems running will be discussed with occupant Ensure the occupant understands the importance of regular maintenance and basic operation

88 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Forced Air
Subtopic: Commissioning of Equipment

23) Detail Name: Regional Considerations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective (s)

1 Very Cold Condensate line wi ll be
insulated Avoid freezing

2 Cold Condensate line wi ll be
insulated Avoid freezing

3 Mixed Humid Refrigerant will b e weighed

into heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC ) systems
when outside temperatures do not facilitate accurate testing of system charge

H eating and cooling refrigerant
lines will be insulated En sure proper equipment operation

Avoid energy loss and
condensation

4 Hot Humid

Refrigerant will be weighed

5 Marine into heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems when outside temperatures do not facilitate accurate testing of system charge

6 Hot Dry

### Ducts

Duct Sealing: 24) Preparation and Mechanical Fastening 25) Support 26) Sealing System 27) Proprietary Spray Application 28) Sealing System Components 29) Return – Framed Platform 30) Dua l Cooling Up Ducts 31) Removing Supply Vents From Garages

Duct Insulation: 32) Insulating Flex D ucts 33) Insulating Metal Ducts

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Sealing

24) Detail Name : Prep aration and Mechanical Fastening

Desired Outcome:

**•** Ducts and plenums properly fastened to prevent leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Prep aration 89 S urrounding insulatio n will
be cleared to expose joints being sealed

D uct surface to accept
sealant will be cleaned

I nsulation will be returned or replace d with equivalent

R- value Gain access whi le maintaining insulation
value

Achieve proper adhesion
for air tight seal

2 Metal to metal Ducts will be fastened with
a minimum of three equally spaced screws 90

Ensure durable joints 3 Flex to metal 91 Joints will be fastened with tie bands using a tie band tensioning tool

4 Duct board to duct
board 92 Joints will be fastened with clinch stapler

5 Duct board to flex ible
duct 93 Metal take

- off collar will be
used

6 Metal plenum to air
handler cabinet 94 Plenum will be fastened
with a minimum of three equally spaced screws

89 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

90 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

91 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

92 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

93 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

94 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard7 Duct board plenum to
air handler cabinet 95 Termination bar or metal

str ip will be fastened with

screws

Duct board will be installed
between the screw and the
termination bar

8 Boot to wood 96 Screws or nails will be used
to fasten boot to wood

9 Boot to gypsum 97 Boot hanger will be fastened to adjacent framing with screws or nails

Boot will be connected to boot hanger with screws

Integral snap boots will be
installed

10 Duct board to flex Metal take

- off collar will be
used

95 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

96 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

97 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction StandardBui 

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Sealing

25) Detail Name: Support

Desired Outcome :

**•** Ducts an d plenums properly supported

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Support (a pplies to a ll duct

t ypes ) 98 Flex ible and duct board ducts and plenums will be supported every 4 ’ using
min 1 1⁄2” wide material

Support materials will be applied in a way that does not crimp duct work or
cause the interior
dimensions of the duct
work to be less than Eliminate falling and sagging

specified ( e.g., ceiling

, framing, strapping)

Metal ducts will be supported by metal strapping, rods or other materials per standards

98 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Sealing

26) Detail Name: Air Sealing System

Desired Outcome :

**•** Ducts and plenums sealed to prevent leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 New component to

new c omponent

s ealant s election 99 Any closure system used
will meet or exceed applicable standards Provide air sealing
effectiveness of adhesive may be
achieved with new
components

2 New component to existing c omponent

100 S eams, cracks, joints, holes and penetrations less than
1⁄4” will be sealed using
fi berglass mesh and mastic

Mastic alone will be

a cceptable for holes less
than 1⁄4” that are more than
10’ from air handler

S eams, cracks, joints, holes and penetrations
between 1⁄4” and 3⁄4” will be sealed in two stages:

**•** They will be backed using temporary tape ( e.g., duct tape) as a support prior to sealing Eliminate air leakage
into or out of ducts and plenums

Ensure adhesion of primary air seal (fiberglass mesh and mastic) to the duct

Reinforce air seal

Support mastic and fiberglass mesh during curing

**•** They will be sealed using fiberglass mesh
and mastic

3 Existing component to existing

c omponent 101 F iberglass mesh and mastic will overlap temporary tape by at least 1” on all sides Eliminate air leakage
into or out of ducts and plenums

99 SMACNA HVAC Duct Constructi on Standard

100 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

101 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction StandardThe fiberglass mesh and Ensure adhesion of
mastic will be come the primary air seal primary seal (fiberglass mesh and mastic) to the duct

S eams, cracks, joints, holes and penetrations Rein force air seal larger than 3⁄4” will be repaired using rigid duct Support mastic and
material fiberglass mesh during curing

F iberglass mesh and mastic will overlap repair joint by
at least 1” on all sides

F iberglass mesh and mastic
will be the primary seal

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Sealing

27) Detail Name: Proprietary Spray Application

Desired Outcome :

**•** Ducts and plenums sealed to prevent leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Internal or external application 102 Installation of sealant will be applied in a way that

meets manufacturer specifications as well as UL 181M, NFPA 90A and NFPA

90 B Reduce duct leakage

102 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Sealing

28) Detail Name: Air Sealing System Components

Desired Outcome :

**•** Ducts and plenums sealed to prevent leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Duct boot to interior
surface 103 G aps between boot and gypsum less than a 1⁄4” , will be air sealed using mast ic

Gypsum edge will be wetted before applying

mastic Prevent air leakage

2 Wooden plenums and building cavities 104 A ccessible connections and joints will be made air tight using approved material Ensure ducts and plenums will not leak out
of or into return or supply plenums and
ducts

3 Air handler cabinet

105 Joints will be closed , cracks
and holes not needed for proper function of unit will
be sealed using removable
sealant ( e.g., duct tape) Reduce air leakage while maintaining accessibility

4 Filter slot A pre

- manufactured or
site manufactured durable
filter slot cover will be
installed

103 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

104 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

105 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Sealing

29) Detail Name : Return – Framed Platform

Desired Outcome :

**•** The return duct installed to prevent air leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Preparation Debris and dirt will be
cle aned out of the return platform Allow for the application of rigid materials and sealants

2 Infill and backing Backing or infill will be provided as needed to meet the specific characteristics of
the selected material and the
ch aracteristics of the open

space

Backing or infill will not bend, sag or move once installed

M aterial will be rated for use in return duct system s Minimize hole size to ensure
successful use of sealant

Ensure closure is permanent and supports any load ( e.g., return air pressure )

Ensure sealant does not fall

out

3 Sealant selection 106 Sealants will be compatible
with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet fire barrier specifications 107 Select permanent sealant

Ensure seal ant meets or exceeds the performance
characteristics of the surrounding materials

106 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard

107 ASTM C834

- 10

## Topic: Ducts

Subtopic: Duct Sealing

30) Detail Name : Du a l Cooling Up Ducts

**•** Desired Outcome : Up ducts sealed to prevent pressurization leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Backing and infill Backing or infill will be provided as needed to meet the specific characteristics
of the selected material and
the characteristics of the up duct opening

A material will be rated for use in duct system s

The infill will not bend, sag

or move once installed Minimize hole size to
ensure successful use of
sealant

Ensure closure is permanent and supports

any pressure produced by
wind or air handler fan

Ensure sealant does not fall

out

2 Sealant selection Sealants will be compatible
with their intended surfaces

Sealants will be continuous
and meet class 1 specifications 108 Select permanent sealant

Ensure sealant meets or exceeds the performance
characteristics of the surrounding materials

108 NFPA 90a, 90b

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Sealing

31) Detail Name : Removing Supply Vents From Garages

**•** Desired Outcome : Safe removal of supply garage vents

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Removal of supply run feeding vent in garage Supply run feeding the register will be truncated nearest the supply plenum as possible

If directly connected to the plenum, it will be truncated at the plenum

If connected to a Y or T branch system it will be
truncated at the Y or T Minimize surface area of
duct

2 Patching of the hole in the duct system created by
removal All holes in sheet metal ducts will be patched with
sheet metal and secured
with sufficient screws to hold the patch flat without

gaps

Holes left in any Y or T will be capped with sheet metal caps and fastened with at
l east three screws Ensure a secure and strong patch

3 Sealing of the patch All patches will be sealed with mastic meeting UL 181
and in accordance with manufacturer specifications Ensure an airtight patch

4 Removal of discarded ducts All abandoned duct work
will be removed from work

area Provide a clean work site5 Patching of the register hole in garage Hole created by the removal of the register and boot will be patched and taped using material meeting local fire wall
codes Avoid the spread of fire to adjacent areas

6 Combustion safety testing requirements Combustion safety testing
will be conducted whenever atmospherically vented combusted appliance are present in the house or

garage Correctly and safely vent combustion gases to the
outside

7 External static pressure testing Units shall be tested for external static pressure (ESP) pre and post work

If there is a significant rise in ESP, airflow testing will be required Ensure correct fan performance

## Topic: Ducts

Subtopic: Duct Insulation

32) Detail Name: Insulating flex ducts

**•** Desired Outcome: Lower conductive heat transfer by ducts and decreased condensation on duct vapor barrier

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Removal of existing flexible ducting All accessible low R

- value flexible ducting will be removed from premises Remove trash from work

space

Provide a clean safe workplace

2 Selection of new flexible ducting All duct flexible ducting will
have a minimum R

- vale of 8 Minimize thermal
conductance of the duct
system

3 Sizing of new flex Duct sizing procedures
should be conducted when replacing flex duct Improve comfort in rooms

Improve fan performance

4 Installation of flex Flex duct will be supported
in accordance with manufacturer specifications
and stretched to maximum length Prevent sags, drops or other bends that may interfere
with correct airflow

5 Interior liner attachment Interior liner of the flex

- to

metal connection will be
fastened with tie bands using a tie band tensioning
tool Provide a strong ,secure
attachment

6 Sealing of interior liner Ul 181 BM listed tapes and mastic product will be used
to seal this connection Create an air tight

connection7 Attachment of exterior
liner Liner will be pulled up onto
the metal duct as far as possible before securing

The exterior liner of the flex
duct will be fastened with tie bands using a tie band tensioning tool Create a strong and durable
attachment

8 Sealing of all accessible
ducts All accessible joints, seams
and connections will be
sealed with UL 181 approved mastics Minimize duct leakage

9 Insulation of all fittings All metal fittings including , boots, elbows and take offs will be insulated separately using a R11 duct wrap with vapor barrier Minimize thermal
conductance of the duct
system

10 Completeness of vapor
barrier Vapor barrier of all duct insulation will be taped to the flex duct using the taping system required by
the manufacturer of the
duct insulation Ensure a complete vapor
barrier

## Topic: Ducts
Subtopic: Duct Insulation

33) Detail Name : Insulating Metal D ucts

**•** Desired Outcome : Lowered thermal conductance of duct system and minimized condensation on the duct system

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection of duct insulation
material Duct insulation will be a
minimum of R

- 8 and have an attached vapor barrier Decrease heat loss and condensation problems

2 Duct sealing All accessible ducts will be
sealed with a UL

- approved
mastic before insulation is applied Minimize duct leakage

3 Attachment of duct
insulation Duct insulation will be secured to the duct system using metal wire or rot proof nylon twine

Pattern of the wire or twine will be sufficient to securely
hold the duct insulation tight to the duct Ensure a secure connection between the duct system
and the duct insulation

4 Taping of the duct
insulation Using a tape approved by the manufacturer, all seams
and connection of the duct insulation will be taped

No gaps will exist between pieces of duct insulation Prevent gaps in the vapor
barrier of the insulation

### H ydronic Heating

Design: 34) Heat Load Calculation – Whole House 35) Space Load Calculation – Heat Emitter Sizing

Equipment: 36) Boiler – Pressure Relief Safety Valve 37) Boiler Replacement – Gas and Oil 38) Controls – Thermostat Replacement

Maintenance: 39) Gas Boiler – Annual Service 40) Checklist

## Topic: Hydronic Heating
Subtopic: Design

34) Detail Name : Heat Load Calculation – Whole House

Desired Outcome :

**•** A properly sized heating appliance selected

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Heating l oad c alculation

109 Heat loss of the building shell will be determined using ACCA

M anual J ( e.g., hea t transmission, air leakage) Enable proper sizing of the heating appliance

2 Fuel and equipment

s election Occupant will be educated on available fuel and equipment options, long term

ma intenance and cost of operation 110

Proper appliance size and fuel type will be selected Select fuel type and equipment for the ho use

109 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

110 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

## Topic: Hydronic Heating
Subtopic: Design

35) Detail Name: Space Load Calculation – Heat Emitter Sizing

Desired Outcome :

**•** H eat emitter selected provide s adequate heat output

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Space load c alculation (Room by r oom) Space load will be determined based on Air Conditioning

Contrac tors of America (ACCA)
Manual J E nsure the space is properly
conditioned

2 Heat emitter output
calculation and s izing Heat emitter output will be
d etermined according to IBR
and the RPA guidelines Match the heat emitter size with the space load

## Topic: Hydronic Heating
Subtopic: Equipment

36) Detail Name: Boiler – Pressure Relie f Safety Valve

Desired Outcome :

**•** Pressure relieve valve properly installed

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Discharge t ube Discharge tube will be in place
and intact Ensure b oiler discharges to
a safe location and is safe to
work on

2 Test Boiler pressure will be taken to specifi ed relief valve pressure 111 Ensure v alve discharges and reseats at specified

pressure

111 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

## Topic: Hydronic Heating
Subtopic: Equipment

37) Detail Name: Boiler Replacement – Gas and Oil

Desired Outcome :

**•** B oiler replaced when needed with safe, correctly sized equipment

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Assessment 112 Inspections will be made for the following:

**•** S igns of water leakage from
the boiler to the Combustion Appliance Z one (CAZ)

**•** Excessive steam in flue gases caused by water leakage to the flue side of the heat exchanger Determine if replacement is
needed

2 Heating load

c alculation Heat loss of the building shell will be determined using ACCA

M anual J ( e.g., heat transmission, air leakage) Enable proper sizing of the heating appliance

3 Fuel and equipment

s election Occupant will be educated on available fuel and equipment options, lo ng term maintenance
and cost of operation 113

Proper appliance size and fuel type will be selected Select fuel type and equipment for the ho use

4 Hazardous material

r emoval Health concerns in the removal and replacement of equipment
will be identified

Written notification of
hazardous material w ill be provided to the occupant Remediate health hazards using EPA

- certified

contractors

112 NFPA 31

113 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010Contac t information for the regional EPA asbestos coordinator will be provided

Asbestos abatement will be conducted by an EPA

- certified contractor before eq uipment
removal and re placement

Occupant will be asked to
contract with an EPA

- certified
asbestos contractor to conduct asbestos abatement, if applicable

5 Equipment r emoval Accepted industry procedures and practices will be followed

to:

**•** Remove old boiler and associated components

**•** Seal any unused chimney

**•** Remove unused oil tank, lines, valves and associated equipment Ensure the safety of the workers, occupants and
house

Provide timely and efficient
removal of old equipment

6 New equipment

i nstallation N ew boiler and associated components will be installed to accepted industry procedures and practices 114 Ensure the safety of the workers, occupants and
house

Provide timely and efficient removal of old equipment

7 Location of c irculator C irculator pump will be placed on the supply side of the
system Reduce maintenance and improve the efficiency of the system

8 Air s eparator M icro

- bubble air separator will be installed according to manufacturer specifications Reduce maintenance and improve the efficiency of the system

114 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1A bladder expansion tank will

9 Bladder expansion t ank be installed 18

- 24” from the

micro

- bubble air separator, upstream of the circulator pump (pumping away from the Redu ce maintenance and improve the efficiency of the system

bladder expansion tank)

## Topic: Hydronic Heating
Subtopic: Equipment

38) Detail Name: Controls – Thermostat Replacement

Desired Outcome :

**•** T hermostat replaced when appropriate

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Visual i nspection Thermostats will be visually
located

Replacement will be recommended if a digital,
double set

- back thermostat is
not present * Determine if existing
thermostats need to be replaced

2 Removal (if removal is recommended) Heating system will be de

energized before removal

Thermostat will be removed

Compatibility will be verified ( e.g., voltage, wiring condit ion, location) 115

Location of existing
thermostat will be ass essed for appropriateness ( e.g., central to the house , out of
direct sunli ght, away from supply air, protected from
abnormal radiant surface temperatures)

115 NFPA 70A3 Installation Location for new thermostat
will be determined

Compatibility with new
thermostat will be verified ( e.g., voltage, wiring,
condit ion, location) 116

Replacement will be recommended if a digital,
double set

- back thermostat is not present*

Heating system w ill be re

energized and cycled

Thermostat will be programmed to occupant lifestyle choices Provide occupant comfort and energy savings

4 Disposal Thermostats will be disposed of according to EPA guidelines 117 Prevent mercury from entering the environment

5 Occupant e ducation 118 Occupant will be involved in the initial programming of
thermostat and educated on

co mmon settings and programming

On new installs, occupants will be encouraged to save the manual and keep it accessible Provide understanding for best use by occupant

*High mass, radiant systems may or may not benefit from programmable thermostats

116 NFPA 70A

117 40 CFR 271.13

118 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Hydronic Heating
Subtopic: Maintenance

39) Detail Name: Gas Boiler – Annual Service

Desired Outcome :

**•** Boiler service improve s safety, efficiency and performance

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Health and s afety The Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol for Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) combustion safety testing will be
administered 119 Identify potential health and safety issues

2 Visual i nspection 120 The following conditions
will be assessed:

**•** Water, steam and fuel
leaks

**•** Damaged or missing pipe insulation

**•** Venting Issues – draft and condensation ( e.g., soot, rusting of flue Observe general conditions
to determine needed repairs or maintenance

pipe, burned paint or wires, efflorescence )

**•** Corrosion ( e.g., rust, mineral deposits)

**•** General condition of
components

119 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

120 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.13 Gas v alves Gas valves will be removed and replaced according to
manufacturer specifications 121 Provide gas to burner when
there is a call for heat

Control volume of gas for
burner

Ensure the safe shut

- off of gas at the end of a call for
heat

4 Ignition s ystem Components of ignition system will be repaired or replaced according to
manufacturer specifications 122 Do not allow flow of main burner gas without proof of ignition

5 Main gas b urners Problems that may interfere with flame ( e.g., dust, debris, misalignment)
will be cleaned, vacuumed and adjusted 123 Produce combustion in a safe, clean and efficient

manner

6 Venting Flue gases will be removed from the venting system in
accordance with Section 504, IFGC for gas boilers 124 Ensure the safety and durability of the venting
system

7 Combustion t esting 125 Undiluted flue gases will be
checked with a calibrated flue gas analyzer according

to acc epted protocol ( e.g., BPI, NATE)

If combustion is not occurring safely or with maximum efficiency, diagnostics and adjustments will be done according to manufacturer

sp ecifications or local codes Confirm that combustion occurs safely with maximum efficiency

121 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

122 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

123 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

124 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

125 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)8 De- rating

n on

- modulating systems
under 90% annual fuel utilization efficiency ( AFUE ) Undiluted flue gases will be
checked with a calibrated flue gas analyzer according to accepted protocol ( e.g., BPI, NATE) to determine if acceptable boiler efficiency is being mainta in ed 126

If boilers are found to be out of compliance, a Increase the operational efficiency of the system and improve occupant c omfort

combustion analysis will be
administered and minimum stack temperature will be met as prescribed by the
manufacturer or IFGC504

9 Occupant h ealth C arbon monoxide (C O )

monito rs will be installed in
all house s with Category I appliances 127 Ensure ambient CO does not exceed acceptable levels after completion of
work

10 Occupant e ducation 128 Occupants will be educated on the operation and

maintenance of the CO

monitor

Completed work and
recommended maintenance
will be reviewed Ensure occupant is
informed of the safe and efficient operation and
maintenance of the work performed

126 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

127 NFPA 720

128 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Hydronic Heating
Subtopic: Maintenance

40) Detail Name: Checklist

Desired Outcome :

**•** Thorough maintenance improve s safety, efficiency and performance

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Health and s afety The Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol for Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) combustion safety testing will be

a dministered 129 Identify potential health and safety issues

2 Visual i nspection 130 The following conditions will be inspected:

**•** Water, steam and fuel
leaks

**•** Damaged or missing pipe insulation

**•** Venting Issues – draft and condensation ( e.g., soot, rusting of flue pipe,
burned paint or wires,
efflorescence )

**•** Corrosion ( e.g., rust, mineral deposits)

**•** General condition of
components Observe general conditions
to determine needed repairs or maintenance

3 Pipe insulation i nspection Pipe insulation will be inspected, including:

**•** Integrity – complete coverage, no holes or

tears Minimize heat loss and improve performance of the system

129 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

130 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1**•** Damage – holes or tears

**•** Complete coverage – insulation missing

If asbestos is suspected,

occupa nts will be notified
and asbestos will not be
disturbed

Required repair or replacement will be performed according to the following conditions:

**•** Materials will be approved for steam heating pipes

**•** Materials will be approved for hot water heating pipes

**•** Insulation will completely cover pipe

Pipe insulation will be installed according to manufacturer specifications

4 Check system p ressure Check s ystem pressure will
be verified

Check system pressure will be 1 pound per square inch gauge (psig) per 28” o f system height Keep system operating within pressure parameters

5 Purge s ystem Each accessi ble heat emitter will be purged Remove air from the system to maximize perform ance

6 Automatic f ill 131 Automatic fill valve will be inspected to ensu re it maintains system pressure

If pressure is not Maintain optimal system pressure to maximize performance

131 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1maintained

, replacement
will be made in accordance
with the following criteria:

**•** Valve will be r eplace d
with backflow prevention

**•** Components will be installed according to
manufacturer specifications

**•** Correct system pressure
will be verified

7 Gauge g lass Gauge glass will be inspected for erosion, cracks or drying

Damaged gauge glass on boiler will be replaced according to manufacturer specification s Ensure g auge glass is in safe operating condition to
allow observation of water
level in boilerOperation of low water cut

off will be obs erved by opening blow

- off valve

If combustion is not extinguished, remediation will be accomplished by the following pro cedure :

**•** Electric ity will be
disconnect ed from
boiler

**•** P roblem will be diagnosed Ensure safe minimum water
level of the boiler

8 Low water c ut- off : Float t ype 132 **•** L ow water cut

- off will be repaired, serviced, or replaced according to
manufacturer specifications

**•** Boiler will be r e test ed for proper operation

Occupants will be educated
on the correct method to
drain the low wat er cut

- off weekly (m ust drain once per week to remove
sediment from floa t
chamber of low water cut

off) Maintain safe operation of
the low water cut

- off on ongoing basis

9 Low water c ut

- off : Immersion 133 An immersion low

- water
cut off will be installed and operable Ensure safe minimum water
level of the boiler

10 Expansion t ank :
Non

- bladder and b ladder An expansion tank w ill be installed and operable

Tanks that leak or have
excessive corrosion will be replaced and non

- bladder
tanks will include an Absorb water expansion of the system

132 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

133 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1expansion tank drain

Tank will be installed according to manufacturer specifications

Expansion tanks will be

pr operly supported with strapping

Tanks that are full of water
will be drained and refilled
be fore being replaced or repaired

Expansion tanks with
bladders will have air charged to the

man ufacturer pressure specifications while wat er is not present in the tank

Bladder tanks that have
water inside of the air bladder will be replaced according to manufacturer specifications

11 Flush or skim s team b oiler Manufacturer specifications for flushing or skimmin g steam boiler will be
followed Ensure boiler produces dry

steam

12 System temperature or

pressure g auge 134 The temperature or pressure gauge will be inspecte d for erosion,
cracks or dirt

Damaged temperature or pressure gauges will be replaced according to manufacturer specification s Allow accurate observation of system temperature and

pressure

13 Circulators Non

- working motors that
cannot be serviced wi ll be replaced with a new motor Ensure circulation of water at designated velocity in system without leaks in the
circulators

134 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1New motors will be installed according to manufacturer specifications

Oil lubricated circulators will be installed in proper alignment with the pump coupler and will be supported so they do not

sag

Bearings will have free
movement and no water leakage

Bearings i n inoperable,
water lubricated circulators will be freed if possible before replacem ent with a new circulation pump

14 Zone v alves Zone valves will be inspected for the following
conditions:

**•** Leaking water

**•** Not responding to a call
for heat Ensure proper zonal control of the system for comfort and efficiency

New equipment will be replaced according to manufacturer specifi cations

15 Condensate If boiler is 90 % efficient or

more, c ondensate discharge will be an acceptable pH and will be
drain ed t o the exterior of
the house , away from the
foundation.

Condensate pumps will be
installed if nee ded to ensure proper drainage Bring the condensate to an acceptable pH a nd discharge to appropriate
location16 Temperature
, pressure valves and air v ents 135 Occupant will be informed that air vents have potential to cause moisture problems if not operating properly

Occupant will be reminded
to call for maintenance if

vents disc harg e steam or have moisture issues Maintain efficient operation of the system

17 Maintenance r ecords 136 Keeping records of all
maintenance will be

recomm ended to occupants

Copies or access to installation and ope ration manuals will be provided Provide a history of system
installation and

m aintenance to improve
chance of successful future maintenance or repair

18 Occupant health and s afety Ambient carbon monoxide ( CO ) levels will be less than

a ccepted industry levels
after work is complete 137

CO monitors will be installed
in all house s without existing

monitor 138 Ensure ongoing health and safety of occupants

19 Occupant e ducation 139 Completed work will be
reviewed

Occupants will be educated
on the safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the system Ensure occupant is informed of the safe, efficient operation and maintenance of the system

135 NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1

136 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

137 NFPA 720

138 NFPA 720

139 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

# SECTION 6 : INSULATION

Table of Contents

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1
1) Insulation Worker Safety



### Attic

Preparation: 2) Non -I nsulation C ontact (IC) Recessed L ight 3) Knob and Tube W iring 4) Fireplace Chimney and Combustion Flue V ents 5) Vented Eave or Soffit B affles 6) Dense P ack P reparation

Attic C eilings: 7) Loose Fill Over P itched C eiling s 8) Dense P ack Over P itched C eilings 9) Unvented F lat Roof with Existing I nsulation 10) Dense Pack Cape Cod Side Attic R oof

Knee Walls: 11) Preparation for Dense P acking 12) Preparation for B att I nsulation 13) Strapping for Existing I nsulation 14) Knee Wall without F raming

Accessible Attic F loors : 15) Batt I nstallation 16) Loose Fill I nstallation 17) Loose F ill Over Existing I nsulation 18) Batt Insulation Over Existing I nsulation

Enclosed Attic F loors : 19) Dense Pack Installation – Bonus Room F loor 20) Dense Pack Installation – Attic Storage P latform

1 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment StandardsAttic Openings : 21) Pull Down S tairs 22) Access D oors and H atches 23) W hole -H ouse F an

Attics General : 24) Ventilation 25) Radiant Barrier 26) Skylights 27) Parapet Walls



## Exterior Walls

Preparation : 28) Exterior Dense P ack

Accessible Exterior W alls : 29) Open Wall I nsulation

Enclosed Exterior W alls : 30) Dense Pack Exterior W alls 31) Additional Exterior W al l C avities



## Floors

Accessible F loors : 32) Batt Installation Floor S ystem 33) Loose Fill Floor System with N etting 34) Loose Fill Floor System with R igid B arrier 35) Batt Installation Cantilevered F loor 36) Pier house subfloor insulation – Batt installation with rigid barrier 37) Pier house subfloor insulation – loose fill with rigid barrier

## Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1) Insulation Worker Safety

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

1) Detail Name: Insulation Worker Safety

Desired Outcome:



## • Work is completed safely without injury or hazardous exposure

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hand protection Durable and wrist protecting gloves will be worn that can withstand work activity 2 Minimize skin contact with

contaminants

Protect hands from sharp objects

2 Respiratory protection Respirators appropriate for the contaminants present will be worn (e.g. N

- 95 or equivalent face mask) 3

OSHA asbestos abatement protocol 1926.1101 will be
followed if vermiculite insulation is present Minimize exposure to airborne contaminants (e.g. insul ation materials, mold spores, feces, bacteria, chemicals)

Protect workers from toxic

exposure

3 Electrical safety 4

, 5 An electrical safety assessment will be performed

All electric tools will be protected by Ground

- Fault Circuit Interrupters 6

Extension cords used with portable electric tools wi ll be of
three

- wire type

Worn or frayed electric cords
will not be used Avoid electrical shock and arc
flash hazards

2 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

3 OSHA Technical Manual S ection VIII: Chapter 2, section IV

4 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

5 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K – Electrical

6 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eToolMetal ladders will be avoided

Water such as condensate pans and electrical sources will be kept separate

Special precautions will be
taken if knob and tube wiring
is present

Aluminum foil products will be kept away from live wires

4 Protective clothing

7 If contaminants are prese nt, (e.g. insulation materials) removable protective clothing
will be worn

Eye protection will be worn at all times (e.g. safety glasses, goggles if not using full face respirator) Protect worker from skin

contact with contaminants (e.g.
insulation materials)

Minimize spread of

conta minants

5 Confined space safety 8,9 Access and egress points will be located before beginning
work

Inspection will be conducted for frayed electrical wires

Adequate ventilation will be provided

Use of toxic material will be
reduced Prevent build

- up of toxic or

flammable contaminants

Provide adequate access and

egress

Avoid electrical shock

6 Power tool safety 10 Power tools will be inspected and used according to manufacturer specifications to
eliminate hazards associated with missing ground prongs,

no grounded circuits, and Prevent power tool injuries

7 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

8 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

9 http://www.osha.go v/SLTC/confinedspaces/index.html

- OSHA Confined Space Webpage

10 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipmentmisuse of power tools, noise, and improper or defective
extension cords

All devices used will be verified as GFI protected or double insulated

Exhaust gases from compressors and generators will be kept out of the crawl

space 11

7 Chemical safety The least toxic suitable

material will be chosen

Chemicals will be handled according to manufacturer specifications or MSDS
standards to eliminate hazards associated with VOCs, sealants, insulation, Prevent toxic exposure to
workers

contaminat ed drywall, dust, foams, asbestos, lead, fibers, incorrect, defective or improperly used respirator
and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 12

8 Ergonomic safety 13 Personal Protective Equipment will be used (e.g. knee pads, bump caps, additional padding)

Proper equipment will be used
for work Avoid injuries with awkward postures and repetitive

motions

9 Hand tool safety Hand tools will be used for intended purpose 14 Reduce injuries

11 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards

12 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z

- Toxic and Hazardous Substances

13 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/ergonomics/index.html

- OSHA Ergonomics Webpage

14 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment10 Slips, trips and falls

15 Caution will be used around power cords, hoses, tarps and plastic sheeting

Precautions will be taken when ladders are used, when working at heights, or when balancing on joists

Appropriate footwear and clothing will be worn Eliminate injuries due to slips, trips and falls

11 Heat and thermal

stress 16 Appropriate ventilation, hydration, rest breaks and cooling equipment will be
used

Dial 911 when necessary Reduce heat stroke, heat stress and cold stress related injuries

12 Fire safety Ignition sources will be identified and eliminated (e.g. turn off pilot lights and fuel supply)

Flammable material will be
reduced and fire

- rated
materials will be used 17 Prevent a fire hazard

15 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protection

16 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

17 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment StandardsOSHA asbestos abatement protocol 1926.1101 will be
followed if vermiculite insulation is present

13 Vermiculite safety If unsure whether material
contains asbestos, a qualified
asbestos professional will be

contacted to assess the
material and sample and test

as needed

When wo rking around
Asbestos containing material
( ACM ) , the following will not

be done :

**•** Dust, sweep or vacuum

debris

**•** Saw, sand, scrape or drill

holes in the material

**•** Use abrasive pad s or brushes to strip materials

A ttic insulation that looks like

vermiculite (as opposed to
fiberglas s, cellulose or urethane foams) will not be

removed or disturbed Protect workers from toxic

exposure

14 Lead paint

assessment Presence of l ead based paint in pre

- 1978 homes will be
assumed unl ess testing
confirms otherwise

Comply with EPA’s Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program Rule Protect worker and occupant from potential lead hazards(40 CFR Part 745) in pre

- 1978 homes and proposed changes to this rule (Federal Register/Vol. 75, No. 87/ May 6, 2010), to be superseded by any subsequent final rulemaking or any more

stri n gent state or Federal
standards

## Attic

Preparation: 2) Non -I nsulation C ontact (IC) R ecessed L ight 3) Knob and Tube W iring 4) Fireplace Chimney and Combustion Flue V ents 5) Vented Eave or Soffit B affles 6) Dense Pack Preparation

Attic Ce ilings: 7) Loose Fill Over Pitched C eilings 8) Dense Pack Over Pitched C eilings 9) Unvented F lat Roof with Existing I nsulation 10) Dense Pack Cape C od Side Attic R oof

Knee Walls: 11) Preparation for Dense P acking 12) Preparation for Batt I nsulation 13) Strapping for Existing I nsulation 14) Knee Wall without F raming

Accessible Attic F loors: 15) Batt I nstallation 16) Loose Fill I nstallation 17) Loose F ill O ver Existing I nsulation 18) Batt Insulation O ver Existing I nsulation

Enclosed Attic F loors: 19) Dense Pack Installation – Bonus Room F loor 20) Dense Pack Installation – Attic S torage P latform

Attic Openings: 21) Pull D own S tairs 22) Access Doors and H atches 23) Whole- Ho use F an

Attics General: 24) Ventilation 25) Radiant Barrier 26) Skylights 27) Parapet Walls

## Topic: Attic Floor
Subtopic: Preparation

2) Detail Name: Non

- Insulation C ontact (IC) Recessed L ight

Desired Outcome:

• An air barrier ensures safety from fire and prevents leakage

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Air barrier system An air barrier system will be
used to separate non

- IC rated recessed lights from insulation, using one of the
methods below:

An airtight closure taller than surrounding attic

insu lation will be placed

over non

- IC rated recessed lights

OR
The non

- IC rated light
fixture will be r eplaced with

an airtight and IC

- rated
fixture Prevent a fire hazard

Prevent air leakage through
fixture 18

2 Enclosure top The top enclosure material
will have an R

- value of 0.5
or less

The top of the enclosure
will be left free of insulation Prevent heat build up

3 Clearance The closure will maintain a
3” clearance between the
closure and the fixture including wiring, box and
ballast Keep an air space around
the fixture

18 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)4 Sealants and
weather stripping Caulk, mastic or foam will be used on all edges, gaps, cracks, holes and penetrations of closure material only Completely adhere the
sealant to all surfaces to be sealed to prevent air leakage 19

19 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Preparation

3) Detail Name: Knob and Tube W iring

Desired Outcome:

**•** Insulation kept away from contact with live wiring

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Identifying knob and tube wiring The house will be visually inspected to identify knob and tube wiring Determine if knob and tube wiring exists

2 Testing to determine if live Non contact testing method will be used to identify live wiring Ensure safety of occupants, workers, and house

Plan where remediation is
needed

3 Isolate and protect Live knob and tube will not
be covered or surrounded (required NEC)

A licensed electrical
contractor will inspect and
certify wiring to be safe and
place a warning at all

entries to the attic about
the presence of knob and

t ube wiring

A dam that does not cover the top will be created to separate insulation from the wire path Ensure work can be completed safely

4 Replace Knob and tube wiring will be replaced with new appropriate wiring by a
licensed electrician according to local code s

Remaining knob and tube wiring will be rendered Protect occupant and house

Ensure future work can be done safelyinoperable by licensed electrician according to
local code s

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Preparation

4) Detail Name: Fireplace C himney and Combustion Flue V ent s

Desired Outcome:

• Combustible materials kept away from combustion sources

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Verify attic prep Holes, penetrations and bypasses will be sealed

Dams will be fixed in places that maintain required
clearance Prevent air leakage 20

Ensure insulation dams
maintain clearance

2 Required c learance A rigid dam having a height greater than the insulation
to be installed will be
constructed to ensure a 3”
clearance betw een combustion flue vent and
dam Ensure dam material does

not bend, move or sag

Prevent a fire hazard

3 Safety Insulation will not be
allowed between a heat

generating appliance and a
dam unless material is rated
for contact with heat

generating sources 21 Prevent a fire hazard

5 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 22 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

20 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

21 ASTM C1015

- 06

22 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Preparation

5) Detail Name: Vented Eave or Soffit B affles

Desired Outcome :

• A ttic ventilation meets code requirements and insulation protected from wind washing

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Installation Baffles will be mechanically
fasten ed to block wind entry into insulation or to prevent insulation from blowing back into the attic

Baffles will be installed to
maintain clearance
between the roof deck and baffle according to
manufacture r specifications

Installation will allow for the highest possible R- value above the top plate of the
exterior wall Ensure insulation R

- value is
not reduced

Maintain attic ventilation

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Preparation

6) Detail Name: Dense P ack P reparation

Desired Outcome:

• P roper material density achieved safely and cleanly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Preparation Lead safety procedures will be
followed

Cavities will be free of hazards, intact and able to support dense pack pressures

All escape openings will be
blocked for material

Access will be gained and each cavity will be probed, locating
all attic floor joists and blockers

Interior will be masked and dust controlled during drilling when accessing from interior

Electrici ty supply will be confirmed and will support blowing machine power
demand

Blowing machine pressure test will be performed with air on full, feed off and gate closed

Hose outlet pressure will be at
least 80 inches of water column (I WC) or 2.9 pounds per squ are inch (PSI) Prevent damage to house

Provi de thorough access to
allow 100 % coverage

Use proper equipment and

process to achieve consistent density

, prevent settling and retard air flow through

cavities

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attic C eilings

7) Detail Name: Loose Fill O ver P itched C eilings

Desired Outcome:

**•** Insulation control s heat transfer through cathedral or vaulted ceiling

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Ventilation V enting will be continuous

, if applicable Ensure capacity to increase

R- value while not altering
ventilation

2 Lighting Existence of rated
insulation

- contact can lights, which allow for insulation encapsulation,
will be verified 23 Prevent a fire hazard

3 Installation When using cellulose, only stabilized product will be
used

Loose fill fiber glass will only be used on a slope less
than or equal to a 6:12 pitch or the slope application approved by the
manufacturer , whichever is
less

Roof cavities will be
insulated with loose fill according to manufacturer specifications without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 24

Insulation will be installed Ensure appropriate material and application

Insulate to prescribed R

value

23 ASTM C1015

- 06

24 ASTM C1015

- 06to prescribed R

- value

4 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 25 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

25 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attic Ceilings

8) Detail Name: Dense P ack Over P itched C eilings

Desired Outcome:

• Insulation reduce s heat transfer through ceiling and closed attic sections as well as framing cavities inaccessible to other treatments

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Fill slant ceilings Using fill tube, 100 % of each cavity will be completely fil l ed to a consistent density:

**•** Cellulose material will
be installed to a minimum density of 3.5 pounds per cubic foot

**•** Loose fiber glass
material will be installed

an d will be specifically approved for air flow

resistan ce to a minimum density of 2.2 pounds

per cubic foot

The number of bags
installed will be confirmed
and will match the number required on the coverage
chart 26

Insulation will be verified to prevent visible air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 27 Ensure complete and consistent coverage throughout ceiling plane

Eliminate voids and settling

Minimize framing cavity air
flows

26 16CFR 460.17

27 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attic Ceilings

9) Detail Name: Unvented Flat Roof with Existing I nsulation

Desired Outcome:

• Insulation reduce s heat flow through unvented roof

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Ventilation Code

- compliant ventilation
will be installed before
insulation Reduce possibility of

moisture issues

2 Installation Roof cavities will be blown
with loose fill insulation without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 28

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

value

3 Occupant e ducation Documentation of material
and R

- value wi ll be provided to occupant Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

28 ASTM C1015

- 06

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attic C eilings

10) Detail Name: Dense P ack Cape Cod S ide Attic R oof

Desired Outcome:

• C onsistent

, uniform thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Engineer

, architect approval Engineer or architect approval will be obtained before insulating Verify design change

2 Vapor barrier removal Vapor barriers will be removed from existing attic
floor Ensure the new conditioned space is coupled with the
house

3 Netting

, fabric

, rigid sheathing When using netting or fabric, staples will be placed every 1 1⁄2” on center

Netting or fabric will meet
local fire codes 29

Rigid materials will close the cavity Secure insulation in place

4 Installation Roof cavities will be dense packed with loose fill insulation according to manufacturer density specifications 30

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

value

5 Onsite documentation Documentation will be posted as required by federal specification Post documentation onsite
to allow verification

29 ASTM E84

- 10

30 ASTM C1015

- 0616CFR460

6 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupants 31 Occupant has
documentation of
installation

31 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Knee W alls

11) Detail Name: Preparation for D ense P acking

Desired Outcome:

• Airtight cavity and insulated knee wall

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Backing All knee walls will have a top and bottom plate or blockers installed using a rigid material

If fabric is used before dense packing, it will be
secured with 1” crown staples every 2” or furring strips every wall stud

If rigid material is used,
material will be installed to
cover 100% of the surface
of the accessible knee wall

area

If foam sheathing is u sed, sheathing will be listed for uncovered use in an attic,
or covered with a fire
barrier Eliminate bending, sagging or movement that may result in air leakage

Prevent air leakage through the top or bottom of the
knee wall 32

Ensure material will not

t ear under stress from wind
loads or insulation

32 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)2 Installation All existing batted insulation will be adjusted
to ensure it is in full contact with the interior cladding and top and bottom plates

Insulation that is blown
behind fabric or air barrier

mate rial will be blown
dense to a minimum specification of 3.5 pounds per cubic foot for cellulose or 2.2 pounds per cubic Eliminate misalignment of existing insulation

Prevent insulation settling

or movement

foot for fiber glass

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Knee Walls

12) Detail Name: Preparation fo r Batt I nsulation

Desired Outcome:

• Airtight cavity and p roperly insulated knee wall

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Knee wall prep for batts All knee walls will have a top and bottom plate or blockers installed using a rigid material

All joints, cracks and penetrations will be sealed
in finished material including interior surface to framing connections Eliminate bending, sagging or movement that may result in air leakage

Prevent air leakage through the top or bottom of the
knee wall 33

Create an air barrier

2 Installation Insulation will be installed using one of the following
methods:

New batts will be installed

All existing batted insulation will be adjusted
to ensure it is in full contact with the interior cladding and top and bottom plates Eliminate misalignment of existing insulation

3 Backing knee wall If rigid material is used,
material will be installed to

cover 100 % of the surface
of the knee wall

If foam sheathing is used, sheathing will be listed for uncovered use in an attic,
or covered with a fire
barrier Prevent insulation settling

or movement

33 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Knee W alls

13) Detail Name: Strapping for Existing I nsulation

Desired Outcome:

**•** Consistent

, uniform thermal boundary between the conditioned space and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sealing Ho les and penetrations will
be sealed

Bypasses will be blocked
and sealed 34 Prevent air leakage 35

2 Installation Insulation will be installed
in full contact with all sides of existing cavity without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 36 Insulate to prescribed R

value

3 Attachment Strapping material will have a minimum expected

s ervice life of 20 years Maintain alignment

4 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 37 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

34 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

35 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

36 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

37 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Knee Walls

14) Detail Name: Knee Wall without F raming

Desired Outcome:

**•** Consistent uniform thermal boundary between the conditioned space and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sealing Holes and penetrations will
be sealed

Bypasses will be blocked
and sealed 38 Prevent air leakage 39

2 Flat cavity present Gap between framing and existing air barrier will be
insulated Create a flat insulated
surface

3 Installation A rigid

- insulated sheathing will be mechanically fastened to code required

R- value

Seams will be sealed 40 Insulate to prescribed R

value

4 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 41 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

38 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

39 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

40 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

41 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Accessible Attic F loors

15) Detail Name: Batt Installation – Attic F loors

Desired Outcome:

• A consistent

, thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space control s the heat flow

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 P reparation If knee wall attic - k nee wall floor space will be
accessible

Subfloor or drywall will be
removed to access cavities

as necessary

All electrical junctions will be flagged to be seen above
the level of the insulation

Open electrical junction
boxes will have covers
installed Access the workspace

Provide l ocat ion of electrical junctions for future servicing

P revent an electrical hazard

2 For knee wall attics: Air
barrier Existence of air barrier
material in line with the
knee walls will be installed
or verified when dense packing

Air barrier material will not bend, sag or move once dense packed Hold dense pack in place3 Installation Batt insulation will be installed according to manufacturer specifications without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 42

Insulation will be installed to the prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

value

4 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 43 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

42 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

43 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Accessible Attic F loors

16) Detail Name : Loose Fill I nstallation – A ttic F loors

Desired Outcome:

• A consistent

, thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space control s the heat flow

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 P reparation If knee wall attic - k nee wall floor space will be accessible

Subfloor or drywall will be
removed to access cavities

as necessary

Insulation rulers will be
installed every 300 square
feet of attic area with

m easurement beginning at
the air barrier 44

All electrical junctions will be flagged to be seen above the
level of the insulation

Open electrical junction
boxes will have covers
installed Access the workspace

Verify uniformity of insulation
material

Provide l ocat ion of electrical junctions for future servicing

P revent an electrical hazard

44 IECC 303.1.1.12 For knee wall attics: Air
barrier Existence of air barrier
material in line with the
knee walls will be installed
or verified when dense packing

Air barrier material will not bend, sag or move once dense packed Hold dense pack in place

3 Installation All insulation will be installed

to the depth indicated on the manufacturer coverage
chart for desired R

- value 45 Reduce heating and air conditioning costs

Improve comfort

Provide a quieter house

4 Onsite d ocumentation A signed and dated attic card will be provided that
includes: 46

**•** Insulation type

**•** Installed thickness and
settled thickness

**•** Coverage area

**•** R- value

**•** Number of bags installed as per manufacture r specifications Document job completion to contract specifications

Confirm amount of insulation
installed in attic

Ensure a bilit y to match bags required for total area completed

45 ASTM C1015

- 06

46 16CFR 460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Accessible Attic F loors

17) Detail Name: Loose F ill O ver E xisting I nsulatio n

Desired Outcome:

**•** Insulation contro ls heat transfer through ceiling

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Preparation Existing insulation will be in
contact with the air barrier prior to installing additional
insulation on top

Insulation rulers will be installed every 300 square
feet of attic area with

m easurement beginning at
the air barrier 47 Ensure proper performance
of insulation

Verify uniformity of
insulation material

Provide l ocat ion of

All electrical junctions will be flagged to be seen above
the level of the insulation

Open electrical junction
boxes will have covers
installed electrica l junctions for future servicing

P revent an electrical hazard

2 Installation The correct depth and number of bags will be blown according to
manufacturer specifications 48

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

value

47 IECC 303.1.1.1

48 ASTM C1015

- 063 Safety Insulation will not be allowed on top of non

insulation contact (IC) rated

can

- light boxes or between
a heat

- generating appliance
and a dam unless material
is rated for contact with heat generating sources 49 Prevent a fire hazard

4 Onsite docum entation Documentation will be posted as required by federal specification

16CFR460 50 Post documentation onsite
to allow verification

49 ASTM C1015

- 06

50 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Accessible Attic F loors

18) Detail Name: Batt Insulation O ver Existing I nsulation

Desired Outcome:

**•** Insulation control s heat transfer through vaulted ceiling

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Preparation Existing insulation will be in
contact with the air barrier prior to installing additional insulation on top Ensure proper performance
of insulation

2 Installation If the top of the existing insulation is below the top of the framing, new batts will be installed parallel with framing members 51

If the top of the existing insulation is above the top of the framing, new batts
will be installed perpendicular to framing
members 52 Ensure uniform depth of
insulation in continuous contact with existing
insulation

Eliminate voids and gaps

3 Insulation Batts will be installed according to manufacturer specifications without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 53

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

value

51 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

52 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

53 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)4 Safety Insulation will not be
allowe d on top of non

insulation contact (IC) rated

can

- light boxes or between
a heat

- generating appliance
and a dam unless material
is rated for contact with heat generating sources 54 Prevent a fire hazard

5 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 55 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

54 ASTM C1015

- 06

55 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Enclosed Attic F loors

19) Detail Name: Dense P ack I nstallation – Bonus R oom F loor

Desired Outcome:

**•** A consistent thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space control s the heat flow

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Air barrier Existence of air barrier
material in line with the
knee walls will be installed
or verified when dense packing 56

Air barrier material will not bend, sag or move once dense packed 57 Hold dense pack in place

2 Fill floors Each cavity will be 100 % filled to consistent density:

• Cellulose material will be
installed to a minimum density of 3.5 pounds

per cubic foot

• Loose fiber glass
material will be installed and will be specificall y approved for air flow

resistance to a minimum density of 2. 2 pounds per cubic foot

The number of bags
installed will be confirmed
and will match the number Elimin ate voids and settling

Minimize framing cavity air
flows

56 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

57 ASTM C1015

- 06required on the coverage
chart 58

Insulation will be verified to prevent visible air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 59

3 Safety Insulation will not be allowed on top of non

insulation contact (IC) rated

can

- light boxes or between
a heat

- generating appliance
and a dam unless material
is rated for contact with heat ge nerating sources 60 Prevent a fire hazard

4 Onsite documentation Documentation will be posted as required by federal specification

16CFR460 61 Post documentation onsite
to allow verification

58 16CFR 460.17

59 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

60 ASTM C1015

- 06

61 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Enclosed A ttic F loors

20) Detail Name: Dense P ack Installation – Attic Storage P latform

Desired Outcome:

• Insulation reduce s heat flow through floor and framing cavities inaccessible
to other treatments

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Fill floors Each cavity will be 100 % filled to consistent density:

• Cellulose material will
be installed to a minimum density of 3.5 pounds per cubic foot

• Loose fiber glass
material will be installed and will be specifically approved for air flow

resistance to a minimum density of 2.2 pounds per cubic foot

The number of bags
installed will be confirmed
and will match the number required on the coverage
chart 62

Insulation will be verified to prevent visible air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 63 Eliminate voids and settling

Minimize framing cavity air
flows

62 16CFR 460.17

63 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)2 Safety Insulation will not be allowed on top of non

insulation contact (IC) rated

can

- light boxes or between
a heat

- generating appliance
and a dam unless material
is rated for contact with heat generating sources 64 Prevent a fire hazard

3 Onsite documentation Documentation will be posted as required by federal specification

16CFR460 65 Post documentation onsite
to allow verification

64 ASTM C1015

- 06

65 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attic Openings

21) Detail Name: Pull D own S tairs

Desired Outcome:

• P ull down attic stair properly sealed and insulated

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Installation Entire pull down stair assembly will be covered to
the same R

- Value as adjoining insulated assembly Insulate to prescribed Rvalue

2 Sealing Pull down stair frame will be continuously weather stripped Prevent air leakage 66

3 Durability Material integrity will meet a minimum expected service life of 20 years Ensure a minimum expected service life

4 Occupant e ducation Purpose of insulation will
be communicated to
occupant 67 Educate occupant on how
to use the hatch to ensure integrity of insulated assembly throughout
service life

66 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

67 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: A ttic O penings

22) Detail Name: Access D oor s and H atch es

Desired Outcome:

**•** A ttic access door properly sealed and insulat ed

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Installation Access hatches will be
insulated to the same R

Value as adjoining insulated assembly Achieve uniform R

- value

2 Sealing Access hatch frames will be continuously weather stripped

A latch or lock will be

installed to ensure hatch

remains closed Prevent air leakage 68

3 Attachment Insulation will be permanently attached in complete contact with the
access hatch Insulate to prescribed R

value

4 Durability Material integrity will meet a minimum expected service life of 20 years Ensure a minimum expected service life

5 Occupant education Purpose of insulation will
be communicated to
occupant 69 Educate occupant on how
to use the hatch to ensure integrity of insulated assembly throughout
service life

68 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

69 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attic Openings

23) Detail Name: W hole -H ouse F an

Desired Outcome:

**•** Consistent, u niform t hermal boundary between the conditioned space and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Installation Sides of fan insulation box assembly will be insulated
to the same R

- Value as adjoining insulated assembly Insulate to prescribed R

value

2 Air sealing Fan insulation box frame will be continuously weather stripped to ensure a tight fit Prevent air leakage 70

3 Attachment Insulation will be permanently attached in
contact with fan insulation
box

Appropriate adhesive or
mechanical fastener will be
used Ensure c ontinuous alignment with air barrier

4 Durability Material integrity will meet a minimum expected service life of 20 years Ensure a minimum expected service life

5 Occupant education Purpose of insulation will
be communicated to
occupant 71 Educate occupant on how
to use the whole house fan to ensure integrity of the
fan insulated assembly throughout service life

70 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

71 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attics G eneral

24) Detail Name: Ventilation

Desired Outcome:

• Properly restored vents minimize moisture and ice dams

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Air barrier and thermal boundary Attic ventilation will be
recommended or installed only if:

**•** T he presence of an
effective air barrier and thermal boundary
between the attic and the living space is Ensure presence of

continuous air barrier and thermal boundary
verified

**•** Appropriate attic sealing and proper insulation is specified as part of the
work scope

2 Vent type Attic vent type s will be
consistent with requirements for their specific location ( e.g., exterior soffit, gable end, roof) and material and intended use ( e.g., metal vent on metal roof) Vent meets proper performance characteristics for location and roofing
type

3 Vent location Placement of attic vents will be considered for proper air flow and prevention of entry of wind

- driven rain or

snow Encourage proper air flow and minimize entry of wind

driven rain or snow4 Ventilation baffling Baffling for attic vents will
be installed to:

• Ensure proper air flow

• Prevent wind

- washing of
insulation

• Allow maximum insulation coverage

• Ensure baffle terminates
above insulation Vent allows proper air flow without compromising insulation performance

5 Ventilation screens All attic ventilation will have

screens with non

- corroding

wire mesh with openings of
” to prevent p est entry ( e.g., birds, bats, bees)

Existing vents which are not
screened will be covered
with non

- corroding wire
mesh with openings of ” Prevent pest entry

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attics General

25) Detail Name: Radiant Ba rrier

Desired Outcome:

• Radiant heat flow reduced

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Stapling An air space no less than 3⁄4”
will be maintained between
the barrier and the bottom
of the roof deck Ensure performance of
radiant barrier

2 Ventilation A minimum of 3” clearance
from soffit vents and ridge

vents will be maintained Allow for air flow behind
barrier

3 Gable walls Radiant barrier will apply to gabl e walls while maintaining a 3⁄4” air space Ensure performance of
radiant barrier

4 Porch and garage attic

spaces Radiant barrier will be
installed to separate the
attic above conditioned space from adjacent attics

Radiant barrier will be
installed to withstand local
wind loads Ensure reduction of radiant heat entry

Durability

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attics G eneral

26) Detail Name: Skylights

Desired Outcome:

**•** Consistent uniform thermal boundary between the conditioned space and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 S ealing Holes and penetrations will
be sealed

Bypasses will be blocked
and sealed 72 Prevent air leakage 73

2 Installation Insulation will be installed according to manufacturer specifications in full contact with all sides of existing cavity without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 74

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

value

3 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 75 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

72 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

73 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

74 ASTM C1015

- 06

75 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Attic
Subtopic: Attics General

27) Detail Name: Parapet W alls

Desired Outcome:

• P roperly installed insulation reduce s heat flow through parapet wall

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Access Proper access in wall

exterior or interior
containment area will be
ensured

Lead safety procedures in
houses built before 1978
will be followed 76 Protect worker and occupant health

2 Installation Dense pack insulation will be installed according to manufacturer specifications
at void area 77 S eal wall

76 OSHA Publication 3142

- 09R

77 ASTM C1015

- 06

### Exterior Walls

Preparation: 28) Dense Pack P reparation

Accessible Exterior W alls: 29) Open Wall I nsulation

Enclosed Exterior W alls: 30) Dense Pack Exterior W alls 31) Additional E xterior Wall C avities

## Topic: Exterior Walls
Subtopic: Preparation

28) Detail Name: Exterior Dense P ack

Desired Outcome:

• Walls properly prepared to receive dense pack insulat i on

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Prep aration 78 Lead safety procedures will
be followed 79

Cavities will be free of hazards, intact and able to support dense pack

pressures

Drilling hazards ( e.g., wiring, venting, fuel piping)
will be located

Blocking will be installed
around:

**•** All openings to inside crawl space and
basement for fibrous
material Prevent damage to house
and mess

Provi de thorough access to
allow 100 % coverage

Ensure proper equipment and process results in consistent density preventing settling and retarding air flow through

**•** High

- temperature fire

rated materials

**•** Wiring and el ectrical
hazards

**•** Heat sources

Access to exterior wall cavities will be gained, sheathing will be drilled as cavities

78 ASTM C1015

- 06

79 OSHA 3142

- 09R

, 2003needed and probed to locate each cavity, wall
studs and blockers

Interior will be masked and dust controlled during drilling when accessing
from in terior

Electricity supply will be confirmed and will support blowing machine power
demand

Blowing machine pressure test will be performed with air on full, feed off and gate
closed

Hose outlet pressure will be
at least 80 inches of water column ( I WC) or 2. 9 pounds

per s quare inch ( PSI )

2 Exterior dense pack Using fill tube, 100 % of each cavity will be completely fil l ed to a consistent density:

**•** Cellulose material will
be installed to a minimum density of 3.5 pounds per cubic foot

**•** Loose fiber glass
material will be installed

an d will be specifically Eliminate voids and settling

Minimize framing cavity air
flows

approved for air flow

resistance to a minimum density of 2.2 pounds

per cubic foot

The number of bags
installed will be confirmed
and will match the number required on the coveragechart 80

Insulation will be verified to prevent visib le air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 81

80 16CFR 460.17

81 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Exterior Walls
Subtopic: Accessible E xterior W alls

29) Detail Name : Open Wall I nsulation

Desired Outcome:

• Consistent

, uniform thermal boundary between the conditioned space and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sealing Ho les and penetrations will
be sealed

Bypasses will be blocked
and sealed 82 Prevent air leakage 83

2 Installation Insulation will be installed according to manufacturer specifications without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 84

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed Rvalue

4 Pre

- drywall verification Verification of complete installation without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind
intrusions will be provided 85 Install insulation correctly

5 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 86 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

82 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

83 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

84 ASTM C1015

- 06

85 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

86 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Exterior Walls
Subtopic: Enclosed E xterior W alls

30) Detail Name: De nse P ack Exterior W alls

Desired Outcome:

• Consistent

, uniform thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Exterior dense pack Using fill tube, 100 % of each cavity will be completely fil l ed to a consistent density:

**•** Cellulose material will
be installed to a minimum density of 3.5 pounds per cubic foot

**•** Loose fiber glass
material will be installed

an d will be specifically approved for air flow

resistance to a minimum density of 2.2 pounds

per cubic foot

The number of bags
installed will be confirmed
and will match the number required on the coverage
chart 87

Insulation will be verified to prevent visible air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 88 Eliminate voids and settling

Minimize framing cavity air
flows

87 16CFR 460.17

88 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Topic: Exterior Walls
Subtopic: Enclosed Exterior W alls

31) Detail Name: Additional E xterior Wall C avities

Desired Outcome:

• P roperly installed insulation reduce s heat flow through walls and framing
cavities inaccessible to other treatments

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Location of cavities Details remaining in or between completed wall
sections will be located and
accessed Ensure the last gaps and framing edges in the
thermal boundary , roof

wall joints, floor

- wall joints,
etc. are found and finished

2 Sealing Backing will be provided and all newly uncovered openings will be sealed with air barriers, foam or mastic, maintaining all required clearances Ensure the air barrier is
connected across all
accessible house elements

3 Dense packing Using fill tube, 100 % of each cavity will be completely fil l ed to a consistent density:

**•** Cellulose material will
be installed to a minimum density of 3.5 pounds per cubic foot

**•** Loose fiber glass
material will be installed and will be specifically approved for air flow

resistance to a minimum density of 2.2 pounds

per cubic foot

The number of bags
installed will be confirmed
and will match the number Eliminate voids and settling

Minimize framing cavity air
flowsrequired on the coverage chart 89

Insulation will be verified to prevent visible air movement using chemical
smoke at 50 Pascals of pressure difference 90

4 Quality assurance Completed wall sections
will be view ed using
infrared camera with
blower door operating 91

Any voids or low density
areas will be drilled and re

packed

Installation holes will be repaired and sealed

All construction debris and
dust will be collected and
removed Establish air barrier and thermal boundary

Confirm no voids or hidden
air flows remain

En sure house is returned to

water tight and clean
condition

5 Close holes Installation holes will be plugged as follows :



### • Exterior holes will be weather barrier patched



### • Interior h oles will be rough coated and patched

All construction debris and
dust will be collected and
removed En sure house is returned to

water tight and clean
condition

89 16CFR 460.17

90 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

91 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

## Floors

Accessible F loors : 32) Batt I nstallation Floor S ystem 33) L oose Fill Floor S ystem with N etting 34) Loose F ill Floor System with Rigid B arrier 35) Batt Installation Cantilevered F loor 36) Pier house subfloor insulation – Batt installation with rigid barrier 37) Pier house subfloor insulation – loose fill with rigid barrier

## Topic: Floors
Subtopic: Accessible F loors

32) Detail Name: Batt Installation F loor S ystem

Desired Outcome:

• Consistent

, uniform thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sealing Sealing the floor system will be completed before insulating Ensure air tight envelope

Prevent leakage

2 Installation Insulation will be installed
in contact with subfloor without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 92

If kraft faced batts are used, they will be installed with
kraft

- facing to subfloor

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- val ue Insulate to prescribed R

value

3 Securing batts Batts will be secured with physical fasteners 93 Ensure insulation remains in
contact with subfloor

4 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 94 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

92 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

93 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

94 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Floors
Subtopic: Accessible F loors

33) Detail Name: Loose Fill Floor S ystem with N etting

Desired Outcome:

**•** Consistent

, uniform thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sealing S ealing the floor system will be completed before insulating 95 Ensure air tight envelope

Prevent leakage

2 Netting

, fabric When using netting or fabric, staples will be placed every 1 1⁄2” on center

Netting or fabric will meet
local fire codes 96 Secure insulation in place

3 Installation Insulation in netted or
fabric cavities will be dense packed with loose fill insulation according to
manufacturer specifications 97

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value

Insulation will be in
continuous contact with air
barrier Insulate to prescribed R

value

Ensure a continuous thermal boundary between
conditioned and unconditioned space

4 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 98 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

95 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

96 ASTM E84

- 10

97 ASTM C1015

- 06

98 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Floors
Subtopic: Accessible F loors

34) Detail Name: Loose F ill Floor S ystem with Rigid B arrier

Desired Outcome:

• Consistent uniform thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sealing Sealing the floor system will be completed before insulating 99 Ensure air tight envelope

Prevent leakage

2 Rigid air barrier A rigid air barrier will be mechanically fastened to underside of floor assembly

Seams and penetrations will
be sealed Relocate air barrier

3 Installation Loose fill insulation will be
installed between air
barrier and subfloor according to manufacturer specifications 100

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed Rvalue

4 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 101 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

99 ASTM E1186

- 03(2009)

100 ASTM C1015

- 06

101 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Floors
Subtopic: Accessible F loors

35) Detail Name: Batt Insulation C antilevered F loor

Desired Outcome:

• Consistent

, uniform thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Air barrier Air barrier will be installed
between joists and sealed

Air barrier will be placed to the most interior edge of the top plate of the wall
below Separate cantilevered floor
from conditioned floor

space

Allow for insulation

2 Installation Air barrier will be insulated between joist from top plate of the wall below to
subfloor above

Cantilevered subfloor will be insulated in complete
contact with the floor without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignments or wind

intrusions 102

If kraft

- faced b atts are used, they will be installed
with kraft

- facing to the air
barrier

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

value

102 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)3 Attachment Batts will be secured with physical fasteners 103 Ensure insulation remains in

contact with subfloor and
air barrier

4 Exterior s offit Exterior soffit material will
be installed and sealed Cover and protect
insulation

5 Occupant education Documentation of material
and R

- value will be provided to occupant 104 Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

103 ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09)

104 16CFR460.17

## Topic: Floors
Subtopic: Accessible Floors

36) Detail Name: Pier house subfloor insulation – Batt installation with rigid barrier

Desired Outcome:

• Consistent

, uniform thermal barrier between conditioned and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective (s)

1 Subfloor p reparation S ealing between house and crawl space will be completed before insulating Ensure air tight envelope

Prevent leakage

2 Installation Insulation will be installed
in contact with subfloor without gaps, voids, compressions, misalignment s or wind

intrusions

If kraft faced batts are used, they will be installe d with
kraft

- facing to subfloor

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

v alue

3 Secure batts Batts will be secured with physical fasteners Ensure insulation remains in
contact with subfloor

4 Rigid air b arrier A rigid air barrier will be mechanically fastened to underside of floor assembly

Seams and penetrations will
be sealed Protect Insulation

5 Occupant e ducation Documentation of material
and R

- val ue will be provided to occupant Provide occupant with
documentation of
installation

## Topic: Floors
Subtopic: Accessible Floors

37) Detail Name: Pier house subfloor insulation – loose fill with rigid barrier

Desired Outcome:

**•** Consistent

, uniform thermal barrier between conditioned and unconditioned space to prescribed R

- value of an adjoining insulated assembly

Row Title Specification(s) Objective (s)

1 Subfloor p reparation S ealing between house and crawl space will be

c ompleted before insulating Prevent air leakage

2 Rigid air b arrier A rigid air barrier will be mechanically fastened to underside of floor assembly

Seams and penetrations will
be sealed Relocate air barrier

3 Installation Loose fill insulation will be
installed between air
barrier and subfloor according to manufacturer specifications

Insulation will be installed to prescribed R

- value Insulate to prescribed R

v alue

4 Occupant e ducation Documentation of material
and R

- val ue will be provided to occupant Provide occupant wit h
documentation of
installation

# SECTION 7: CR AWL SPACES AND BASEMENTS

Table of Contents

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1
1) Crawl Space and Basement Worker Safety 2) Combustion Safety 3) Material Selection, Labeling and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

Separation of Basements and Crawl Spaces: 4) Basements Connected to Crawl Spaces

Crawl Space Health and Safety: 5) Radon 6) Access 7) Crawl Space Information Sign 8) Occupant Education 9) Return and Supply Plenums 10) Warranty and Service Agreement

Basement Health and Safety : 11) Knob and Tube Wiring



### Crawl Spaces

Site Preparation : 12) Pre -W ork Qualifications 13) Debris Removal 14) Drainage 15) Preliminary Dehumidification 16) Negative Pressure Contamination Control 17) Sealing Floor Penetrations 18) Regional Considerations

Vented Crawl Spaces : 19) Ground Moisture B arrier

1 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards20) Venting Closed Crawl Spaces: 21) Skirting on Post and Pier Foun d ations 22) Air Sealing the Foundation Vents 23) Air Sealing the Exterior Wall 24) Air Sealing Brick Curtain Wall with Piers 25) Vapor Retarders on Walls 26) Attached Crawl Spaces Under Unconditioned Spaces 27) Wall Insulation 28) Ground Moisture Barrier 29) Crawl Space Conditioning 30) Regional C onsiderations



### Basements

Insulation and Conditioning : 31) B asement Wall Insulation –N o Ground Water Leakage 32) Basement Wall Insulation

– Ground Water Leakag e 33) Dehumidification

### Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1) Crawl Space and Basement Worker Safety 2) Combustion Safety 3) Material Selection, Labeling and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

Separation of Basements and Crawl Spaces: 4) Basements Connected to Crawl Spaces

Crawl Space Health and Safety: 5) Radon 6) Access 7) Crawl Space Information Sign 8) Occupant Education 9) Return and Supply Plenums 10) Service Agreeme nt and Warranty

Basement Health and Safety: 11) Knob and Tube Wiring

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work P ractices

1) Detail Name: Crawl Space and Basement Worker Safety

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work completed safely without injury or hazardous exposure

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hand protection Durable gloves will be worn
that will withstand work activity Minimize skin contact with

contaminants

Protect hands from sharp objects

2 Respiratory protection Respirators appropriate for the contaminants present will be worn (e.g. N

- 95 or equivalent fa ce mask) 2 Minimize exposure to airborne contaminants (e.g. insulation materials, m old spores, feces, bacteria, chemicals)

3 Electric al safety 3,4 An electrical safety assessment will be performed

All electric tools will be protected by Ground

- Fault Circuit Interrupters 5

Extension cords used with portable electric tools wi ll be of
three

- wire type

Worn or frayed electric cords
will not be used

Water such as condensate pans and electrical sources will be kept separate Avoid electrical shock and arc
flash hazards

2 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 2, section IV

3 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

4 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K – Electrical

5 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eTool4 Protective clothing 6 If contaminants are present, (e.g. feces, chemicals) removable protective clothing
will be worn

Eye protection will be worn at all times (e.g. safety glasses, goggles if not using full face respirator) Protect worker from skin
contact with contaminants

Minimize spread of

contaminants

5 Confined space safety

7,8 Access and egress points will be located before beginning
work

Inspection will be conducted
for frayed electrical wires

Adequate ventilation will be provided

Use of toxic material will be
reduced Prevent build

- up of toxic or
flammable contaminants

Provide adequate access and

egress

Avoid electrical shock

6 Power tool safety 9 Power tools will be inspected and used according to manufacturer specifications
to eliminate hazards associated with missing ground prongs, ungrounded circuits, misuse of power tools, noise and improper or
defective cords or extension
cords

All devices u sed will be verified as GFI protected or double insulated

Exhaust gases from compressors and generators Prevent power tool injuries

6 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

7 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

8 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/confinedspaces/index.html

- OSHA Confined Space Webpage

9 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipmentwill be prevented from entering crawl space 10

7 Chemical safety The least toxic suitable
material will be chosen 11 Prevent worker exposure to
toxic substances

8 Ergonomic safety 12 P ersonal P rotective

E quipment will be used (e.g. knee pads, bump caps, additional padding) Avoid injuries with awkward postures and repetitive

motions

9 Hand tool safety Hand tools will be used for intended purpose 13 Reduce injuries

10 Slips, trips and falls 14 Caution will be used around power cords, hoses, tarps and plastic sheeting

Appropriate footwear and clothing will be worn Eliminate injuries due to slips, trips and falls

11 Prevention through design Design will be incorporated to
eliminate or minimize hazards (e.g. material selection, access to equipment for installation and maintenance, placement of equipment,
duct work and condensate lines) 15 Prevent worker injuries, exposure to toxic substances and physical hazards

10 Appendix D – OS HA Personal Protective Equipment Standards

11 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z

- Toxic and Hazardous Substances

12 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/ergonomics/index.html

- OSHA Ergonomics Webpage

13 29 CFR 1910 Subpar t P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment

14 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protection

15 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

2) Detail Name: Combustion Safety

Desired Outcome:

**•** Buildup of dangerous combustion byproducts in the living space prevented

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Outside combustion makeup air Combustion air for fuel

burning appliances will be supplied from outside Prevent combustion byproducts from entering
the ho use

2 New appliances If replacing appliances, a
sealed

- combustion, direct

vent appliance will be
installed

3 C arbon monoxide (C O)

monitor and alarm A CO alarm will be installed that displays real

- time CO
levels inside of the living

space

D evice will be installed according to manufacturer specifications Alert occupant to CO

exposure

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

3) Detail Name: Material Selection, Labeling and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

Desired Outcome:

**•** Occupant and worker risk from hazardous materials minimized

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Material selection Materials that do not create long

- term health risks for occupants and workers will
be used Improve indoor air quality in the living space

2 Material labels Manufacturer specifications
will be followed Reduce risk of exposure

Follow safety procedures

3 Material Safety Data

S heets (MSDS) MSDS will be provided on site and available during all
work Assess exposure risk and prepare a response in case of

emergency

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Separation of Basements and Crawl Spaces

4) Detail Name: Basements Connected to Crawl Spaces*

Desired Outcome:

**•** Crawl spaces and basements are separated using appropriate methods that define spaces and allow for treatment according to specifications

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Conditioned basements with vented crawl spaces C rawl space will be separated from the
conditioned basement wit h a continuous air barrier, ground moisture barrier and thermal boundary*

Create separation and
define spaces

Enable treatment of crawl spaces and basements by referenced specifications

Increase house durability and energy efficiency 2 Conditioned basements with closed crawl spaces C rawl space will be separated from the
conditioned basemen t with
a continuous air barrier and ground moisture barrier *

3 Unconditioned basements with vented crawl spaces V ented crawl space will be separated from the
unconditioned basement
with a continuous air barrier
and ground moisture
barrier *

4 Unconditioned basements with closed crawl spaces U nconditioned basement
will be treated as an
extension of the closed crawl space*

*Follow specifications for conditioned/unconditioned basements and vented/closed crawl spaces

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Occupant Health

5) Detail Name: Radon

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work completed without increasing occupant exposure to radon

Row Title Specification(s) Objectives(s)

1 Radon Testing and Mitigation EPA Guidelines for Radon
in current edition of “Healthy Indoor
Environment Protocols for Home Energy Retrofits” will
be followed Complete retrofit work without increasing
occupant exposure to
radon

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Crawl Space Health and Safety

6) Detail Name: Access

Desired Outcome:

**•** A ccess to the closed crawl space is controlled and the ground moisture
barrier is protected to maintain the integrity of the system

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Access Crawl space will be accessible for
service and maintenance without risk of damage to the thermal and
air barrier and ground moisture
barrier Provide crawl space

access

Maintain integrity of the crawl space system

2 Lock A lockable access will be provided
if access is from the exterior Control access and prevent intruders

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Crawl Space Health and Safety

7) Detail Name: Crawl Space Information Sign

Desired Outcome:

**•** Posted signs inside of the crawl space provide essential safety and maintenance information to occupant and users of the crawl space

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Sign specifications A durable, easily seen sign
will be installed at all
accesses inside of the crawl space (minimum 8 1⁄2” x 11”)

A minimum expected service
l ife of 10 years will be
ensured 16 Prevent damage to the crawl space after retrofit

Those entering the crawl space will be cautioned not to damage the air barrier, ground moisture barrier

, insulation and mechanical components specific to the crawl space type Prevent damage to the crawl space after retrofit

2 Sign content Anyone entering the crawl space will be alerted that immediate repairs are needed in case of damage

The installer’s contact
information will be included on the sign in case there are questions or needs for repairs Educate anyone entering the crawl space

Provide occupants with a way to contact the installer

3 Hazard warning Language prohibiting storage
of hazards and flammable materials will be provided on

site Prevent storage of
hazardous or flammable materials in the crawl space

Maintain indoor air quality

16 ASTM C1136

- 10Prevent a fire hazard

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Crawl Space Health and Safety

8) Detail Name: Occupant Education

Desired Outcome:

**•** Occupants educated on the crawl space system and how to maintain it

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Written communication Occupants will be given
written documentation that describes components of the system, maintenance requirements, and health
and safety considerations at

a minimum

Information will be provided in simple terms

Text and pictures will be
used

Documentation may be provided electronically Provide occupant with a basic understanding and documentation of the system,

its maintenance and related health and safety i ssues

2 Oral communication When possible, the written
documents will be reviewed with the occupants Confirm that occupants have
received the information

Provide an opportunity for questions and answers

3 Contact information Information about the installation compan y and warranty will be provided Provide occupants with a way
to contact the installer

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Crawl Space Health and Safety

9) Detail Name: Return and Supply Plenums

Desired Outcome :

**•** Connections between the crawl space and living space eliminated to improve indoor air quality (IAQ) and efficiency of the distribution system

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Supply plenums (includes conditioned crawl spaces) Crawl spaces that are used as heating and cooling supply plenums
will not be allowed Improve IAQ in the living

space

Eliminate connection between the crawl space and living space

Achieve energy impacts 2 Return plenums

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Crawl Space Health and Safety

10) Detail Name: Warranty and Service Agreement

Desired Outcome:

**•** Occupants provided recourse for failures in materials, workmanship and serviceability and informed of potential hazards

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Warranty A minimum one

- year warranty for materials, workmanship and serviceability will be provided

The warranty will be provided to occupants before work Provide recourse to occupants for failures in materials, workmanship and serviceability

2 Warranty renewal and

s ervice agreement An option for annual inspection and renewal of
warranty and service agreement for up to 10 years
will be offered at a co st (requirement for installers) Provide occupants with an

o ption for extending the
warranty and service
agreement

3 General conditions At a minimum, the following concerns and warnings will be
addressed within the warranty: possible drying and shrinking effects ; storage of
hazardous and flammable
materials ; mold Educate occupants on potential hazards

## Topic: Health and Safety

Subtopic: Basement Health and Safety

11) Detail Name: Knob and Tube Wiring

Desired Outcome:

**•** Live unsafe wiring identified and brought to local codes

Row Title Speci f ication(s) Objective(s)

1 Knob and tube
identification The house will be visually inspected

Protect o ccupant safety

Preserve the integrity and safety of the ho use 2 Live wire testing Noncontact testing method
will be used to determine if wiring is live

3 Isolation and protection Live knob and tube will not be
covered or surrounded

A dam that does not cover the top will be created to separate insulation from the wire path

4 Replacement Exposed wiring will be replaced with new appropriate wiring and old wiring rendered inoperable by licensed electrician according to local
code s

### Crawl Spaces

Site Preparation: 12) Pre -W ork Qualifications 13) Debris Removal 14) Drainage 15) Preliminary Dehumidification 16) Negative Pressure Contamination Control 17) Sealing Floor Penetrations 18) Regional Considerations

Vented Crawl Spaces: 19) Ground Moisture B arrier 20) Venting 21) Floor Insulation – Batts 22) Floor Insulation – Loose Fill with N etting or F abric 23) Floor Insulation – Loose Fill with Rigid Air Barrier beneath floor assembly

Closed Crawl Spaces: 24) Skirting on Post and Pier Foun d ations 25) Air Sealing the Foundation Vents 26) Air Sealing the Exterior Wall 27) Air Sealing Brick Curtain Wall with Piers 28) Vapor Retarders on Walls 29) Attached Crawl Spaces Under Unconditioned Spaces 30) Wall Insulation 31) Ground M oisture Barrier 32) Crawl Space Conditioning 33) Regional Considerations

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Site Preparation

12) Detail Name: Pre -W ork Q ualifications

Desired Outcome:

**•** Site properly prepared for retrofit

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Fuel leaks Fuel leaks will be repaired 17

Ensure site is safe and ready for retrofit 2 Electrical hazards Electrical hazards will be
eliminated 18

3 Mold Appropriate remediation wi ll be completed before retrofit

19

4 Combustion appliances Needs for combustion appliances will be addressed as prescribed by local code s and Building Performance Institute (BPI) or equivalent combustion safety protocol 20

5 Plumbing and water leaks Plumbing leaks will be repaired before crawl space retrofi t 21

Prepare site for retrofit 6 Pest and termite work Pest and termite treatment will be completed before
crawl space retro fit

7 Structural repairs,
modifications Structural repairs and
modifications wil l be completed before retrofit 22

17 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

18 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

19 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

20 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

21 ASTM E241

- 08

22 ASTM E241

- 088 Appliance and heating,
ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC ) system repairs and change outs Appliances and HVAC system repairs or change outs will be completed before retrofit

9 Correctable standing water Passive drains or sump pumps
will be used to remove standing wate r 23

10 Non

- correctable standing

water Spaces with non

- correctable standing water should not be

consi dered for a closed crawl

space 24 Eliminate possible damage to ho use

23 ASTM E241

- 08

24 ASTM E241

- 08

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Site Preparation

13) Detail Name: Debris Removal

Desired Outcome :

**•** C lean, safe and easily accessible crawl space created

Row Title Specification(s) Desired Outcome(s)

1 Debris removal All unnecessary material and debris greater than 1” will be removed from the crawl space ( e.g., rake the crawl space) 25 Minimize punctures in ground
liner

Minimize habitat for pests (Integrated Pest Management

IPM) and contaminant sources

2 Debris disposal Debris will be properly disposed of according to type and jurisdiction Protect environment from damage

25 ASTM D4276 – 02(2007) section 5.3.3

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Site Preparation

14) Detail Name: Drainage

Desired Outcome:

**•** W ater and conditions conducive to mold growth, wood rot and pests
eliminated

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Exterior grading Ground will be sloped away
from the ho use 26 Drain water away from the
foundation wall

2 Roof drainage If downspouts are pre sent ( e.g., gutters, overhangs,

F rench drain), they wil l be
drained a minimum of 6’ away from the ho use Prevent roof water from leaking into the crawl space
or basement

3 Exterior w aterproofing Found ation walls will be waterproof 27

Exterior foundation drains
will be installed 28 Prevent water from leaking into the crawl space or
basement

4 Interior grading Interior grading will be sloped to one or mor e collection points if possible 29 Collect interior water for
removal

5 Interior drainage One or more drains or sump pumps will be installed 30 Remove interior water from the crawl space or basement

26 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

27 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

28 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

29 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

30 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Site Preparation

15) Detail Name: Preliminary D ehumidification

Desired Outcome:

**•** A dry and moisture controlled space ensured

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Close vents Vents an d other openings will
be closed Reduce moisture load coming
from outside of the crawl

space

2 Drying C rawl space area will be dried
until any liquid moisture is
eliminated Reduce moisture in the crawl

space

Improve work environment

3 Drying time S pace will be dehumidified
until wood moisture content in solid, untreated lumber is
less than 20% Reduce mois ture content of
wood

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Site Preparation

16) Detail Name: Negative P ressure Contamination Control

Desired Outcome :

**•** C ontaminants prevented from entering house during work process

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Exterior sealing Openings in the crawl space
exterior foundation wall will be closed to maximize negative pressure (close the vents) Minimize leakage area between crawl space
and exterior

2 Interior s ealing Penetrations between the crawl space and living space will be
sealed 31 Minimize air leakage from crawl space to living space

3 Pressure A device will be installed ( e.g., fan) to exhaust air out of the crawl space until the ground
moisture barrier i s installed in the crawl space

A negative pressure will be maintained in the crawl sp ace with reference to the house 32 Prevent contaminants
from enteri ng house

31 ASTM C1193 – 05a section 16

32 ASTM E1827

- 96(2007)

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Site Preparation

17) Detail Name : S ealing Floor P enetrations

Desired Outcome :

**•** A ir leakage prevented

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Backing and i nfill Backing or infill will be provided as needed to meet the specific
characteristics of the
selected sealant and the
characteristics of the penetration

The backing or infill will not bend, sag or move
once installed Ensure resulting closure is permanent and supports any
load such as insulation

Ensure sealant does not fall out

2 Sealant s election 33 Sealants will be used to fill holes no larger tha n recommended by
manufacturer specifications 34

Sealants will be compatible with all adjoining surfaces Create a permanent seal

Ensure seal ant meets or exceeds the performance
characteristics of the surrounding materials

Sealants will be
continuous and meet fire barrier specifications

33 ASTM C1193

- 09

34 ASTM C1193

- 093 High temperature

a pplication Only non

- combustible
materials will be used in contact with chimneys, Prevent a fire hazard

vents and flues 35

35 ASTM C1193

- 09

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Site Preparation

18) Detail Name: Regional Considerations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective (s)

1 Very Cold There are currently no regional
consideration s for this section

2 Cold

3 Mixed Humid

4 Hot Humid

5 Marine

6 Hot Dry

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Vented C rawl S paces

19) Detail Name : Ground Moisture B arrier

Desired Outcome:

**•** Durable, effective ground moisture barrier provides ongoing access and minimizes ground vapor

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Scheduling The ground moisture barrier will
be installed last Protect ground moisture
barrier from damage during other crawl space work

2 Coverage A ground moisture barrier that

covers 100 % of the exposed craw l space floor will be installed 36 Reduce ground moisture entering the crawl space

3 Material specification A ground moisture barrier with a rating of no more than .1 perm
will be used 37

A minimum expected service life of 10 years wil l be ensured 38

A ground moisture barrier wi ll be
used that meets tear and puncture resistance standard

ASTM D703 Ensure crawl space is
accessible for service and
maintenance without damaging the integrity of
the ground moisture
barrier

4 Overlap seams When seams exist, they will be overlapped a minimum of 12” using “reverse or upslope lapping” technique 39 Keep wate r under the liner

Reduce the likelihood of damage at seams

36 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

37 IBC 1203.3.2 and IECC 402.2.9

38 ASTM C1136

- 10

39 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 5Ground moisture barrier will be

5 Fastening fastened to ground with durable
fasteners 40 Prevent movement of the ground moisture barrier A minimum expected service life of 10 years will be ensured 41

40 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 6.4

41 ASTM C1136

- 10

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Vented Crawl Spaces

20) Detail Name : Venting

Desired Outcome :

**•** Pollutants effectively vented

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Venting IRC 2009 (1203) or local
codes will be followed 42 Provide ventilation for pollutant sources ( e.g., moisture, radon, soil gases)

2 Seal Vent Penetration Use materials that will keep pests out of the crawl space Keep out pests

42 IBC 1203.3.1

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

21) Detail Name: Skirting P ost and P ier F oundation s

Desired Outcome:

**•** Protective skirting effectively installed to retard damage from natural c auses such as wind, water and pest s

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Skirting Any materials making contact with ground will b e rated for ground contact

Skirting will be continuous around the perimeter and
enclose the entire floor
area bel ow the conditioned living space Minimize pests, wind,

water and freezing of pipes
under ho use

2 Flashing Skirting will be flashed to prevent the entrance of

water Prevent water from entering space under
ho use

3 Fastening E ntire skirting will be mechanically fastened Ensure lasting retrofit

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

22) Detail Name : Sealing the Foundation V ents

Desired Outcome :

**•** A ir and moisture penetration through the existing vent into the crawl space
blocked

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Vent closure Vent opening will be permanently clos ed and
sealed 43 Prevent air and moisture penetration

43 IBC 1203.3.2

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

23) Detail Name : Seal ing the E xterior W all

Desired Outcome :

**•** Well sealed exterior wall prevents leakage and pests

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Seal penetrations Penetrations will be sealed
with a durable material 44

A minimum expected service life of 10 years will
be ensured 45 Prevent air and moisture leakage into crawl space

2 Pest exclusion If penetration is greater than 1⁄4”, a pest

- proof
material will be used Prevent pest entry

44 ASTM C1193

- 09

45 ASTM C1136

- 10

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

24) Detail Name : Sealing Brick Curtain Wall with Piers

Desired Outcome :

**•** Well sealed exterior wall prevents leakage and pests

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Seal penetrations Penetrations will be sealed with
a durable material

, including the following: 46

**•** Sealing rain screen to crawl space connection

**•** Re

- venting exterior weep holes with wicking rope

A minimum expected service
l ife of 10 years will be ensured

47 Reduce moisture vapor and water from entering the crawl

space through the rain screen

Decrease probability of rot

2 Pest exclusion If penetration is greater than 1⁄4”, a pest

- proof material will
be used Prevent pest entry

46 ASTM C1193

- 09

47 ASTM C1136

- 10

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

25) Detail Name : V apor R etarder s on W alls

Desired Outcome :

**•** Durable, effective vapor retarder minimizes leakage from ground and air

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Air barrier and v apor retarder An air barrier and vapor
retarder will be installed on
the interior side of the
exterior wall of the closed crawl space with a rating of no more than .13 perm 48 Prevent air and moisture penetration

2 Coverage A material will be installed a minimum of 1’ or as high as possible above outside grade

49 Prevent air and moisture penetration

3 Termite inspection gap Where termite pressure exists, a 3” inspection gap
will be maintained from the top of the insulation to the bottom of any wood Allow for termite detection

4 Attachment The vapor retarder will be

atta ched with a durable

connection 50

The vapor retarder will be
sealed at punctures and

seams to prevent air entry 51

A minimum expected service life of 10 years will be
ensured 52 Ensure vapor retarder maintains a fixed position
on the exterior wall

Ensure v apor retarder is air tight

48 ASTM C1136

- 10

49 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

50 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 5

51 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 5

52 ASTM C1136

- 10The vapor retarder will be
installed a minimum of 6” above interior grade

5 Piers and interior walls The vapor retarder will be
attached with a durable

connection 53

The vapor retarder will be
sealed at punctures and

seams to prevent air entry 54 Prevent ground moisture penetration

A minimum expected service
l ife of 10 years will be
ensured 55

53 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 5

54 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 5

55 ASTM C1136

- 10

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

26) Detail Name : Attached C rawl S paces Under U nconditioned S paces

Desired Outcome :

**•** Closed , attached crawl spaces sealed but remain accessible

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Separate crawl s paces A continuous air and vapor
b arrier between the attached crawl space under unconditioned spaces and the closed crawl space will be
maintained 56 Prevent air and moisture penetration

2 Entry p oint An entry point to the isolated attached crawl spaces under unconditioned spaces will be provided 57 Provide access to attached crawl spa ce for inspections

56 IECC 402.2.3

57 IECC 402.2.3

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

27) Detail Name : Wall I nsulation

Desired Outcome :

**•** Closed crawl spaces insulated to achieve best thermal performance possible

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Insulation s election A non

- absorbent, fire

- rated
insulation will be used with a minimum life expectancy of 10 years 58

Improve thermal performance 2 Location In sulation will be installed
on either the exterior of
interior of the e xterior closed crawl space wall 59

3 R-v alue Regional IECC will be followed for required R

values 60

4 Termite inspection gap Where termite pressure exists, a 3” inspection gap
will be maintained from the top of the insul ation to the bottom of any wood Allow for termite detection

5 Attachment Insulation will be attached
with a durable connection

A minimum expected service life of 10 years will
be ensured 61 Maintain insulation performance without compromising the air or vapor barrier

6 Band joist and wood
foundation walls A vapor

- diffuse insulation
will be installed

Where termite pressure exists, removable band joist
insulation will be installed Improve thermal performance

Allow for termite inspection and drying of wood
materials

58 C1320 – 05(2009)e1

59 E241

- 09

60 IECC Section 301

61 ASTM C1136

- 107 Band joist and wood foundation walls (cold climates) Insulation will be installed with a vapor barrier on the
warm side of the
insulation 62

Where termite pressure exists, removable band jois t
insulation will be installed Improve thermal performance

Pr event moisture
condensation on the inside of the band joist or wood
walls

Allow for termite inspection and drying of wood
materials

62 C1320 – 05(2009)e1

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

28) Detail Name : Ground Moisture Barrier s

Desired Outcome :

**•** Durable, effective air barrier and ground moisture b arrier provide ongoing access and minimize ground vapor

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Scheduling The air barrier and ground moisture
b arrier will be installed last Protect air barrier and ground moisture b arrier from damage during
other work in the crawl

space

2 Coverage An air barrier and ground moisture
b arrier

, covering 100 % of the exposed crawl space floor will be
installed and sealed to the wall’s air
and moisture b arrier 63 Reduce ground vapor entering the crawl space

Create a continuous and
durable connection
between the wall and ground air and moisture
barriers

3 Material specification A ground m oi sture b arrier with a rating of no more than .1 perm will
be used 64

A minimum expected service life of 10 years will be ensured 65

A ground moisture barrier will be used that meets tear and puncture
resistance standard ASTM D703 Reduce ground vapor from entering the crawl

space

Ensure crawl space is
accessible for service and
maintenance without destroying the integrity
of the moisture barrier

4 Overlap seams When seams exist, they will be overlapped a minimum of 12” with
“reverse or upslope lapping” technique 66 Keep water under the
liner

63 ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

64 IBC 1203.3.2 and IECC 402.2.9

65 ASTM C1136

- 10

66 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 5For wall to floor connection, the wall
moisture barrier will be installed

u nder the ground moisture barrier 67

5 Fastening The air barrier and ground moisture
barrier will be fastene d to ground to
prevent movement 68

A minimum expected service l ife of 10 years will be ensured 69 Prevent movement and uplift of the air barrier
and ground moisture
barrier

6 Sealing seams A durable sealant compatible with
the air barrier and ground moisture
barrier will be used 70

A minimum expected service l ife of 10 years will be ensured 71 Maintain continuous air
barrier and ground
moisture barrier

7 Air barrier, ground
moisture barrier penetrations, including fastener penetrations A durable sealant compatible with
the air barrier and ground moisture
barrier will be used

Physical attachments will be provided where practical ( e.g., masonry columns, footings)

A minimum expected service l ife of 10 years will be ensured 72 Maintain continuous air
barrier and ground
moisture barrier

8 Drainage The air barrier and ground moisture
barrier will not interfere with the established drainage pattern Ensure proper drainage

67 E241

- 09

68 ASTM E1643 – 98 section 6.4

69 ASTM C1136

- 10

70 ASTM C1193

- 09

71 ASTM C1136

- 10

72 ASTM C1136

- 10Interior drainage collection points Remove water above

9 Drainage points will be accessible from above and
below t he air barrier and ground and below the air barrier
and ground moisture
moisture barrier barrier

## Topic: Crawl Spaces
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

29) Detail Name : Crawl S pace C onditioning

Desired Outcome :

**•** Humidity in closed crawl space is controlled to reduce mois ture damage, energy consumption and pests

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 No return pathway to living space A return pathway from the crawl space to the living space will not
be allowed Improve indoor air quality (IAQ) in the living space

2 Option 1:
Dehumidifier Option 1 may be used in combination with any other specified options

A permanent, low

- temp erature,

auto

- restart, minimum ENERGY
STAR® rated dehumidifier will be
installed with a minimum rated

cap acity of 15 pints per day

Condensate will be drained to daylight or a condensation pump Maintain low relative humidity

Reduce conditions conducive to pest activity

Reduce conditions
conducive to mold growth and wood rot

Improve IAQ in the conditioned space

Improve equipment
service life

Save energy in cooling

dominated climates

3 Option 2: Supply air Option 2 may be used in combination with any other specified options

Air from a central forced

- air conditioning system will be supplied at a rate of 1 cubic foot per minute ( CFM ) per 30 square feet of closed crawl space area Maintain low relative humidity

Reduce conditions conducive to pest activity

Reduce conditions
conducive to moldThe sup ply air duct will b e fitted with a backflow damper growth and wood rot

Improve IAQ in the conditioned space

Improve equipment
service life

Save energy in cooling

dominated climates

Prevent crawl space air from entering the living space when forced

- air system is off

4 Option 3:
Conditioned ho use air Option 3 may be used in combination with any other specified options

A continuous

- duty, Home
Ventilat ion Institute (HVI)

- rated,

1- sone or less fan will be installed that supplies 1 CFM of conditioned house air per 50 square f eet of closed crawl space Maintain low relative humidity

Reduce conditions conducive to pest activity

Reduce conditions
conducive to mold growth and wood rot

Improve IAQ in the conditioned space

area

Optional: An air relief vent to the outside may be installed Improve equipment
service life

Save energy in cooling

dominated climates

5 Option 4:
Exhaust A continuous

- duty, HVI

- rated, 1

­ sone or less fan will be installed
that exhausts 1 CFM of c losed crawl space air per 50 square f eet of closed crawl space area Maintain low relative humidity

Reduce conditions conducive to pest activity

Reduce conditions

c onducive to moldgrowth and wood rot

Improve IAQ in the conditioned space

Improve equipment
service life

Save energy in cooling

dominated climates

6 Monitoring alarm
system A durable humidity monitoring system with alarm capability will
be installed

A minimum expected service l ife of 10 years will be ensured 73 Alert occupant to system failure

73 ASTM C1136

- 10

## Topic: Crawl Space
Subtopic: Closed Crawl Spaces

30) Detail Name: Regional C onsiderations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Very Cold

2 Cold

3 Mixed Humid There will be a 3” view gap in closed crawl spaces for areas of high or moderate termite
infestation

G ap will be covered by a removable insulation plug and
there will be removable band joist insulation to facilitate

termite inspections

A leak alarm will be installed in
the crawl space and basement En sure ease of detection of
termite infestation and reduce energy loss

Provide water detection in
case of malfunction

4 Hot Humid

5 Marine Air and wind will be blocked from entering crawl space

Ground moisture barrier will be
installed up to grade, but not
above Reduce moisture laden air from entering the crawl

space

Ensure crawl space wall can dry to the exterior or interior
as needed

6 Hot Dry

### Basements

Insulation and Conditioning : 31) Basement Wall Insulation – N o Ground Water Leakage 32) Basement Wall Insulation – Ground Water Leakage 33) Dehumidification

## Topic: Basements
Subtopic: Insulation and Conditioning

31) Detail Name: Basement W all Insulation – N o G round Water L eakage

Desired Outcome:

**•** Basement insulation improve s thermal performance and ensure s sufficient drying potential

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 R- value Regional IECC will be followed for required R

values 74 Improve thermal performance of the basement and living

space

2 Air barrier A continuous air barrier will
be installed on the warm side
of the insulation 75 Prevent condensation on
the basement wall

3 Vapor permeability When absorbent insulation materials are installed, assembly will remain vapor permeable to the interior 76 Provide drying potential
to the basement

74 IECC section 301

75 ASTM C1320

- 05(2009)e1

76 ASTM C1320

- 05(2009)e1

## Topic: Basements
Subtopic: Insulation and Conditioning

32) Detail Name: Basement Wall Insulation – Ground Water Leakage

Desired Outcome:

**•** Basement insulation improve s thermal performance and ensure s sufficient drying potential

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Drainage A continuous drainage plane at
the interior surface of the
exterior basement wall will be created from the top of the wall to a drainage field at the bottom
of the wall or sub

- slab

D rainage field will be run to daylight or pump to the outside Remove moisture on
the surface of the

exterior basement wall

2 Rough finish walls ( e.g., rubble walls) D rainage plane will be replaced with a waterproof membrane

Only a non

- absorbent insulation will be applied that adheres to the waterproof membrane
without voids

D rainage field will be run to daylight or pump to the outside Create an air and
moisture barrier on the
interior side of the
exterior basement wall
and allow the insulation
to conform to the irregularity of the
surface

Improve thermal performance of the basement and the living

space

3 Thermal barrier

, i nsulation A non

- ab sorbent insulation will
be used with a minimum expected service life of 10 years

77

A fire

- rated material will be used if the insulation is left exposed Improve thermal performance of the basement and the living

space

77 ASTM C1136

- 104 Location Insulation will be installed continuously from the top of the band joist to the top of the slab Maintain a continuous thermal boundary on
the exterior basement
wall

5 Termite protection Where termite pressure exists, if
sub

- slab drainage is installed,
termite treatment will be performed before re

- installing
the slab Provide termite protection

6 Insulation attachment Insulation will be attached with
a durable connection 78

A minimum expected service life of 10 years will be ensured 79 Maintain the thermal boundary in place without compromising
the insulation

7 R- value Regional IECC will be followed for required R

- value 80 Improve thermal performance of the basement and living

space

8 S ealing A continuous air barrier on the
warm side of the thermal boundary will be installed, including floor

- to

- wall and wall

to

- ceiling connections Prevent convective air leakage from the basement, through the drainage plane and back
into the basement

9 Finish wall requirements IRC will be followed for finish
wall details in basements Install a durable,
finished wall

78 ASTM C1320

- 05(2009)e1

79 ASTM C1136

- 10

80 IECC section 301

## Topic: Basements
Subtopic: Insulation and Conditioning

33) Detail Name: Dehumidification

Desired Outcome :

**•** Basement humidity controlled with supplemental dehumidification

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Dehumidifier A permanent, low

temperature , auto

- restart,
minimum ENERGY STAR ®
rated dehumidifier will be
installed

Manufacturer specifications
will be followed for size and

use

Condensate will be drained to daylight or a condensation

pump Maintain a dry
basement

Reduce conditions

con ducive to mold growth, wood rot and
pests 2 Dehumidification for divided

spaces Drying will be provided to all
basement areas

3 Relative humidity All basement spaces will be

maintain ed a t a relative humidity of less than 45 %

4 Condensing surfaces ( e.g., cold water pipes) Condensing surfaces in
basement will be insulated
and sealed

5 Dehumidification (option for dry climates and heating

dominated climates seasonally) Ventilation in the basement
will be controlled to maintain relative humidity of less than

45 %

# SECTION 8: BASELOAD

Table of Contents

Health and Safety

Safe Work Practices: 1
1) Baseload Worker Safety



### Baseload

Plug Load : 2) Refrigerator and Freezer Replacement 3) Cleaning and Tun ing Existing Refrigerators and Freezers 4) Entertainment and Computer Systems and Components Replacement 5) Lighting 6) Washing Machine 7) Clothes Dryer Replacement 8) Dehumidifiers 9) Removal of Electrically Heated Waterbed Mattress 10) Regional Considerations



### Water Heating

Energy Use: 11) Water Heater Selection 12) Shower Head and Faucet A erator

Installation and Replacement: 13) Storage Type Appliance 14) On Demand Appliance 15) Regional Considerations

Routine Maintenance: 16) Storage Type Appliance 17) On Demand Appliance

1 Appendix D – OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standards

### S hading:

Landscaping: 18) Indigenous Shading

### Health and Safety

Safe Worker Practices: 1) Baseload Worker Safety

## Topic: Health and Safety
Subtopic: Safe Work Practices

1) Detail Name: Baseload Worker Safety

Desired Outcome:

**•** Work is completed safely without injury or hazardous exposure

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hand p rotection Durable and wrist protecting gloves will be worn that can withstand work activity 2 Minimize skin contact with

contaminants

Protect hands from sharp objects

2 Respiratory protection Respirators appropriate for the contaminants present will be worn (e.g. N

- 95 or equivalent face mask) 3 Minimize exposure to airborne contaminants (e.g. insulation materials, m old spores, feces, bacteria, chemicals)

3 Electrical safety 4,5 An electrical sa fety assessment will be performed

All electric tools will be protected by Ground

- Fault Circuit Interrupters 6

Extension cords used with portable electric tools wi ll be of
three

- wire type

Worn or frayed electric cords will
not be used

Metal ladders will be avoided

Special precautions to avoid
electrical shock will be taken if knob and tube wiring is present Avoid electrical shock and
arc flash hazards

2 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

3 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 2, section IV

4 NAHB- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

5 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K – Electrical

6 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/construction/electrical_incidents/gfci.html

- OSHA eToolFor arc flash hazards, NFPA 70E
will be consulted

4 Protective clothing 7 If contaminants are present

, (e.g. mercury from broken light bulb) gloves will be worn

Eye protection will always be worn (e.g. safety glasses, goggles if not using full face respirator) Protect worker from skin
contact with contaminants

Minimize spread of

contaminants

5 Confined space safety

8,9 Access and egress points will be located before beginning work

Inspection will be conducted for frayed electrical wires

Adequate ventilation will be provided

Use of toxic material will be
reduced Prevent build

- up of toxic or
flammable contaminants

Provide adequate access and

egress

Avoid electrical shock

6 Power tool safety 10 Power tools will be inspected
and used according to
manufacturer specifications to
eliminate hazards associated with missing ground prongs, ungrounded circuits, misuse of power tools, noise and improper or defective cords or
extension cords

All devices used will be verified as GFI protected or double
insulated Prevent power tool injuries

7 Chemical safety The least toxic suitable material
will be chosen

Chemicals will be handled Prevent worker exposure to
toxic substances

7 OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III

8 ASTM D4276

- 02(2007)

9 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/con finedspaces/index.html

- OSHA Confined Space Webpage

10 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipmentaccording to manufacturer

instructions or Material Safety Data Sheet ( MSDS ) standards
to eliminate hazards associated
with volatile organic compounds ( VOCs ) , sealants, insulation, dust, foams, asbestos, le ad, mercury fiber s and oil tank mercury 11

8 Ergonomic safety 12 Proper equipment will be used
for work

Proper lifting techniques will be
used Avoid injuries from awkward postures, repetitive motions and improper lifting

9 Hand tool safety Hand tools will be used for intended purpose 13 Reduce injuries

10 Slips, trips and falls 14 Caution will be used around power cords, hoses, tarps and plastic sheeting

Precautions will be taken when ladders are used, when working at heights, or when balancing on joists

Walk boards will be used when practical

Appropriate footwear and clothing will be worn Eliminate injuries due to slips, trips and falls

11 Heat or thermal stress

15 Appropriate ventilation, hydration, rest breaks, and cooling equipment will be used

Dial 911 when necessary Reduce heat stroke, heat

stress and cold stress related injuries

11 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z

- Toxic and Hazardous Substances

12 http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/ergonomics/index.html

- OSHA Ergonomics Webpage

13 29 CFR 1910 Subpart P

- Hand and portable powered tools and other hand

- held equipment

14 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M

- Fall Protection

15 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health ProvisionsDesign will be incorporated to
eliminate or minimize hazards

12 Prevention through design (e.g. material selection, access to equipment for installation and maintenance, placement of Prevent worker injuries and exposure to toxic substances and physical hazards equipment, duct work and condensate lines) 16

16 29 CFR 1926 Subpart C

- General Safety and Health Provisions

### Baseload

Plug Load: 2) Refrigerator and Freezer Replacement 3) Clean and Tune Existing Refrigerators and Freezers 4) Entertainment and Computer Systems and Components Replacement 5) Lighting 6) Washing Machine 7) Clothes Dryer Replacement 8) Dehumidifiers 9) Removal of E lectrically H eated W aterbed M attress 10) Regional Considerations

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

2) Detail Name: Refrigerator and Freezer Replacement

Desired Outcome:

**•** A more energy efficient appliance installed

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection Appliance will have an efficiency level of 40% or better compared to minimum federal requirements 17

Appliance will fit in the available space without blocking access to light switches, cabinets, etc Ensure occupant satisfaction with appliance

Appliance will carry an adequate warranty, which will provide a replacement appliance if repeated issues relating to heal th, safety or performance occur

2 Installation Appliance will be installed according manufacturer specification s and local codes

18

Any penetrations to the
exterior of the home created by the installation of the appliance will be sealed

Energy related appliance
controls will be demonstrat ed to the occupant

Specific information on the Achieve intended appliance
function

P reserve food at low energy

use

Educate occupant on how to

ope rate and maintain the appliance

17 National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA)

18 NFPA 70Aproper maintenance of the equipment wi ll be provided to the occupant Warranty information, operation manuals and
installer contact information will be pro vided to the
occupant

3 Decommissioning Appliances replaced by new units will be recycled or
di sposed of properly

Appliances infested with pests will be enclosed before moving Prevent reuse of i nefficient equipment an d components

Protect the environment

Protect worker safety

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

3) Detail Name: Clean ing and Tun ing Existing Refrigerators and Freezers

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy used for food preservation reduced

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Clean and tune Dirty or clogged coils will be
cleaned

Air flow to the coils will be provided as required by
manufacturer

A ppliance will be located away from heat sources ( e.g., supply registers, direct sunlight) if possible

Interior temperatures will be measured, and the appliance

must maintain:

**•** Fr eezer temperature at 0° Reduce energy use

Improve performance

Educate occupant on how to operate and maintain the

**•** Fresh food at 35

- 40°

Specific information about the proper maintenance of the equipment will be provided to the occupant

C ondensation control switch will be left in the appropriate position, g iven occupant preference and moisture load
in the house appliance

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

4) Detail Name: Entertainment and Computer Systems and Components Replacement

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy used for electronic entertainment and computer use reduced while effective performance is maintained

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection Category of equipment selected will meet occupant preferences and have the
lowest available ener gy use ( e.g., , Plasma vs. light

emitting diode ( LED))

Equipment will have a minimum energy -e fficiency
level of ENERGY STAR ® 19

Equipment will be selected
that does not have to be left on during non

- use periods for updates. ( e.g., gaming
systems, set

- top boxes)

Standby losses fo r system will
be 1 watt or less Reduce energy use

Satisfy occupant with appliance

2 Installation Equipment will be installed according to manufacturer specifications ( e.g., air circulation) and me et all applicable codes

Any penetrations to the
exterior of the home created by the installation of the equipment will be sealed

All energy

- sa ving features will Reduce energy use

Ensure equipment is available
for use when needed

Ensure equipment is
convenient to turn off when

not in use

O ccupant will be educated on
how to opera te and maintain

19 National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA)be enabled unless specifically
dir ected otherwise by the
occupant

A readily

- accessible means of disconnection ( e.g., power strip, timer) will be provided for equipment that must be disconnected from the power
source to avoid stand

- by
lo sses and whose performance will not be damaged by being
disconnected

All equipment controls will be
demonst rated to the
occupant

Specific information about the proper maintenance of the equipment wi ll be provided to the occupant

Warranty information, operation manuals and
installer contact information

w ill be provided to the
occupant equipment

3 Decommissioning Equipment will be recycled or disposed of using EPA Responsible Recycling (R2) initiative principles Prevent reuse of i nefficient equipment and components

Reduce waste and properly dispose of hazardous materials

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug load

5) Detail Name: Lighting

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy used for lighting reduced while maintaining adequate and safe lighting levels

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Day lighting Window coverings ( e.g., blinds, shades, moveable insulation) will be replaced or
maneuvered to maximize useful daylight

Active and passive day lighting will be installed where appropriate ( e.g., install solar

- light tube, light shelf, skylights) Reduce energy use without

ne gative consequences ( e.g., glare, unintentional heating)

2 Selection All bulbs, fixtures and controls will be appropriate for the intended application ( e.g., enclosed, orientation, dimmable, potential for breakage, indoor and outdoor)

All bulbs, fixtures and controls will be selected to provide the brightness and light quality required in that application ( e.g., task lighting, trip

- and

fall hazards, nightlights) 20 Provide improved lighting quality at lower energy use

Select equipment that will not be an unnecessary barrier to future technologies

Avoid inferior products and unsatisfied occupants

Selected equipment should have the highest level of efficiency within a technology ( e.g., compact fluorescent

20 40 CFR 271.13lamp ( CFL ), light

- emitting
diode (LED))

All bulbs, fixtures and controls
will be ENERGY STAR° rated where applicable

When possible, bulbs, fixtures
and controls will be selected
that will facilitate the use of future lighting technol ogies ( e.g., LEDs)

When incandescent bulbs cannot be replaced, or where occupant chooses not to replace, a dimmer will be
selected

Power quality will be evaluated before new lighting
is selected

Bulb replacements will be chosen based on expected durability, light quality and lifetime energy use of the
bulb

Controls to turn off lights when not needed ( e.g., no one in room) will be provided

All bulbs, fixtures and controls
will be UL

- approved 21

3 Installation All bulbs, fixtures and controls will be installed according to
manufact urer specifications
and local codes

Any penetrations to the Reduce energy use 24

Ensure mishandling does not

co mpromise durability of bulb

Educate occupants on safe

21 40 CFR 271.13

24 NFPA 70Aexterior of the home created disposal of bulbs by the installation of the lighting will be sealed Educate occupants on how to replace bulbs and maintain Bulbs will be installed by savings holding base

, not bulb

Information on proper disposal of CFL bulbs will be provided to the occupant

EPA standard for disposal will
be cited in the information provided 22

Information on how to obtain replacement bulbs will be provided to the occupant

Bulbs or fixtures not needed by occupant will be removed

23

Lighting controls will be
demonstrated to the
occupant

Specific information about proper maintenance of the equipment will be provided to the occupant

Warranty information, operation manuals and
installer contact information will be provided to the
occupant

22 40 CFR 271.13

23 NFPA 70A4 Recessed l ights Liability and inefficiency of recessed lights will be addressed through one of the following : 25

**•** Removal

**•** Replacement ( e.g., other fixture, airtight insulation contact ( IC )- rated recessed)

**•** Insertion of airtight LED

**•** Insertion of other fixtures that address safety, heat buildup, lighting efficiency, air tightness
and effectiveness of surrounding insulation Improve lighting efficiency

Address safety, heat buildup, lighting efficiency, air tightness
and effectiveness of surrounding insulation

5 Decommissioning All bulbs, fixtures and controls
to be discarded will be properly disposed of Prevent reuse of i nefficient equipment and components

Protect the environment

25 NFPA 70A

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

6) Detail Name: Washing Machine

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy and environmental impact for washing clothes reduced

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection Minimum appliance efficiency
will be ENERGY STAR ® and
WaterSense® or better 26

Classes within ENERGY STAR
standards will be considered so as to achieve greater savings 27

Adequate clearance will be
maintained around appliance when fit in space available so access to cabinets and light
switches are not blocked Reduce energy use

Ensure occupant satisfaction

Appliance will be covered by an adequate warranty

Equipment will be selected
with features that reduce both peak electric demand and absolute energy use and

water use

Standby losses for e quipment
will be 1 watt or less

2 Installation Appliance will be installed according to manufacturer specifications ( e.g., leveling, plumbing connection, electrical connection, interior E nsure equipment function s as designed

Reduce water consumption

26 National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA)

27 National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA)lighting ) and meet all Prevent water damage applicable codes 28
Educate occupants on how to
Shut

- off valves will be maintain their washer to installed, if not already ens ure savings

p resent

Hoses that can withstand
water pressure at the location
will be installed

If located in conditioned or finished area, overflow pan
will be installed and drained
to a safe location

Any penetrations to the
exterior of the home created by the installation of the appliance will be sealed 29

Energy

- related appliance
controls will be demonstrated to the occupant

Specific information about proper maintenance of the equipment wi ll be provided to the occupant

Water quality will be evaluated via pH and
hardness tests

, and the occupant will be informed on detergent levels an d type to optimize performa nce

Warranty information, operation manuals and
installer contact information

w ill be provided to the

28 NFPA 70A

29 ASTM C1193

- 09occupant

3 Decommissioning Replaced appliances will be recycled or disposed of properly, including older equipment switches containing mercury Prevent the reuse of inefficient equipment and its
components

Reduce waste

Protect occupant health

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

7) Detail Name: Clothes Dryer Replacement

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy and environmental impact for drying clothes reduced

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection Appliance will have a minimum efficiency level of

ENERGY STAR **** or better

Total energy use will be
factored into the selection process if fuel switching is being considered 30

Dryer will be equipped with

moisture sensor

E quipment will be selected
with e nergy features that reduce both peak electric
dem and and absolute energy Reduce energy use

Avoid increasing total energy use (g as and electric) when fuel switching

use

Standby losses for equipment
will be 1 watt or less

A dryer best matched to the venting options will be selected ( e.g., central location, length of vent, cost of venting)

2 Installation Appliance will be installed according to manufacturer specifications ( e.g., leveling, plumbing connection,
electrical connection

, 31

30 National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA)

31 NFPA 70Ainterior lighting) and meet all applicable codes 32

If existing venting does not meet the following criteria (as Ensure e quipment function s as well as manufacturer designed specifications and applicable codes), new venting will be Install appliance s afe ly and installed using the following effectively specifications : 33
Reduce energy use

**•** A ppliance will be vented to the outside using In case of fuel switching,

metal

- to

- metal venting reduce cost

**•** Venting design will meet standards for optimal venting

**•** Venting will not be
constricted or blocked

**•** Only tape or clamps will
be used on vents

— no

screws

**•** P est screen will be
installed at the

termination

**•** At least 3’ of the vent
closest to the exterior of
the house will be insulated

If a combustion appliance is used, the house must pass a Combustion Appliance Zone test upon completion of
installation 34

32 NFPA 70A

33 Standard 62.2

- 2010

34 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)Any penetrations to the
exterior of the home created by the installation of the appliance will be sealed 35

Energy

- related appliance
controls will be demonstrated to the occupant 36

Specific information of the proper maintenance of the equipment will be provided to the occupant

Warranty information,

opera tion manuals and
installer contact information will be provided to the
occupant

3 Decommissioning Replaced appliances will be recycled or disposed of properly, including older equipment switches containing mercury 37 Prevent the reuse of inefficient equipment and its
components

Reduce waste

Protect occupant health

35 ASTM C1193

- 09

36 Standard 62.2

- 2010

37 40 CFR 271.13

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

8) Detail Name: Dehumidifiers

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy used to control humidity in conditioned spaces reduced

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection Equipment will have a minimum efficiency level of

ENERGY STAR **** or better 38

Equipment will have a fan

- off option

Equipment will retain settings after power

- off

Equipment will have features that reduce both peak electric use ( e.g., internal and external timers) and absolute

energy use

Equipment will have standby
losses of 1 w att or less Redu ce energy use

Provide durable equipment

Control moisture

Provide equipment appropriate for occupant use

Controls will be labeled so they are understandable,
readable and accurate for occupant needs

Operating environment will
be determined and appropriate equipment will
be selected for that environment ( e.g., low temperature and high relative humidity )

38 National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA)2 Installation Installation will proceed only when the following applicable steps have been taken to
control moisture : 39

**•** Windows, doors and vents in crawl space are closed

**•** Downspouts are re

directed away from
foundation

**•** Moisture from drying
clothes is vented to the
outside

**•** Sump pit is covered

**•** Dirt in crawl space is covered with a vapor
barrier

**•** Plumbing leaks are
eliminated

Equipment will be installed according to manufacturer specifications and meet all applicable codes 40

Equipment will be installed to permit adequate air flow Reduce or retire dehumidifiers

Reduce allergens and asthma triggers, improve h ealth and
reduce irritants

Improve building durability

Improve comfort

Reduce pest populations

Reduce risk of mold issues

Educate occupant on how to operate and maintain equipment

Equipment will have a timer
for off

- peak operation if time

of

- use program is available and if the equipment can handle power interruptions

Any penetrations to the
exterior of the home created

39 ASTM E241

- 09

40 NFPA 70Aby the installation of the appliance will be sealed

Initial relative humidity and temperature settings will be set by the installer to ensure the space does not reach de w point

Operation of c ontrols will be reviewed with occupant and
will be labeled to achieve best performance

A user guide for humidifier settings in different climate conditions will be created by the installer and provided to the occupant

Installer wi ll commission the equipment to ensure it is functioning properly

An independent
measurement will be made to verify relative humidity

Installer will demonstrate proper disposal of water to
avoid moisture issues

Specific information on the

proper maintenance of the equipment will be provided to the occupant

Warranty information, operation manuals and
installer contact information will be provided to the
occupantPrevent the reuse of

3 Decommissioning Removed equipment will be recycled or disposed of properly inefficient equipment and its
components

Reduce waste

Protect environment

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

9) Detail Name: Removal of E lectrically H eated W aterbed M attress

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy used to heat a water bed reduced while maintaining occupant health
and comfort

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection Replacement materials will be selected that in no way compromise the health of the occupant or the occupant’s family ( e.g., benefits from the heat, allergies to traditional bedding)

If there is any indication that
removal of the heated waterbed may cause health problems, it will not be replaced unless written approval is obtained from the occupant’s doctor

Barring any health effects, acceptable options for replacement materials include one of the following :

A non

- heated waterbed, sized to fit the existing frame

OR A conventional mattress,
sized with 1” clearance to allow sheets to be changed

OR Replacing the entire bed and

mattress

Materials selected will be acceptable to the occupant in Ensure occupant satisfaction
with new mattress

Reduce energy useterms of comfort and

appearance

2 Installation Old waterbed will be drained in a safe manner to a sewage
drain without creati ng water damage to the house

Replacement will be installed in a location acceptable to the
occupant Ensure home is not damaged and occupant is satisfied with
the bed’s location

3 Decommissioning Materials will be recycled or disposed of properly Reduce pollution

## Topic: Baseload
Subtopic: Plug Load

10) Detail Name: Regional Considerations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Very Cold On demand water heaters will
be sized to meet the demand of water flow at very low water intake temperatures 41 Provide adequate hot water to ensure occupant comfort

2 Cold

3 Mixed Humid Metal pipe wi ll be used when venting dryers 42

Rupture resistant hoses shall
be used on all washer
installations

All dehumidifier condensate drains will be hard piped to the
outside 43 En sure proper dryer flow

rate

Avoi d moisture damage to
the home from bursting
water lines

En sure condensate does not leak into living space

4 Hot Humid

5 Marine Dryers will be vented to outside of building 44

Homeowners will be discouraged from storing large
amounts of firewood in the living space En sure moisture vapor is
removed from the home

Reduce the amount of

interior moisture

6 Hot Dry

41 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

42 Standard 62.2

- 2010

43 Standard 62.2

- 2010

44 Standard 62.2

- 2010

### Water Heating

Energy Use: 11) Water Heater Selection 12) Shower Head and Faucet A erator

Installation and Replacement: 13) Storage Type Appliance 14) On Demand Appliance 15) Regional Considerations

Routine Maintenance: 16) Storage Type Appliance 17) On Demand Appliance

## Topic: Water Heating
Subtopic: Energy Use

11) Detail Name: Water Heater Selection

Desired Outcome:

**•** Safe and reliable hot water source selected that meets occupant needs at lowest possible cost of ownership

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection parameters Equipment will provide sufficient, affordable, safe
and healthy hot water for
occupant

Potential for solar or other renewable systems will be assessed in selecting the hot water equipment

Potent ial for health and safety hazards ( e.g., back drafting, flame rollout, obstructions) will be assessed in selecting equipment and the cost of remedying such problems will be included in
any cost and benefit
calculations 45

If a combustion

- based system

is se lected, it will be eit her
direct vent ed or power vented

If combustion equipment is selected, a low nitrogen o xide
burner will be included

Equipment will be function al at high effic iency under all Save energy and water

Protect the environment

Identify appliance options based on the needs, wants and desires of the occupant

45 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)load conditions

Standby losses will be
reduced to maximum potential

Fuel type will be selected based on affordability to

occupan t

Equipment will be freeze

resistant

Efficiency of e quipment will
be maintain ed throughout life of system

O ccupant c ontrol of hot water
temperature will be provided on the equipment

The following will be
determined from the
occupant:

**•** Lifestyle

**•** Current and future needs

**•** Space considerations

**•** Fuel options

**•** Health and safety
considerations

**•** Appliance options

**•** Maintenance and operation costs

**•** Return on investment

concerns2 Product selection A water heating appliance will
be selected based on
information from the occupant and desired specifications Ensure equipment meets the
occupant ’ s expectations while providing efficient energy and

water use

## Topic: Water Heating
Subtopic: Energy Use

12) Detail Name: Shower H ead and F aucet A erator

Desired Outcome:

**•** Energy and water use reduced while o ccupant needs for water flow
maintained

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Selection Show er head flow rate will be 1.75 gallons per m inute (GPM) or less

If multiple heads are provided, the total flow rate
will not exceed 3.5 GPM

Aerator flow rate will be 1.2
GPM or less

Features will be selected that meet the special needs of the occupant ( e.g., shut off, swivel, handheld showers) Reduce water and energy consumption

Ensure occupant satis faction

2 Installation Equipment will be installed according to manufacturer specifications and meet all applicable building codes

Water quality will be evaluated for debris that may clog the equipment

P lumbing will be evaluated to
determine if the installation of high

- efficiency shower
heads or faucet aerators will
cause leaks

If need ed, plumbing will be
corrected before installing Reduce water and energy consumption

Ensure occupant satisfaction
with water flow

Eliminate water leakage

Prevent water damagehigh

- efficiency shower head
or faucet

If needed, shower diverter will be repaired or replaced

Any penetrations to th e exterior of the home created by the installation of the equipment will be sealed

Any damage done to the house during installation will be repaired

Specific information about proper maintenance of the equipment will be provided to the occupant

Warranty information, operation manuals and
installer contact information will be provided to the
occupant

W ater flow that satisfies the
occupant will be provided by
all shower heads and faucet

aerators

Occupant’s acceptance of the
shower head or aerator will
be documented

3 Decommissioning Replaced shower head will be recycled or disposed of properly Prevent the reuse o f inefficient equipment and
components

## Topic: Water Heating
Subtopic: Installation and Replacement

13) Detail Name: Storage Type Appliance

Desired Outcome:

**•** S afe and reliable hot water source provided that meets occupant needs at lowest possible cost of ownership

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hazardous material

r emoval Health concerns in the removal and replacement of equipment ( e.g., asbestos, other hazardous materials)
will be identified

Written notification will be provided to occupants of the discovery of hazardous material, including contact
information for regional EPA
asbestos coordinator Remediate health hazards using EPA

- certified

contractors

Occupant will be asked to
contract with an EPA

- certified
asbestos contractor to
conduct abatemen t before equipment removal and replacement (occupant is responsible for abatement or remediation)

2 Equipment r emoval Accepted industry procedures and practices will be followed

to:

**•** Remove old water heater
and associated
components E nsure the safety of the
workers and occupants

Ensure building integrity

R emov e old equipment in a timely and efficient manner**•** Seal any unused chimney openings 46

**•** Remove unused oil tank, lines, valves and associated equipment

3 New equipment

i nstallation New water heater and associated components will be installed according to accepted industry standards and practices and manufacturer specifications 47

The system will be installed to
be freeze

- resistant

Any existing water leaks will be repaired before installation begins 48 E nsure the safety of the
workers and occupants

Ensure building integrity

R emov e old equipment in a timely and efficient manner

Any penetrations to the
exterior of the home created by the installation of the equipment will be sealed 49

4 Emergency drain p an An emergency drain pan will
be installed a minimum of 4”
above floor

A 3⁄4” drain line or larger will be connected to tapping on pan and run to drain or pumped to daylight Collect and safely dispose of water escaping from the storage tank

46 ASTM C1193

- 09

47 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

48 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

49 ASTM C1193

- 095 Expansion t ank A stainless steel bladder expansion tank will be
installed on the cold water
side 50

A direct connection with no valves between the storage tank and expansion tank will
be installed 51 Protect the storage tank from expansion

6 Temperature and pressure relief v alve Correct temperature and pressure relief valve will be installed according to manufacturer specifications

T emperature and pressure relief valve discharge tube will
terminate within 6” of the floor, or as prescribed by local
code 52 Discharge excessive energy (pressure or temperature) from storage tank to safe
location

7 Di- electric u nions Di

- electric unions will be installed according to manufacturer specifications 53 Break the stray voltage electrical circuit through the storage tank

8 Backflow p revention Backflow prevention will be installed according to manufacturer specifications and all applicable codes Protect the water supply
from contamination

9 Thermal e fficiency Additional tank insulation (R

11) will be provided when necessary and where not prohibited by manufacturer

If additional insulation is installed, i t will be installed based on fuel type, making
sure not to obstruct draft diverter, pressure relief valve, thermostats, hi

- limit switch, plumbing pipes or elements Reduce standby loss from near tank piping and storage
tank

Ensure insulation does not
make contact w ith flue gas venting

50 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

51 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

52 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

53 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1and thermostat access plates

The first 6’ of inlet and outlet piping will be insulated according to manufacturer specifications

Pipe insulation must remain 3 ’’ from gas water heater vent

Heat traps will be installed on the inlet and outlet piping where not provided by
manufacturer

10 Required combustion

a ir The volume of air required for complete combustion of the
fuel and air mixture will be calculated in cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) and will meet the levels established by ANSI
and NFPA 54 Ensure adequate combustion air for operation of the appliance

Additional combustion air will be provided according to ANSI and NFPA guidelines

11 Venting of flue g ases

55 Combustion byproducts will be removed as per Section 504

IFGC for gas water heaters or
NFPA 31 for oil water heaters Ensure the safety and durability of the venting
system

12 Combustion t esting 56 Undiluted flue gases will be
checked with a calibrated flue gas analyzer according to accepted protocol

If combustion is not happening safely or to maximum efficiency, d iagnostics and adjustments will be done according to manufacturer

s pecifications and local codes Confirm that combustion is occurring safely with maximum efficiency

54 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

55 NFPA 54

, ANSI ,AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31

56 ASTM E 1198

- 02 200713 Fuel s upply Electric or fossil fuel supply components will be installed to accepted industry standards as per NFPA 31 for oil or NEC
for electric 57 Provide sufficient fuel to the water heater, burner and or
element

14 Discharge

t emperature Discharge temperature will be
set to not exceed 120° or as prescribed by local code Ensure safe hot water supply temperature to fixtures

15 Commissioning of

s ystem The following will be checked once the system has been filled and purged : 58

**•** Safety controls

**•** Combustion safety and efficiency

**•** Operational controls

**•** Fuel and water leaks

**•** Local code requirements

Commissioning will be in compl iance with man ufacturer specifications and relevant industry standards Ensure safe system function

Keep cost of ownership as low as possible

16 Occupant
health and s afety In the case of fossil fuel installations, carbon monoxide ( CO ) monitors will be installed
in all homes where none are
present 59

On completion of work,
ambient CO will be tested to verify level does not exceed industry accepted levels Protect occupant health and safety

57 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31 or NFPA 70A

58 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31 or NFPA 70A

59 NFPA 72017 Occ upant e ducation 60 Completed work will be
reviewed

Occupants will be educated on
the safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the system, including:

**•** Adjustment of water temperature and target temperature per local code

**•** Periodic drain and flush

**•** Expansion tank and backflow preventer ( no occupant maintenance required )

**•** Periodic inspection,

maintenance or replacement Ensure occupant is informed of the safe, efficient operation and maintenance of the system

60 ANSI ,ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

## Topic: Water Heating
Subtopic: Installation and Replacement

14) Detail Name: On Demand Appliance

Desired Outcome:

**•** S afe and reliable hot water source provided that meets occupant needs at lowest possible cost of ownership

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Hazardous material
removal Health concerns in the removal and replacemen t of equipment ( e.g., asbestos, other hazardous materials)
will be identified

Written notification will be provided to occupants of the discovery of hazardous material, including con tact
information for regional EPA
asbestos coordinator Remed iate health hazards using EPA

- certified

contractors

Occupants will be asked to
contract with an EPA

- certified
asbestos contractor to
conduct abatement before equipment removal and replacement (occupant is responsible for abatement or remediation)

2 Equipment removal Accepted industry procedures and practices will be followed

to:

**•** Remove old water heater
and associated
components E nsure the safety of the workers and occupants

Ensure building integrity while timely and efficiently removing old equipment**•** Seal any unused chimney openings 61

**•** Remove unused oil tank, lines, valves and associated equipment

3 New equipment
installation A new water heater and
associated components will be installed to accepted indus try standards and practices, and according to manufacturer specifications 62 E nsure the safety of the
workers and occupants

Ensure building integrity while installing new equipment in a timely and
efficient ma nner

4 Emergency drain pan An emergency drain pan will
be installed according to the following criteria:

**•** A minimum of 4” above
floor

**•** C onnected to 3⁄4” drain line or larger to tapping on pan

**•** R un to drain, pump or daylight Collect and safely dispose of water escaping from the storage tank

5 Temperature and pressure relief valve Correct temperature and pressure relief valve will be installed according to manufacturer specifications 63

Equipment will be connected to properly sized discharge
tube and run to a safe location no greater than 6” from floor or as prescribed by local code Discharge excessive energy (pressure or temperature) from storage tank to safe
location

61 ASTM C1193

- 09

62 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31 or NFPA 70A

63 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.16 Di- electric unions Di

- electric unions will be installed according to
manufacturer specifications 64 Break the stray voltage electrical circuit through the storage tank

7 Backflow prevention
and pressure regulator Backflow prevention will be installed according to manufacturer specifications

House water pressure and
volume will be verified as sufficient to meet appliance manufacturer specifications 65

All applicable codes will be
followed Protect the water supply
from contamination and provide for sufficient volume and pressure

8 Thermal efficienc y Any accessible hot water lines
will be insulated Reduce line losses

9 Required combustion

air 66 Recommendations will be
made to install all

on

- demand appliances as
sealed combustion

If not possible:

Required volume of air required for complete
combustion of the fuel / air Ensure adequate combustion air for operation of the appli ance mixture will be calculated in cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) as established by ANSI and NFPA

Additional combustion air will be provided according to ANSI and NFPA guidelines

64 NFPA 70A

65 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

66 ANSI

, ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 200710 Venting of flue gases Combustion byproducts wil l be removed as per Section 504

IFGC for gas water heaters or
NFPA 31 for oil water heaters

67 Ensure the safety and durability of the venting
system

11 Combustion testing 68 Undiluted flue gases will be
checked with a calibrated flue gas analyzer according to accepted protocol

If combustion is not happening safely or to maximum efficiency, d iagnostics and adjustments will be done according to manufacturer specifications or l ocal codes Confirm that combustion is occurring safely with maximum efficiency

12 Fuel supply Electric or fossil fuel supply components will be installed to accepted industry standards as per NFPA 31 for oil or NEC
for electric 69

E nergy input required by the appliance will meet manufacturer specifications Provide sufficient fuel to the
water heater burner or
element

13 Cold water supply The volume and pressure of the water supplied to the appliance will meet
manufacturer specifications 70 Provide sufficient volume and pressure of water to the appliance

14 Discharge
temperature Discharge temperature will be
set not to exceed 120° or as per local code

, whichever is
lower Ensure safe hot water supply temperature to fixtures

15 Commissioning of
system The following will be checked once the system has been
connected and filled : 71

**•** Safety controls Ensure system functions safely with lowest possible cost of ownership

67 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31

68 ASTM E 1998

- 02 2007

69 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31 or NFPA 70A

70 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

71 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31 or NFPA 70A**•** Combustion safety and efficiency

**•** Operational controls

**•** Fuel and water leaks

**•** Cycle unit

**•** Local code requirements

Manufacturer spe cifications and all relevant industry
standards will be met in commissioning

16 Ambient carbon monoxide ( CO ) CO monitors will be installed
in all homes where none are
present 72

On completion of work,
ambient CO will be tested to verify level does not exceed industry accepted levels Protect occupant health and safety

17 Occupant education 73 Completed work will be
reviewed

Occupants will be educated on
the safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the system, including:

**•** Adjustment of water temperature and target temperature per local code Ensure occupant is informed of the safe, efficient operation and maintenance of the system

**•** Operation of backflow preventer and pressure regulator ( no occupant maintenance required )

72 NFPA 720

73 ANSI

, ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010**•** Importance of keeping operating manuals
accessible

## Topic: Water Heating
Subtopic: Installation and Replacement

15) Detail Name: Regional Considerations

Row Region Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Very Cold On

- demand water heaters will
be sized to meet the demand of water flow at very low water intake temperatures 74 Ensure occupant comfort by providing adequate hot

water

2 Cold

3 Mixed Humid Insulation will be installed
when water heater is located in unconditioned space Avoid energy loss

4 Hot Humid

5 Marine Hurricane and earthquake straps will be installed on all
water heaters Ensure the durability and proper operation of the water heating system

6 Hot Dry

74 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

## Topic: Water Heating
Subtopic: Routine Maintenance

16) Detail Name: Storage Type Appliance

Desired Outcome:

**•** Safe, reliable and efficient operation of the appliance maintained

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Health and safety The Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol or equivalent for Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) combustion safety testing will
be administered 75

NEC violations ( e.g., no electrical box connector, no disconnect, improperly sized breaker and wire) will be
addressed 76 Identify potential health and safety issues

2 Visual inspection Inspection will be conducted to find the following : 77

**•** Water or fuel leaks

**•** Damaged or missing pipe
insulation , and tank
insulation where applicable

**•** Damaged wiring

**•** Venting i ssues with draft and condensation ( e.g., soot, rusting of flue pipe, burned paint or wires,
efflorescence ) Determine needed repairs or

maintenance

75 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

76 NFPA 70A

77 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1**•** Corrosion ( e.g., rust, mineral deposits)

**•** General condition of
components

3 Thermal efficiency Tanks will be insulated to a
minimum of R

- 11 unless prohibited by code s or the
manufacturer

Added insulation will not
obstruct the unit’s draft diverter, pressure relief valve, thermostats, hi

- limit switch, plumbing pipes or elements
and thermostat access plates Reduce standby loss es from near tank piping and storage
tank

E nsure insulation does not make contact with flue gas venting

The first 6’ of inlet and outlet piping will be insulated according to manufacturer specifications

4 Stainless steel expansion tank A stainless steel bladder expansion tank will be
installed on the cold water
side 78

A direct connection with no valves from the expansion tank to the storage tank will
be installed 79

Connection will be properly Absorb water expansion of the
system

supported with strapping

Tanks that leak or have
excessive corrosion will be replaced

A n expansion tank drain will
be included in non

- bladder

78 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

79 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1tanks

Tank will be installed according to manufacturer specifications 80

Expansion tanks will be properly supported with strapping

Tanks that are completely full
of water will be drained and refilled before being replaced or repaired

Expansion tanks with bladders
will have air charged to the manufacturer pre ssure requirements while water is not present in the tank

Bladder tanks with water
inside of the air bladder will be replaced according manufactures specifications

5 Temperature and pressure relief valve Correct temperature and pressure relief valve will be installed according to manufacturer specifications 81

Equipment will be connected to properly sized discharge
tube 82 Discharge excessive energy (pressure or temperature) from storage tank to safe
location

Discharge tube will be run to a safe location no greater
than 6” from floor or as prescribed by local code

80 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

81 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

82 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.16 Maintenance records O ccupants will be advised to keep records of all
maintenance done to their
system 83

Copies of or access to
installation and operation manuals will be provided Provide a history of system
installation and maintenance to improve chance of
successful future maintenance or repair

8 Occupant health and safety Carbon monoxide ( CO )
monitors will be installed in
all homes where none are
present 84

On completion of work,
ambient CO will be tested to verify level does not exceed industry accepted levels Protect occupant health and safety

9 Occupant education Completed work will be
reviewed

Occupants will be educated
on the safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the system, including: 85

**•** Adjustment of water temperature and target temperature per local
code

**•** Periodic drain and flush

**•** Periodic inspection,

maintenance or repla cement of Anode rod Ensure occupant is informed of the safe, efficient operation
and maintenance of the
system

83 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

84 NFPA 720

85 ANSI ,ASHRAE Standard 90.2

- 2007

## Topic: Water Heating

Subtopic: Routine Maintenance

17) Detail Name: On Demand Appliance

Desired Outcome:

**•** S afe, reliable and efficient operation of the appliance maintained

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Health and safety The Building Performance Institute (BPI) protocol or equivalent for Combustion Appliance Zone (CAZ) combustion safety testing will
be administered 86

Violations of National Electric Code ( e.g., no electrical box connector, no disconnect, improperly sized breaker and wire) will be addressed 87 Identify potential health and safety issues

2 Visual inspection Components will be inspected for the following : 88

**•** Water or fuel leaks

**•** Damaged or missing pipe
insulation

**•** Damaged wiring D etermine needed repairs or

maintenance

**•** Venting Issues – draft and condensation ( e.g., soot, rusting of flue pipe, burned paint or wires,
efflorescence )

86 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

87 NFPA 70A

88 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1**•** Corrosion ( e.g., rust, mineral deposits)

**•** General condition of
components

3 Temperature and pressure relief valve Correct temperature and pressure relief valve will be installed according to
manufacturer s pecifications : 89

**•** Equipment will be
connected to properly sized discharge tube

**•** The discharge tube wil l be
run to a safe location no greater than 6” from floor or as prescribed by local
code Discharge excessive energy (pressure or temperature) from storage tank to safe
location

4 Combustion testing Undiluted flue gases will be
checked with a calibrated flue gas analyzer according to accepted protocol 90

If combustion is not occurring safely or to maximum efficiency, d iagnostics and adjustments will be made according to manufacturer specifications or local
standards Perform c ombustion t esting

5 Required combustion

air 91 If sealed combustion has not
been installed:

**•** The required volume of air required for complete
comb ustion of the fuel / air
mixture will be calculated in cubic feet per minute ( CFM ) as established by Ensure adequate combustion air for operation of the appliance

89 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1

90 ASTM E1998

- 02(2007)

91 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1ANSI and NFP A

**•** Additional combustion air will be provided accordi ng to ANSI and NFPA guidelines

6 Venting of flue gases Condition of venting wi ll be inspected per Section 504

IFGC for gas water heaters o r NFPA 31 for oil water heaters

92 Verify proper venting of flue

gases

7 Fuel supply Condition of fuel supply components will be c hecked per NFPA 31 for oil or NEC for
electric 93 Verify sufficient fuel to the
water heater burner and
element

8 Cold water supply W ater supplied to the appliance will be of sufficient volume and pressure to meet manufacturer specifications Verify sufficient volume and pressure of water to the appliance

9 Discharge
temperature Discharge temperature will be
set not to exceed 120° or as per local code

, whichever is
lower Ensure safe hot water supply temperature to fixtures

10 Test the system safety and operational The following will be tested:

**•** Safety controls ( e.g., water and air pressure switches)

**•** Combustion safety and efficiency

**•** Operational controls Ensure system functions safely with lowest possible cost of ownership

**•** Fuel and water leaks

**•** Unit runs through complete cycle

**•** Local code requirements

92 NFPA 31 or NFPA 54 ,ANSI, AGA Z223.1

93 NFPA 54

, ANSI

, AGA Z223.1 or NFPA 31 or NFPA 70AManufacturer specifications and all relevant industry
standards will be met

11 Maintenance records O ccupants will be advised to keep records of all

m aintenance done to their
system 94

Copies of or access to installation and ope ration manuals will be provided I mprove chance of successful future maintenance or repair

12 Occupant health and safety Carbon monoxide ( CO )
monitors will be installed in a ll
homes where none are
present 95

On completion of work,
ambient CO will be tested to verify level does not exceed industry accepted levels Protect occupant health and safety

13 Occupant education 96 Completed work will be
reviewed

Occupants will be educated on
the safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the system, including:

**•** Adjustment of water
temperature

**•** T arget temperature per
local code Ensure occupant is informed of the safe, efficient operation and maintenance of the system

94 ANSI

, ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

95 NFPA 720

96 ANSI

, ASHRAE Standard 62.2

- 2010

### Shading

Landscaping: 18) Indigenous Shading

## Topic: Shading
Subtopic: Landscaping

18) Detail Name: Indigenous Shading

Desired Outcome:

**•** Heat gain reduced through use of indigenous shade plants

Row Title Specification(s) Objective(s)

1 Plant selection All plantings intended for shading will be indigenous and drought resistant Ensure plantings survive in local conditions using a
minimum amount of water

2 Size No planting will be chosen that will grow to a height that would cause damage to the house if it or any part of it fell
on the house Reduce the possibility of damage to the house

## GLOSSARY

Row Term Definition

1 ACCA Air Conditioning Contractors of America

, www.acca.org

2 ADC Air Diffusion Council

, www.flexibleduct.org

3 Air barrier The separation between the interior and exterior environments of a building that slows air flow to the point that no smoke movement is visible at

50 Pascals of pressure difference across the boundary

4 ANSI American National Standards Institute

, www.ansi.org

5 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and

Air

- Conditioning Engineers

, www.ashrae.org

6 ASTM ASTM International

, www.astm.org

7 Backdraft damper A damper that allows air to flow in only one
direction

8 Beaded collar A round fitting with a ridg e or lip partway down its length that prevents a flexible duct that is mechanically attached with a draw band from sliding off

9 Bonus r oom A livable room that is often over a garage or in an attic area; the room commonly contains slanted ceiling s and knee walls

10 BPI Building Performance Institute

, www.bpi.org

11 Can light A light fixture (or can) that is recessed into the ceiling

12 Cathedral c eiling A condition in which the ceiling has the same slope as the roof

13 Cathedralized a ttic An attic that contain s insulation located at the
roof deck rather than the attic floor

, bringing the attic space into the thermal boundary of the
house14 Closed crawl s pace A f oundation without wall vents that uses air

sealed walls, ground and foundation moisture
control

, and mechanical drying method to control crawl space moisture

Insulation may be located at the conditioned
floor le vel or on the exterior walls

Return pathways are not allowed from the crawl space to the living space

15 Conditioned crawl space A f oundation without wall vents that encloses an intentionally heated and/or cooled space

I nsulation is located on the exterior walls

16 Conditioned basement A below

- or partially below

- grade livable space
with concrete or finished floor that is intentionally heated or cooled

17 Dense pack The process of ins talling loose

- fill insulation to
reduce air flow and perform to a stated R

- value

18 Di- electric union A plumbing connection that separates two
different materials and does not allow them to chemically react and break down

19 Tie band A s trap , often made of nylon, that mechanically

squeeze s a flex ible duct to a fitting

Must have a minimum perfor mance temperature rating of 165° (per UL 181A

- type test) and a minimum tensile strength rating of 50 pounds

20 E fflorescence Deposits of crystals or salts left attached to masonry materials after moisture has evaporated off of the surface

21 Egress w indow A window that people can escape through in an

emergency

22 Envelope The separation between the interior and exterior environments of a building, which includes a
combination of air and thermal barriers

23 EPA Environmental Protection Agency

, www.epa.gov

24 Exfiltration Th e uncontrolled passage of inside air out of a building through unintended leaks in the building envelope

25 Exterior storm w indow An additional window assembly installed on the
exterior of the main window26 Finished a ttic An attic space which has been converted into an additional living space of the house

27 Hi

- limit switch A protective electronic switch that keeps a burner from continuing to operate and damage the appliance

28 Hydrophobic Lacking affinity for water; tending to repel and
not absorb water ; tending not to dissolve in, mix with or be wetted by water

29 IBR Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers

, www.gamanet.org

30 IECC International Energy Conservation Code

31 Ignition barrier Any layer of material that protects another from catching fire due to heat or spark

32 IMC International Mechanical Code

33 Infiltration T he uncontrolled passage of outside air into a building through unintended leaks in the building envelope

34 Interior storm w indow An additional window assembly installed on the
interior of the main window

35 IRC International Residential Code

36 Knee wall Any wall between the conditioned space and the

attic

37 Modulating systems Heating systems with the ability to adjust the heating capacity and output based on the heating demand

38 NAIMA North American Insul ation Manufacturers Association, www.naima.org

39 NATE North American Technician Excellence

, www.natex.org

40 NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau

, www.nebb.org

41 NEC National Electrical Code

42 NFPA National Fire Protections Association

, www.nfpa.org

43 Orphaned equipment Condition when one smaller combustion appliance exists after being commonly vented with a larger appliance

What remains is a larger exhaust flue or chimney than is necessary for the remaining smaller appliance44 Orphaned water heater Condition when one smaller combustion appliance (i.e. water heater) exists after being commonly vented with a larger appliance

What r emains is a larger exhaust flue or chimney than is necessary for the water heater

45 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

, www.osha.gov

46 Perm r ating The measurement of a material’s ability to allow the transfer of water vapor through the material

47 Programmable thermostat A thermostat designed to adjust the temperature according to a series of programmed settings that take effect at different times of the day

48 Rigid m aterial Drywall, oriented strand board, duct board, cardboard or any other stiff product that may support the load of insulation while serving as a
durable air barrier

49 RPA Radiant Panel Association

, www.radiantpanelassociation.org

50 Service switch An electrical switch that controls the complete flow of electricity to a mechanical device

51 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Co ntractors’ National Association,

www.smacna.org

52 Standby loss Heat loss through th e outer part of a water
heater

Energy that is used even when that device is
turned off

53 Storm d oor An additional door assembly that is installed on
the exterior of the main door

54 Strip heat A f unction of a heat pump that uses energy

i ntensive resistance heat to warm conditioned space when the heat pump is unable to satisfy the heating demand ; also provides emergency heat backup for heat pumps

55 TABB Testing and Balancing Bureau

, www.tabcertified.org

56 Thermal b oundary The separation between the interior and exterior environments of a building that slows heat flow

57 Unconditioned basement A below

- or partially below

- grade livable space
with concrete or finished floor without intentional heating or cooling58 Thermal resistance The insulation or other building material that offers the primary barrier to thermal

transmittance

R- value is a measurement of thermal resistance

59 Vapor b arrier A material that retards the passage of water vapor and contains a perm rating of less than 1

60 Vapor r etarder A material that slows the passage of water vapor and contains a perm rating above 1

61 Vaulted ceiling A c ondition where the ceiling has a different slope than the roof

62 Vented crawl space A f oundation that uses wall vents as a pr imary
means to control moisture

Insulation is located at the conditioned floor level above the crawl space

63 Wind intrusion A c ondition where air from outside of a structure can pass through insulation and reduce its performance

64 Wood/m aterials shrinkage A l oss of dimension and weight as a result of drying the structure and operating the building at lower relative humidity

# APPENDIX D

Referenced Standards

# SUMMARY OF OSHA STAN D ARDS REFERENCED: PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)o Personal Protective Equipment (CFR 1926.28 & Subpart E and 1910 Subpart I)General requirements (CFR 1926.95 and 1910.132)

**•** Eye and face protection (CFR 1926.102 and 1910.133)

**•** Respiratory Protection (CFR 1926.103 and 1910.134)

 Fit Testing Procedures (CFR 1910.134 Appendix A – Mandatory)

 User Seal Check Procedures (CFR 1910.134 Appendix B

- 1

- Mandatory).

 Respirator Cleaning Procedures (CFR 1910.134 Appendix B

- 2

- Mandatory).

 OSHA Respirator Medical Evaluation Questionnaire (CFR 1910.134 Appendix C

­ Mandatory).

 Information for Employees Using Respirators When not Required Under Standard (CFR 1910.134 Appendix D

- Mandatory)

**•** Head protection ( CFR 1926.100 and 1910.135)

**•** Foot protection (CFR 1926.96 and 1910.136)

**•** Electrical protective devices (CFR 1910.137)

**•** Hand Protection (CFR 1910.138)

o Electrical (CFR 1926 Subparts K & V and 1910 Subpart S)

o Confined Space (CFR 1910.146)

o Environmental Controls and Ventilation for Construction (CFR 1926 Subpart D and 1926.57)

o Fire Safety (CFR 1926 Subpart F and 1910 Subpart L)

o Fall Protection (CFR 1926 Subpart M)

o Walking working surfaces (CFR 1910 Subpart D)

o Flammable and Combustible Liquids (CFR 1926.152 and 191 0.106)

o General duty clause – Section 5 (a)(1) OSH Act

o Compressed Gas and Compressed Air Equipment (CFR 1926.154 and 1910 Subpart M)

o Hazardous materials (CFR 1910 Subpart H and 1910 Subpart H)

o Egress (CFR 1926.34 and 1910 Subpart E)

o Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases (CFR 1926.153 and 1910.110)

o Hand and Portable Powered Tools and Other Hand

- held Equipment (CFR 1926 Subpart I and 1910 Subpart P)

o Welding and Brazing (CFR 1926 Subpart J and 1910 Subpart Q)

o Toxic and Hazardous Materials (CFR 1926 Subpart Z and 1910 Subpart Z)

o Hazardous Communications (CFR 1926.59 and 1910.1200)

o Lockout and Tagging Circuits (CFR 1926.417)

o Ladders (CFR 1926 Subpart X)

# SUMMARY OF STAN D ARDS REFERENCED : AIR SEALING

### ASTM E1186

- 03(2009) Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems

Significance and Use

Air infiltration into the conditioned space of a building accounts for a significant portion of the thermal space condition load. Air infiltration can affect occup a nt comfort by producing drafts, causing indoor air quality problems by carrying outdoor pollutants into occupied building space and, in hot humid climates, depositing moisture in the building envelope

, resulting in deterioration of building envelope compo nents. In cold climates, exfiltration of conditioned air out of a building can deposit moisture in the building envelope causing deterioration of building envelope components. Differential pressure across the building envelope and the presence of air leakage sites cause air infiltration and exfiltration (1).

In some buildings, restricting air movement between interior zones of a building may be desired to separate dissimilar interior environments or prevent the movement of pollutants. Although not dealt with specifically in this standard, the detection practices presented can also be useful in detecting air leaks between interior zones of the building.

Air leakage sites are often difficult to locate because air flows may be small under the prevailing
weathe r conditions. Wind conditions can aid in air leakage detection by forcing air to enter a building; however, where air is exiting, the building envelope construction may make observations difficult. For these reasons, forced pressurization or depressurizati on is strongly recommended for those practices which require controlled flow direction.

The techniques for air leakage site detection covered in these practices allow for a wide range of flexibility in the choice of techniques that are best suited for dete cting various types of air leakage sites in specific situations.

The infrared scanning technique for air leakage site detection has the advantage of rapid surveying capability. Entire building exterior surfaces or inside wall surfaces can be covered
with a single scan or a simple scanning action, provided there are no obscuring thermal effects from construction features or incident solar radiation. The details of a specific air leakage site may then be probed more closely by focusing on the local area. Loca l leak detec tion is well
addressed with smoke tracer, anemometer, sound detection, bubb le detection, and tracer gas techniques. H owever , these techniques are time consuming for large surfaces. The pressurized or depressurized test chamber and smoke tracer or a depressurized test chamber and leak detection liquid practices can be used in situations where depressurizing or pressurizing the

entire envelope is impractical, which is the case during construction. Both of the practices enable the detection of very small leaks. To perform these practices, the air barrier system

must be accessible.

Complexity of building air leakage sites may diminish the ability for detection. For example, using the sound detection approach, sound may be absorbed in the tortuous pat h through theinsulation. Air moving through such building leakage paths may lose some of its temperature differential and thus make thermographic detection difficult. The absence of jet

- like air flow at an air leakage site may make detection using the ane mometer practice difficult.

Stack effect in multistory commercial buildings can cause gravity dampers to stand open. Computer

- controlled dampers should be placed in normal and night modes to aid in determining existing building conditions . Sensitive pressu re measurement equipment can be used for evaluating pressure levels between floors and the exterior. Monitoring systems in high

- tech buildings can supply qualitative data on pressure differences.

1. Scope

1.1 These practices cover standardized techniques f or locating air leakage sites in building envelopes and air barrier systems.

1.2 These practices offer choice s for means of determining the location of air leakage sites with each offering certain advantages for specific applications.

1.3 Some of the practices require knowledge of infrared scanning, building and test chamber pressurization and depressurization, smoke generation techniques, sound generation and detection, and tracer gas concentration measurement techniques.

1.4 The practices described are of a qualitative nature in determining the air leakage sites rather than determining quantitative leakage rates.

1.5 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement
are included in this standard.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific hazard statements, see Section 6.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E741 Test Method for Determining Air Change in a Single Zone by Means of a Tracer Gas
Dilution

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization

Other Standards

ISO Standard 6781 Th ermal Insulation – Qualitative Detection of Thermal Irregu larities in Building Envelopes – Infrared Method

## ASTM C834

- 10 Standard Specification for Latex Sealants

Abstract

This specification covers latex sealants used for sealing joints in building construction. The following are the type and grade of sealant under this specification: Type OP, Type C, Grad e 18°C, Grade 0°C and Grade NF. The sealant shall be composed of latex formulated wit h appropriate fillers, pigments and chemical additives. The physical properties of the sealant shall conform to the specified requirements according to type and grade. The following tests shall be done: extrudability after aging, artificial weathering, volume shrinkage, low

- temperature flexibility, extension

- recover y and adhesion, slump, staining and tack

- free time.

This abstract is a brief summary of the referenced standard. It is only informational and not an official part of the standard; the full text of the standard itself must be referred to for its use and application. ASTM neither give s any warranty

, express ed or implied , n or make s any representation that the contents of this abstract are accurate, complete or timely.

Significance and Use

This specification covers two types and three grades of latex sealants

, as described in Section 4

, that are formulated for general caulking and sealing operations in building construction. It should be recognized by the user that not all sealants meeting this specification are suitable for
all a pplications and all substrates. It is essential, therefore, that the type and grade be specified for proper description of a sealant. Test methods relate to special standard substrates of glass, wood and aluminum. If tests are required using substrates in addition to or other than the standard, they should be so specified for testing.

Refer to Guide C1193 for information on the proper use of sealants meeting this specif ication.

1. Scope

1.1 This spe cification covers one component of latex sealants used for sealing joints in building

construction.

1.2 A sealant meeting the requirements of this specification shall be classified by the manufacturer to be one of the types an d grades defined in Section 4.

1.3 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The inch

- pound in the parenthese s is provided for information al purposes only.

1.4 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test metho d port ion, Section 10, of
this s pecification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.Note 1— Currently, there is no ISO standard similar to this specification.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C732 Test Method for Aging Effects of Artificial Weathering on Latex Sealants

C734 Test Method for Low

- Temperature Flexibility of Latex Sealants After Artificial Weathering

C736 Test Method for Extension

- Recovery and Adhesion of Latex Sealants

C1183 Test Method for Extrusion Rate of Elastomeric Sealants

C1193 Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

C1241 Test Method for Volume Shrinkage of Latex Sealants During Cure

D2202 Test Method f or Slump of Sealants

D2203 Test Method for Staining from Sealants

D2377 Test Method for Tack

- Free Time of Caulking Compounds and Sealants

### ASTM E136

- 09b Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical
Tube Furnace at 750°C

Significance and Use

While actual building fire exposure conditions are not duplicated, this test method will assist in indicating those materials which do not act to aid combustion or add appreciable heat to an
ambient fire.

Materials passing the test are permitted limited flaming and other indications of combustion.

1. Scope

1 .1 This fire

- test

- response evaluation method covers the determination under specified laboratory conditions of combustion characteristics of building materials.

1.2 Limitations of this test method are shown below.

1.2.1 This test method does not apply to laminated or coated materials.

1.2.2 This test method is not suitable or satisfactory for materials that soft en, flow, melt, intumesce or otherwise separate from the measuring thermocouple.

1.2.3 This test method does not provide a measure of an intrinsic property.

1.2.4 This test method does not provide a quantitative measure of heat generation or combustibility ; it simply serves as a test method with selected (end point) measures of combustibility.

1.2.5 This test method does not measure the self

- heating tendencies of materials.

1.2.6 In this test method materials are not being tested in the nature and form used in building applications. The test specimen consists of a small, specified volume that is either (1) cut from a thick sheet; (2) assembled from multiple thicknesses of thin sheets; or (3) placed in a container if composed of granular powder or loose

- fiber materials.

1.2.7 Results from this test method apply to the specific test apparatus and test conditions

, and are likely to vary when changes are made to one or more of the following: (1) the size, shape and arrangement of the specimen; (2) the distribution of organic content; (3) the exposure temperature; (4) the air supply; (5) the location of thermocouples.

1.3 This test method references notes and footnotes that provide explanatory information. These notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, shall not be considered as requirements of this test method.1.4 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in the parentheses are for informational purposes only.

1.5 This standard is used to measure and desc ribe the response of materials, products or assemblies to heat and flame under controlled conditions, but does not by itself incorporate all factors required for fire

- hazard or fire

- risk assess ment of the materials, products or assemblies
under actual fire conditions.

1.6 Fire testing is inherently hazardous. Adequate safeguards for personnel and property shall be employed in conducting these tests.

1.7 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with

its use. I t is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

D3174 Test Method for Ash in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke from Coal

E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

E176 Terminology of Fire Standards
ISO Standard

ISO 13943 Fire Safety

- Vocabulary
Other Standard

BS476 Combustibility Test of Materials

16CFR460.17 What installers must tell their customers If you are an installer, you must give your customers a contract or receipt for the insulation you install. For all insulation except loose

- fill and aluminum foil, the receipt must show the coverage area, th ickness and R

- value of the insulation you installed. To figure out the R

- value of the
insulat ion, use the data that the manufacturer gives you. The receipt must be dated and signed by the installer. If you put insulation in more than one part of the house, put the data for each part on the receipt. You can do this on one receipt as long as you do not add up the coverage

areas or R

- values for different parts of the house. Do not multiply the R

- value for one inch by the number of inches you installed. For loose

- fill, the receipt must show the coverage area, initial installed thickness, min imum settle d thickness, R

- value and the number of bags used. For aluminum foil, the receipt must show the number and thickness of the air spaces, the direction
of heat flo w and the R

- value.

[70 FR 31276, May 31, 2005]

### ASTM C1015

- 06 Standard Practice for Installation of Cellulosic and Mineral
Fiber Loose

- Fill Thermal Insulation

Significance and Use

This practice recogn izes that effectiveness, safety and durability of insulation depend not only on the quality of the insulating materials, but also on their proper installation.

Improper installat ion of insulation can reduce thermal effectiveness, cause fire ri sks and other unsafe conditions and promote deterioration of the structure in which it is installed. Specific hazards that can result from improper installation include fires caused by (1) heat build

- up in recessed lighting fixtures; (2) deterioration or failure of electrical wi ring components; (3) heat
build up resulting from overcurrent protection devices incorrectly matched to wiring; or (4) deterioration in wood structures and paint failure due to moisture accumulation.

This practice provides general procedures that will help ensure the installation of insulation in a safe and effective manner. It must be noted that actual conditions in existing buildings vary greatly, and in some cases substantial additional care and precaution must be taken to ensure
effective and safe installation.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers procedures for the installation of cellulosic and mineral fiber loose

- fill insulation in ceilings, attics and floor and wall cavities of new or existing housing and other framed buildings.

1.2 This practice applies only to the installa tion of dry loose

- fill thermal insulation consisting of cellulosic materials or mineral fiber by pneumatic or pouring application.

1.3 This practice covers the installation process from pre

- installation inspection through post

installation procedure. It do es not cover the production of the insulation materials.

1.4 This practice is not intended to replace the manufacturer's installation instructions, but shall be used in conjunction with such instructions. This practice is not int ended to supersede local,

s tate or federal codes.

1.5 This practice assumes that the installer possesses a good working knowledge of the applicable codes and regulations, safety practices, tools, equipment and methods necessary for
the installation of thermal insulation materials. It also assumes that the installer understands
the fundamentals of residential construction that affect the installation of insulation.

1.6 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given

in the parentheses are mat hematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information al purposes only.This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish a ppropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific precautionary statements, see Section 5.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C168 Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation

C739 Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Loose

- Fill Thermal Insulation

C755 Practice for Selection of Water Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation

C764 Specification for Mineral Fiber Loose

- Fill Thermal Insulation
NFPA Standards

ICC Document
Federal Standard

### ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09) Standard Practice for Installation of Mineral Fiber Batt and Blanket Insulation Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction

Significance and Use

This practice recogn izes that effectiveness, safety and durability of insulation depend not only on the quality of the insulating materials

, but also on their proper installation.

This practice provides general procedures that will help to ensure installation of insulation in a safe and effective manner. It shall be noted that actual conditions in existing buildings vary greatly and in some ca ses additional care shall be taken to ensure effective and safe
installation.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers procedures for the installation of mineral fiber batt and blanket thermal
insulat ion in ceilings, attics, floors and walls of new or existing housing and other light frame

construction.

1.2 This practice covers the installation process from pre

- installation inspection through post

installation inspection. It does not cover the production of the insulation materials.

1.3 This practice is not inten ded to replace manufacturers' installation instructions, but it shall be used in conjunction with such instructions. This practice is not int ended to supersede local,

state or federal codes.

1.4 This practice assumes that the installer possesses a working knowledge of applicable codes and regulations, saf ety practices, tools, equipment and methods necessary for the installation
of thermal insulation materials. It also assumes that the installer understands the fundamentals
of construction that affect the installation of insulation.

1.5 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given

in the parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that ar e provided for informational purposes only.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

IECC Section 303 Materials

, Systems and Equipment

303.1.1.1 Blown or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation. The thickness of blown

- in or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation (fiberglass or cellulose) shall be written in inches (mm) on markers that

are instal led – at least one for every 300 square feet (28 m2) throughout the attic space. The markers shall be affixed to the trusses or joists and marked with the minimum initial installedthickness with numbers a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) in height. Each marker s hall face the attic access opening. Spray polyurethane foam thickness and installed R

- value shall be listed on certification provided by the insulation installer

### ASTM E1554

- 07 Standard Test Methods for Determining Air Leakage of Air Distribution Syste ms by Fan Pressurization

Significance and Use

Air leakage between an air distribution system and unconditioned spaces affects the energy losses from the distribution system, the ventilation rate of the building and the entry rate of air pollutants.

The determination of infiltration energy loads and ventilation rates of residences and small commercial buildings are typically based on the assumption that the principal driving forces for
infiltration and vent ilation are the wind and indoor or outdoor temper ature differences. This can be an inappropriate assumption for buildings that have distribution systems that pa ss through unconditioned spaces because the existence of relatively modest leakage from that system has a relatively large impact on overall ventilation rates. The air leakage characteristics of these exterior distribution systems are needed to dete rmine their ventilation, energy and pollutant

- entry implications.

Air leakage through the exterior air distribution envelope may be treated in the same manner as air leakage in the building envelope as long as the system is not operating (see Test Method E 779). However, when the system blower is on, the pressures across the air distribution system leaks are usually significantly larger than those driving natural infiltration. Depending on the size of the leaks, these pressures can induce much larger flows than natural infiltration. Thus, it is important to be able to isolate these leaks from building envelope leaks. The leakage of air distribution systems must be measured in the field, because it has been shown that workmanship and installation details are more important than design in determining the leakage of these systems.

For codes, standards and other compliance or quality control applications, the precision and repeatability at meeting a specified target (i.e. air flow at reference pressure) is more important than air leakage flows at operating conditions. Some existing codes, standards and voluntary programs require the use of a simpler test method ( i.e. Test Method D) that does not separate supply from return leakage, leakage to inside from leakage to outside, or estimate leakage pressures at operating conditions.

5.5 Test Methods A, B and C can be used for energy use calculations

, and compliance and quality control applications. Test Method D is intended for use in compliance and quality control only.1. Scope

1.1 The test methods included in this standard are applicable to the air distribution systems in
low

- rise residential and commercial buildings.

1.2 The test methods cover four techniques for measuring the air leakage of air distribution systems. The techniques use air flow and pressure measurements to determine the leakage
characteristics.

1.3 The test methods for two of the techniques also specify the auxiliary measurements needed to characterize the magnitude of the distribution system air leakage during normal operation.

1.4 A test method for the total re

- circulating air flow indu ced by the system blower is included so that the air distribution system leakage can be normalized as is often required for energy
calculations.

1.5 The proper use of the test methods requires knowledge of the principles of air flow and

pressure measuremen ts.

1.6 Three of the test methods are intended to produce a measure of the air leakage from the air distribution system to outside. The other test method measures total air leakage

, including air leaks to inside conditioned space.

1.7 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in the parentheses are for informational purposes only.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific hazard statements, see Section 7.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization

E1258 Test Metho d for Airflow Calibration of Fan Pressurization Devices
ASME Standard

MFC

- 3M Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using Orifice Nozzle and Venturi

### ASTM C920

- 10 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

Abstract

This specification covers the properties of a cured single

- or multi

- component cold

- applied elastomeric joint sealant for sealing, caulking or glazing operati ons on buildings, plazas and decks for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other than highway and airfield

p avements and bridges. A sealant qualifying under this specification shall be classified by type, grade, class and use as foll ows: T ype S

- a single

- component sealant, Ty pe M

- a multi

component sealant, G rade P

- a pourable or self leveling sealant, G rade NS

- a nonsag or gunnable sealant, Class 100/50, Class 50, Class 35, Class 25, Class 12.5, Use T, Use NT, Use I, Use
M, U se G, Use A and U se O. A single

- component sealant shall be a uniform mixture of a consistency suitable for immediate application by han d, pressure caulking gun or hand tool. A
multi

- component chemically curing sealant shall be furnished in two or more components. A single

- component and multi

- component sealant, when stored in the original unopened container at temperatures no greater than 27 ° C (80 ° F)

, shall be capable of meeting the requirements for at least six months after the delivery date . Grade P (pourable or self leveling ) sealant shall have the required flow characteristics; it shall exhibit a smooth, level surface. Grade NS or gunnable sealant shall have the required flow characteristics when tested in vertical displacement. Type S, Grade P, and G rade NS sealant shall not be less than the given

extrusio n rate when tested. Type M and Grade P sealant shall be no less th an the given

ext rudable rate 3 h after mixing. Use T (traffic) sealant shall have a hardness reading, after being properly cured, of no less than 25 or no more than 50 when tested. Use NT (nontraffic) sealant shall have a hardness reading, af ter being properly cured, of n o less than 15 or no more than 50 when tested. The sea lant shall not lose more than 7 % of its original weight or show any cracking or chalking when tested. There shall be no transfer of the sealant to the polyethylene film when tested at 72 h. The sealant shall not cause any visible stain on the top surface of a white cement mortar base when tested. The adhesion and cohesion after cyclic movement shall be tested to meet the requirements prescribed. The adhesion

- in

- peel test shall be performed to
meet the re quirements pre s cribed. The adhesion

- in

- peel after ultraviolet exposure through glass shall be determined to meet the requirements prescribed. The accelerated weathering
effects and sealants exposed to continuous immersion shall be determined to meet the

re quirements prescribed.

This abstract is a brief summary of the referenced standard. It is for informational purposes only and not an official part of the standard; the full text of the standard itself must be referred to for its use and application. ASTM n either give s any warranty

, express ed or implied, nor make s any representation that the contents of this abstract are accurate, complete or timely.

Significance and Use

This specification covers several classifications of sealants

, as described in Section 4

, for various applications. It should be recognized by the purchaser or design professional that not all sealants meeting this specification are suitable for all applications and all substrates. It isessential, therefore, that th e applicable type, grade, class and use be specified so that the proper classification of sealant is provided for the intended use. Test methods relate to special standard speci men substrates of mortar, glass and aluminum. If tests are required using
subst rates in addition to or other than the standard, they should be so specified for testing.

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers the properties of a cured single

- or multi -c omponent cold

- applied elastomeric joint sealant for sealing, caulking or glazing operations on buildings, plazas and decks for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other than highway and airfield pavements and bridges.

1.2 A sealant meeting the requirements of this specification shall be designated by the
manufacturer to be one or mor e of the types, classes, grades and uses defined in Section 7.

1.3 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in the parentheses are for informational purposes only.

1.4 This standard is similar, bu t not identical, to ISO 11600.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C510 Test Method for Staining and Color Change of Single

- or Multi

- component Joint Sealants

C639 Test Met hod for Rheological (Flow) Properties of Elastomeric Sealants

C661 Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric

- Type Sealants by Means of a

Durometer

C679 Test Metho d for Tack

- Free Time of Elastomeric Sealants

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C719 Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)

C793 Test Method for Effects of Laboratory Accelerated Weathering on Elastomeric Joint
Sealants

C794 Test Method for Adhesion

- in

- Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C1183 Test Method for Extrusion Rate of Elastomeric Sealants

C1193 Guid e for Use of Joint Sealants

C1246 Test Method for Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cracking and Chalking of
Elastomeric Sealants After Cure

C1247 Test Method for Dur ability of Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids

OSHA 3142

- 09R, 2003, Lead in ConstructionAPPLICABILITY TO CONSTRUCTION

OSHA's lead in construction standard applies to all construction work where an employee may be exposed to lead. All work rela ted to construction, alteration or repair, including painting and decorating, is included. Under this standard, construction includes, but is not limited to:

 Demolition or salvage of structures where lead or materials containing lead are present

 Removal or encapsulatio n of materials containing lead

 New c onstruction, alteration, repair or renov ation of structures, substrates or portion s of materials containing lead

 Installati on of products containing lead

 Lead contam ination from emergency cleanup

 Tr ansportation, disposal, storage or containment of lead or materials containing lead where construction activities are perform ed

 Maintenance operations associated with these construction activities

Employer Responsibilities

WORKER PROTECTIONS

Employers of construction workers are responsible for developing and implementing a worker protection program. At a minimum, the employer's worker protection program for employees exposed to lea d above the PEL should include all of the following:

 Hazard determinati on, including exposure assessment

 Medical surveillance and provisions for medical removal

 Jo b- specific compliance programs

 Engineer ing and work practice controls

 Respiratory protection

 Pro tective clothing and equipment

 Housekeeping

 Hy giene facilities and practices

 Signs

 Employee information and training

 Recordkeeping

Because lead is a cumulative and persistent toxic substance and health effects may result from exposure over prolonged periods of time , employers must use these precautions where feasible

to m inimize employee exposure to lead. The employer should, as needed, consult a qualified safety and health professional to develop and implement an effective, site

- specific worker protection program. These professionals may work independently or may be assoc iated with an insurance carrier, trade organization, or onsite consultation program.ELEMENTS OF A COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

For each job where employee exposure exceeds the PEL, the employer must establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce em ployee exposure to the PEL or below. The compliance program must provide for frequent and regular inspections of job sites,
materials and equipment by a competent person. Written programs, which must be reviewed and updated at least every six months, must include:

 A description of each activity in which lead is emitted (such as equipment used, material involved, controls in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices)

 The means to be used to achieve compliance and engineering plans and studies used to determine the engineering controls selected where they are r equired

 Information on the technology considered to meet the PEL

 Air monitoring data that document s the source of lead emissions

 A detailed sch edule for implementing the program, including copies of documentation (such as purchase orders for equipment and construction contracts

 A work practice program

 An administrative control schedule, if applicable

 Arrangements made among contractors on multi -c ontractor sites to inform employ ees of potential lead exposure

Hazard Assessment

An employer is required to conduct an initial employee exposure assessment of whether employees are exposed to lead at or above the AL based on:

 Any information, observation or calculation that indi cates employee exposure to lead

 Any previous mea surements of airborne lead

 Any employee complaints of symptoms attributable to lead exposure

Objective data and historical measurements of lead may be used to satisfy the standard's initial monitoring requirements.

### ASTM E1998

- 02(2007) Standard Guide for Assessing Depressurization

- Induced Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented Combustion Appliances

1. Scope

1.1 This guide describes and compares different methods for assessing the potential for, or existence of, depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage from vented residential combustion appliances.

1.2 Assessment of depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage is conducted under either induced depressurization or natural conditions.

1.3 Residential vented combustion appliances addressed in this guide include hot water heaters
and furnace s. The guide is also applicable to boilers.

1.4 Th e methods given in this guide are applicable to Category I (draft

- hood

- and induced

- fan

equipped) furnaces. The guide does not apply to Category III (power

- vent

- equipped) or Category IV (direct

- vent) furnaces.

1.5 The methods in this guide are not intended to identify backdrafting or spillage due to vent blockage or heat

- exchanger leakage.

1.6 This guide is not intended to provide a basis for determining compliance with code requirements on appliance and venting installation, but does include a visual asses sment of the installation. This assessment may indicate the need for a thorough inspection by a qualified
technician.

1.7 Users of the methods in this guide should be familiar with combustion appliance operation and with making house

- tightness measurements using a blower door. Some methods described in this guide require familiarity with differential

- pressure measurements and use of computer

based data

- logging equipment.

This guide does not purport to address all safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitation s prior to use. Carbon monoxide (CO) exposure or flame roll

- out may occur when performing certain procedures given in this guide.

See Section 1 , for precautions that must be taken in conducting such procedures.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

D1356 Terminology Relating to Sampling and Analysis of Atmosphere s
E631 Terminology of Building ConstructionsE779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization

E1827 Test Methods for Determining Airtightness of Buildings Using an Orifice Blower Door
CGSB Standard

51.71 The Spillage Test – Method to Determine the Potential for Pressure

- Induced Sp illage from Vented, Fuel

- Fired and Space Heating Appliances; Water Heaters, and Fireplaces
ANSI Standard

Z21.47 Gas

- fired Central Furnace
NFPA Standard

54 National Fuel Gas Code

### OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 2, Section IV

IV. RESPIRATOR PROTECTION PROGRAM

.

A. THE STANDARD . Whenever respirators are required to be worn, a written respirator protection program must be developed and implemented in accordance with OSHA's respirator standard, 29 CFR 1910.134 . (Additional

program r equirements may be found in the standards that regulate the hazards to which the employee is exposed.) Because workplaces differ substantially, each program must be tailored to the specific conditions of the area . The program
must consist of worksite

- specific procedur es governing the selection, use and care of respirators. The program must be updated as often as necessary to reflect changes in workplace conditions and respirator use.

B. THE WORKSITE

- SPECIFIC PROCEDURE S. They must contain all of the information needed to maintain an effective respirator program to meet the user's individual requirements. These procedures are a set of step

- by

- step instructio ns written so that a task (i.e. respirator use, fit

- testing procedures, cleaning and storage , etc.) can be performed by all personnel in a uniform and consistent way, while supplying the maximum protection for workers who use respirators in the workplace. The employer must anticipate both the routine and non

- routine use of respirators, as well as any possible emergency use based on the conditions in the workplace in which they are to be used. Worksite

- specific procedures must be written so as to be useful to those who are directly involved in the respirator

program: the program administrator, tho se fitting the respirators and training the workers, respirator maintenance workers and the supervisors responsible for overseeing respirator use on the job.

C. ADMINISTRATION . In addition, the respirator standard requires that the respiratory protection pro gram be administered by one qualified individual to ensure that the integrity of the respiratory protection program is maintained through the continuous oversight of one responsible person. The program administrator must be qualified by appropriate trainin g and/or experien ce in the proper selection, use and maintenance of respirators, be responsible for implementing the respiratory protection program, and conduct regular evaluations of the program's effectiveness.

Although responsibility for respirator pr ogram oversight rests with the program administrator, he or she may delegate responsibilities to other qualified individuals. For instance, a large facility may find it practical and economical to have a staff of personnel involved in the res pirator program, each with his or her own area of responsibilit y. However, each of these individuals must report to the
administrator who is responsible for the program. This approach promotescoordination of all facets of the program. The administrator should have the full support of higher level management; without it, an effective respirator program
is difficult to initiate and maintain.

D. ELEMENTS . The respiratory protection program must cover the following basic elements, as applicable:

 Procedures for selecting resp ir ators for use in the workplace

 Medical evaluations of employe es required to use respirators

 Fit testing procedures for tight

- fitting respirators

 Use of respirators in routine and reasonably foreseeable emergen cy situations

 Procedures and schedules for cleaning, disinfecting, storing, inspecting, repairing and oth erwise maintaining respirators

 Procedures to ensure adequate air quality, quantity and flow of breathing
air for a tmosphere

- supplying respirators

 Training of employees in the respiratory hazards to whic h they are potentially exposed

 Training of employees in the proper use of respirators, including implementing and removing the m, any limitations on their use and maintenance procedures

 Procedures for regularly evaluating t he effectiveness of the pro gram

# SUMMARY OF STAN D ARDS REFERENCED:

INSULATION

### ASTM C 1015

- 06 Standard Practice for Installation of Cellulosic and Mineral
Fiber Loose

- Fill Thermal Insulation

Significance and Use

This practice recogn izes that effectiveness, safety and durability of insulation depend not only on the quality of the insulat ing materials, but also on its proper installation.

Improper installat ion of insulation can reduce thermal effectiveness, cause fire risks and other unsafe conditions, and promote deterioration for the structure in which it is installed. Specific hazards that can result from improper installation include fires caused by (1) heat build

- up in
recessed li ghting fixtures; (2) deterioration or failure of electrical wiring components; (3) heat
build up resulting from overcurrent protection devices incorrectly matched to wiring; or (4) deterioration in wood structures and paint failure due to moisture accumulat ion.

This practice provides general procedures that will help ensure the installation of insulation in a
safe and effective manner. It must be noted that actual conditions in existing buildings vary greatly and in some cases substantial additional care and precaution must be taken to ensure
effective and safe installation.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers procedures for the installation of cellulosic and mineral fiber loose

- fill insulation in ceilings, attics and floor and wall cavities of new or existing housing and other framed buildings.

1.2 This practice applies only to the installation of dry loose

- fill thermal insulation consisting of cellulosic materials or mineral fiber by pneumatic or pouring application.

1.3 This practice covers the installation p rocess from pre

- installation inspection through post

installation procedure. It does not cover the production of the insulation materials.

1.4 This practice is not intended to replace the manufacturer's installation instructions, but shall
be used in conjunction with such instructions. This practice is not int ended to supersede local,

state or federal codes.

1.5 This practice assumes that the installer possesses a good working knowledge of the applicable codes and regulations, safety practices, tools, equipment and methods necessary for
the installation of thermal insulation materials. It also assumes that the installer understands
the fundamentals of residential construction that affect the installation of insulation.

1.6 The values stated in inch

- poun d units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given

in the parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for informational purposes only.This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associ ated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific precautionary statements, see Section 1.

Ref erenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C168 Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation

C739 Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Loose

- Fill Thermal Insulation

C755 Practice for Selection of Water Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation

C764 Specification for Mineral Fiber Loose

- Fill Thermal Insulation
NFPA Standards

ICC Document
Federal Standard

### ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09) Standard Practice for Installation of Mineral Fiber Batt and Blanket Insulation Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction

Significance and Use

This practice recogn izes that effectiveness, safety and durability of insulation depend not only on the quality of the insula ting materials but also on its proper installation.

This practice provides general procedures that will help to ensure installation of insulation in a
safe and effective manner. It shall be noted that actual conditi ons in existing buildings vary greatly and in some cases additional care shall be taken to ensure effective and safe
installation.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers procedures for the installation of mineral fiber batt and blanket thermal insulation in ceilings, attics, flo ors and walls of new or existing housing and other light frame

construction.

1.2 This practice covers the installation process from pre

- installation inspection through post

installation inspection. It does not cover the production of the insulation materials.

1.3 This practice is not intended to replace manufacturers' installation instructions, but it shall be used in conjunction with such instructions. This practice is not int ended to supersede local,

state or federal codes.

1.4 This pr actice assumes that the installer possesses a working knowledge of applicable codes and regulations, saf ety practices, tools, equipment and methods necessary for the installation
of thermal insulation materials. It also assumes that the installer understan ds the fundamentals
of construction that affect the installation of insulation.

1.5 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given

in the parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for informational purposes only.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determi ne the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

### IECC Section 303 Materials, Systems and Equipment

303.1.1.1 Blown or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation. The thickness of blown

- in or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation (fiberglass or cellulose) shall be written in inches (mm) on markers that

are installed – at least one for every 300 square feet (28 m2) throug hout the attic space. The markers shall be affixed to the trusses or joists and marked with the minimum initial installed thickness with numbers a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) in height. Each marker shall face the attic access opening. Spray polyurethane foam thickness and installed R

- value shall be listed on certification provided by the insulation installer



### § 16CFR460.17 What installers must tell their customers. If you are an installer, you must give your customers a contract or receipt for the insulation you install. For all insulation except loose

- fill and aluminum foil, the receipt must sh ow the coverage area, thickness and R

- value of the insulation you installed. To figure out the R

- value of the insulation, use the data that the manufacturer gives you. The receipt must be dated and signed by the installer. If you put insulation in more than one part of the house, put the data for each part on the receipt. You can do this on one receipt as long as you do not add up the coverage

areas or R

- values for different parts of the house. Do not multiply the R

- value for one inch by the number of inches you installed. For loose

- fill, the receipt must show the coverage area, initial installed thickness, min imum settled thickness, R

- value and the number of bags used. For aluminum foil, the receipt must show the number and thickness of the air spa ces, the direction
of heat flow and the R

- value.

[70 FR 31276, May 31, 2005]

### ASTM E1186

- 03(2009) Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems

Significance and Use

Air infiltration into the conditioned space of a building accounts for a significant portion of the thermal space condition load. Air infiltration can affect occupant co mfort by producing drafts, causing indoor a ir quality problems by carrying outdoor pollutants into occupied building space and, in hot humid climates, deposit ing moisture in the building envelope resulting in deterioration of building envelope components. In cold climates, exfiltration of condition ed air out of a building can deposit moisture in the building envelope causing deterioration of building envelope components. Differential pressure across the building envelope and the presence of air leakage sites cause air infiltration and exfiltration ( 1).

In some buildings, restricting air movement between interior zones of a building may be desired to separate dissimilar interior environments or prevent the movement of pollutants. Although not dealt with specifically in this standard, the detection practices presented can also be useful in detecting air leaks between interior zones of the building.

Air leakage sites are often difficult to locate because air flows may be small under the prevailing
weather conditions. Wind conditions can aid in air leaka ge detection by forcing air to enter a building; however, where air is exiting, the building envelope construction may make observations difficult. For these reasons, forced pressurization or depressurization is strongly recommended for those practices tha t require controlled flow direction.

The techniques for air leakage site detection covered in these practices allow for a wide range of flexibility in the choice of techniques that are best suited for detecting various types of air leakage sites in specifi c situations.

The infrared scanning technique for air leakage site detection has the advantage of rapid surveying capability. Entire building exterior surfaces or inside wall surfaces can be covered with a single scan or a simple scanning action, provided there are no obscuring thermal effects from construction features or incident solar radiation. The details of a specific air leakage site may then be probed more closely by focusing on the local area. Local leak detection is well
addressed with the smoke t racer, a nemometer, sound detection, bubb le detection and tracer gas techniques. H owever , these techniques are time consuming for large surfaces. The pressurized or depressurized test chamber and smoke tracer or a depressurized test chamber
and leak detecti on liquid practices can be used in situations where depressurizing or pressurizing the entire envelope is impractical, which is the case during construction. Both of the practices enable the detection of very small leaks. To perfor m these practices, the ai r barrier system must be accessible.

Complexity of building air leakage sites may diminish the ability for detection. For example, using the sound detection approach, sound may be absorbed in the tortuous path through theinsulation. Air moving through such building leakage paths may lose some of its temperature differential and thus make thermographic detection difficult. The absence of jet

- like air flow at an air leakage site may make detection using the anemometer practi ce difficult.

Stack effect in multistory commercial buildings can cause gravity dampers to stand open. Computer

- controlled dampers should be placed in normal and night modes to aid in determining existing building conditions . Sensitive pressure measurement equipment can be used for evaluating pressure levels between floors and the exterior. Monitoring systems in high

- tech buildings can supply qualitative data on pressure differences.

1. Scope

1.1 These practices cover standardized techniques for locating ai r leakage sites in building envelopes and air barrier systems.

1.2 These practices offer a choice of means for determining the location of air leakage sites with each offering certain advantages for specific applications.

1.3 Some of the practices require knowledge of infrared scanning, building and test chamber pressurization and depressurization, smoke generation techniques, sound generation and
detection and tracer gas concentration measurement techniques.

1.4 The practices described are of a qualitative nature in determining the air leakage sites rather than determining quantitative leakage rates.

1.5 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. No other units of
measurement are included in this standard.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to us e. For specific hazard statements, see Section 6.

Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E741 Test Method for Determining Air Change in a Single Zone by Means of a Tracer Gas
Dilution

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization
Other Standards

ISO Standard 6781 Thermal Insulatio n – Qualitative Detection of Thermal Irregu larities in Building Envelopes – Infrared Method

### ASTM E84

- 10 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

Significance and Use

This test method is intended to provide only comparative measurements of surface flame spread and smoke density measurements with that of select grade red oak and fiber

- cement board surfaces under the specific fire exposure conditions described herein.

This tes t method exposes a nominal 24 foot (7.32 m) long by 20 inch (508 mm) wide specimen to a controlled air flow and flaming fire exposure adjusted to spread the flame along the entire length of the select g rade red oak specimen in five and a half minutes.

This test method does not provide for the fo llowing:

Measurement of heat transmission through the tested surface.

The effect of aggravated flame spread behavior of an assembly resulting from the proximity of combustible walls and ceilings.

Classifying or defining a material as noncombustible, by mea ns of a flame spread index by itself.

1. Scope

1.1 This fire

- test

- response standard for the comparative surface burning behavior of building materials is applicable to exposed surfaces such as walls and ceilings. The test is conducted with the specimen in the ceiling position with the surface to be evaluated exposed face down to the ignitio n source. The material, product or assembly shall be capable of being mounted in the test position during the test. Thus, the specimen shall either be self

- supporting by its own structural quality, held in place by added supports along the test surface or secured from the back side.

1.2 The purpose of this test method is to determine the relative burning behavior of the material by observing the flame spread along the specimen. Flame spread and smoke developed index are reported. However, there is not necessarily a relationship between these

two measurements.

1.3 The use of supporting materials on the underside of the test specimen has the ability to lower the flame spread index from those which might be obtained if the specimen could be tested without such support. These test results do not necessarily relate to indices obtained by testing materials without such support.

1.4 Testi ng of materials that melt, drip or delaminat e to such a degree that the continuity of the flame front is destroyed, results in low flame spread indices that do not relate directly to indices obtained by testing materials that remain in place.1.5 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regar ded as the standard. The values given

in the parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units th at are provided for informational purposes only.

1.6 The text of this standard references notes and footnotes that provide explanatory
information. These no tes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, shall not be considered as requirements of the standard.

1.7 This standard is used to measure and describe the response of materials, products or assemblies to heat and flame under controlled conditions, but does not by itself incorporate all factors required for fire

- hazard or fire

- risk assess ment of the materials, products or assemblies
under actual fire conditions.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, a ssociated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

A390 Specification for Zinc

- Coated (Galvanized) Steel Poultry Fence Fabric (Hexagonal and Straight Line)

C1186 Specification for Flat Fiber

- Cement Sheets

D4442 Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood

- Base
Materials

D4444 Test Meth od for Laboratory Standardization and Calibration of Hand

- Held Moisture

Meters

E69 Test Method for Combustible Properties of Treated Wood by the Fire

- Tube Apparatus

E136 Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750C

E162 Test Met hod for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source

E176 Terminology of Fire Standards

E2231 Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation Materials to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics

E2404 Pract ice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Textile, Paper or Polymeric (Including Vinyl) Wall or Ceiling Coverings to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics E2573 Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Site

- Fabricated Stretch Systems to

Assess Surface Burning Characteristics

E2579 Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Wood Products to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics

E2599 Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Reflective Insulation Materials and Radiant Barrier Materials for Building Applications to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics
UL Standards

UL2024 Standard for Safety for Optical Fiber and Communication Cable Raceway (2004)
NFPA StandardsNFPA262 Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires a nd Cables for Use in

Air

- Handling Spaces (2007)

### ASTM C755

- 03 Standard Practice for Selection of Water Vapor Retarders for
Thermal Insulation

1. Scope

1.1 This practice outlines factors to be considered, describes design principles and procedures
for w ater vapor retarder selection and defines water vapor transmission values appropriate for established criteria. It is intended for the guidance of design engineers in preparing vapor retarder application specifications for control of water vapor flow through thermal insulation. It

cov ers commercial and residential building construction and industrial applications in the service temperature range from

- 40 to +150°F (

- 40 to +66°C). Emphasis is placed on the control of moisture penetration by choice of the most suitable components of the system.

1.2 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards

C168 Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation

C647 Guide to Properties and Test Methods of Mastics and Coating Finishes for Thermal
Insulation

C921 Specifications for Jackets for Thermal Insulation

C1136 Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation

### ASTM D4276

- 02(2007) Standard Practice for Confined Area Entry

Significance and Use

Vapor inhalation is t he prima ry hazard encountered during the use of chlorinated solvents. The greatest potential for over exposure to these solvent vapors occurs where the employee is exposed to the high concentrations of vapor that may be found in confined areas. The
seriousness of t his hazard is often underestimated by those performing this type of work.

This practice is designed for use by employers in developing their own specific standards for vessel or confined area entry.

Many of these areas are considered as permit

- required confined spaces as defined by OSHA (29 CFR 1910.146). The determination of the applicability of these requirements is the responsibility of the user.

This practice represents the minimum requirements fo r entry into any confined area containing halogenated solvents.

This practice does not address all of the requirements contained in the OSHA confined spaces standard. Development and implementation of t raining programs, recordkeeping and other additional requirements of the OSHA standard are the responsibility of the user.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers recognized procedures necessary to protect the health and safety of workers required to enter confined spaces. These procedures are particular ly applicab le to entry into confined areas associated with the use of halogenated organic solvents.

1.2 Confined areas addressed in this practice include, but are not limited to: vapor degreasers, cold cleaning tanks, storage vessels, tank cars and trucks, van trail ers, ships or barges, pits or

sum ps and unventilated rooms.

1.3 This practice does not necessarily address entry into all confined spaces

, nor does it address the decision strategy involved in requiring such entry.

1.4 Although this practice describes specific safety steps to be taken for entry into confined spaces, it is not intended to preclude the use of any additional measures that may be deemed necessary for a particular situation.

1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concern s, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

OSHA 3142

- 09R, 2003, Lead in Constructio nAPPLICABILITY TO CONSTRUCTION

OSHA's lead in construction standard applies to all construction work where an employee may be exposed to lead. All work rela ted to construction, alteration or repair, including painting and decorating, is included. Under this standard, construction includes, but is not limited to:

1. Demolition or salvage of structures where lead or materials containing lead are present

2. Removal or encapsulatio n of materials containing lead

3. New c onstruction, alteration, repair or renov ation of structures, substrates or portions of materials containing lead

4. Installati on of products containing lead

5. Lead contam ination from emergency cleanup

6. Tr ansportation, disposal, storage or con tainment of lead or materials containing lead where

constructio n activities are performed

7. Maintenance operations associated with these construction activities

Employer Responsibilities

WORKER PROTECTIONS

Employers of construction workers are responsible for developing and implementing a worker protection program. At a minimum, the employer's worker protection program for employees exposed to lead above the PEL should include:

1. Hazard determination, including exposure assessment

2. Medical surveillance and provisions for medical removal

3. Jo b- specific compliance programs

4. Engineer ing and work practice controls

5. Respiratory protection

6. Pro tective clothing and equipment

7. Housekeeping

8. Hy giene facilities and practices

9. Signs

10. Employe e information and training

11. Recordkeep ing

Because lead is a cumulative and persistent toxic substance and health effects may result from exposure over prolonged periods of time , employers must use these precautions where feasible to minimize employee exposure to lead. The employer should, as n eeded, consult a qualified safety and health professional to develop and implement an effective, site

- specific workerprotection program. These professionals may work independently or may be associated with an

insura nce carrier, trade organization or onsit e consultation program.

ELEMENTS OF A COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

For each job where employee exposure exceeds the PEL, the employer must establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce employee exposure to the PEL or below. The compliance program m ust provide for frequent and regular insp ections of job sites,
materials and equipment by a competent person. Written programs, which must be reviewed and updated at least every six months, must include:

1. A description of each activity in which lead is emitted ( i.e. equipment used, material involved, controls in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices)

2. The means to be used to achieve compliance and engineering plans and studies used to determine the engineering controls selected where they are required

3. Information on the technology considered to meet the PEL

4. Air monitoring data that document s the source of lead emissions

5. A detailed schedule for implementing the program, includ ing copies of documentation (i.e. purchase orders for equipment and construction contracts)

6. A work practice program

7. An administrative control schedule, if applicable

8. Arrangements made among contractors on multi

- contractor sites to inform employ ees of potential lead expo sure

Hazard Assessment

An employer is required to conduct an initial employee exposure assessment of whether employees are exposed to lead at or above the AL based on:

1. Any information, observation or calculation that indic ates employee exposure to lead

2. Any previous mea surements of airborne lead

3. Any employee complaints of symptoms attributable to lead exposure

Objective data and historical measurements of lead may be used to satisfy the standard's initial monitoring requirements.

# SUMMARY OF STAN D ARDS REFERENCED:

VENTILATION

### Standard 62.2

- 2010 Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low

- Rise Residential Buildings (ANSI/ASHRAE Approved)

Thi s standard defines the roles and minimum requirements for mechanical and natural ventilation systems and the building envelope intended to provide acceptable indoor air quality
in low

- rise residential buildings. It is ASHRAE's IAQ standard for residential buildings.

The standard appl ies to spaces intended for human occupancy within single

- family houses and
multi

- family structures of three stories or fewer above grade, including manufactured and modular houses. This standard does not apply to transient housing such as hotels, mot els,

n ursing homes, dormitories and jails.

Since 2003, extensive experience has been gained in th e application of this standard due to its adoption by various building codes and use in numerous building programs. As such, many clarifications and improvements ha ve been identified and incorporated through the approved addenda. One significant addition is the new normative appendix addressing the application of the standard to existing buildings.

http://openpub.realread.com/rrserver/browser?title=/ASHRAE_1/ashrae_62_2_2007_1280

### ASTM E1998

- 02(2007) Standard Guide for Assessing Depressurization

- Induced Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented Combustion Appliances

1. Sco pe

1.1 This guide describes and compares different methods for assessing the potential for, or existence of, depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage from vented residential combustion appliances.

1.2 Assessment of depressurization

- induced backdr afting and spillage is conducted under either induced depressurization or natural conditions.

1.3 Residential vented combustion appliances addressed in this guide include hot water heaters
and furnace s. The guide is also applicable to boilers.

1.4 The meth ods given in this guide are applicable to Category I (draft

- hood

- and induced

- fan

equipped) furnaces. The guide does not apply to Category III (power

- vent

- equipped) or Category IV (direct

- vent) furnaces.

1.5 The methods in this guide are not intended to id entify backdrafting or spillage due to vent blockage or heat

- exchanger leakage.

1.6 This guide is not intended to provide a basis for determining compliance with code requirements on appliance and venting installation, but does include a visual assessment of the installation. This assessment may indicate the need for a thorough inspection by a qualified
technician.

1.7 Users of the methods in this guide should be familiar with combustion appliance operation and with making house tightness measurements using a blower door. Some methods described in this guide require familiarity with differential

- pressure measurements and use of computer

based data

- logging equipment.

This guide does not purport to address all safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Carbon monoxide (CO) exposure or flame roll

- out may occur when performing certain procedur es g iven in this guide.

See Section 1 , for precautions that must be taken in conducting such procedures.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

D1356 Terminology Relating to Sampling and Analysis of Atmospheres

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan PressurizationE1827 Test Metho ds for Determining Airtightness of Buildings Using an Orifice Blower Door
CGSB Standard

51.71 The Spillage Test – Method to Determine the Potential for Pressure

- Induced Spillage from Vented, Fuel

- Fired; Space Heating Appliances; Water Heaters, and Fireplaces
ANSI Standard

Z21.47 Gas

- fired Central Furnace
NFPA Standard

54 National Fuel Gas Code

### ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09) Standard Practice for Installation of Mineral Fiber Batt and Blanket Insulation Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction

Signif icance and Use

This practice recogn izes that effectiveness, safety and durability of insulation depend not only on the quality of the insulating materials, but also on proper installation.

This practice provides general procedures that will help to ensure installation of insulation in a safe and effective manner. It shall be noted that actual conditions in existing buildings vary greatly and in some cases additional care shall be taken to ensure effective and safe
installation.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers procedures for the installation of mineral fiber batt and blanket thermal
insulat ion in ceilings, attics, floors and walls of new or existing housing and other light frame

construction.

1.2 This practice covers the installation process from pre

- inst allation inspection through post

installation inspection. It does not cover the production of the insulation materials.

1.3 This practice is not intended to replace manufacturers' installation instructions, but it shall be used in conjunction with such instructions. This practice is not int ended to supersede local,

state or federal codes.

1.4 This practice assumes that the installer possesses a working knowledge of applicable codes and regulations, safety practic es, tools, equipment and methods necessary for the installation
of thermal insulation materials. It also assumes that the installer understands the fundamentals
of construction that affect the installation of insulation.

1.5 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as the standard. T he values given

in the parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that ar e provided for informational purposes only.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

### ASTM C920

- 10 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

Abstract

This specification covers the properties of a cured single

- or multi

- component cold

- applied elastomeric joint sealant for sealing, caulking or glazing operations on buildings, plazas and decks for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other tha n highway and airfield pavements and bridges. A sealant qualifying under this specifi cation shall be classified by type,

gr ade, class and use as follows: T ype S

- a single

- component sealant, T ype M

- a multi

component sealant, G rade P

- a pourable or self leveling sealant, G rade NS

- a nonsag or gunnable sealant, Class 100/50, Class 50, Class 35, Class 25, Class 12.5, Use T, Use NT, Use I, Use M, Use G, Use A and Use O. A single

- component sealant shall be a uniform mixture of a consistency suitable for i mme diate application by hand, pressure caulking gun or hand tool. A
multi

- component chemically curing sealant shall be furnished in two or more components. A single

- component and multi

- component sealant, when stored in the original unopened container at tempe ratures no greater than 27 ° C (80 ° F)

, shall be capable of meeting the requirements for at least six months after the delivery date . Grade P (pourable or self leveling ) sealant shall have the required flow characteristics; it shall exhibit a smooth, level surface. Grade NS or gunnable sealant shall have the required flow characteristics when tested in vertical displacement. Type S, Grade P and G rade NS sealant shall not be less than the given

extrusio n rate when tested. Typ e M and G rade P sealant, when tested

, shall be not less than the given extrudable rate 3 h after mixing. Use T (traffic) sealant shall have a hardness reading,
af ter being properly cured, of no less than 25 or no more than 50 when tested. Use NT (nontraffi c) sealant shall have a hardness reading, af ter being properly cured, of no less than 15

or no more than 50 when tested. The sealant shall not lose more than 7 % of its original weight or show any cracking or chalking when tested. There shall be no transfer of the sealant to the polyethylene film when tested at 72 h. The sealant shall not cause any visible stain on the top surface of a white cement mortar base when tested. The adhesion and cohesion after cyclic movement shall be tested to meet the requiremen ts prescribed. The adhesion

- in

- peel test shall be performed to meet the requirements pre s cribed. The adhesion

- in

- peel after ultraviolet exposure through glass shall be determined to meet the requirements prescribed. The
accelerated weath ering effects and s ealants exposed to continuous immersion shall be determined to meet the requirements prescribed.

This abstract is a brief summary of the referenced standard. It is for informational purposes only and not an official part of the standard; the full text of the standard itself must be referred to for its use and application. ASTM neither giv es any warranty

, express ed or implied , n or make s any representation that the contents of this abstract are accurate, complete or timely.

Significance and Use

This specification covers several classifications of sealants as described in Section 4 for various applications. It should be recognized by the purchaser or design professional that not all sealants meeting this specification are suitable for all applications and all substrates. It isessential, therefore, that th e applicable type, grade, class and use be specified so that the proper classification of sealant is provided for the intended use. Test methods relate to special standard speci men substrates of mortar, glass and aluminum. If tests are required using substrates in addition to or other than the standard, they should be so specified for testing.

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers t he properties of a cured single or multi

- component cold

- applied elastomeric joint sealant for sealing, caulking or glazing operations on buildings, plazas and decks for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other than highway and airfield pavements and bridges.

1.2 A sealant meeting the requirements of this specific ation shall be designated by the
manufacturer to be one or mor e of the types, classes, grades and uses defined in Section 7.

1.3 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in the parentheses are for informational pur poses only.

1.4 This standard is similar, but not identical, to ISO 11600.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C510 Test Method for Stai ning and Color Change of Single

- or Multi

- component Joint Sealants

C639 Test Method for Rheological (Flow) Properties of Elastomeric Sealants

C661 Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric

- Type Sealants by Means of a

Durometer

C679 Test Method for Tack

- Free Time of Elastomeric Sealants

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C719 Test Method for Adhesion and C ohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)

C793 Test Method for Effects of Laboratory Accelerated Weathering on Elastomeric Joint
Sealants

C794 Test Method for Adhesion

- in

- Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C1183 Test Method for Extrusion Rate of Elastomeric Sealants

C1193 Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

C1246 Test Method for Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cracking and Chalking of
Elastomeric Sealants After Cure

C1247 Test Method for Durability of Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids

OSHA 3142

- 09R, 2003, Lead in ConstructionAPPLICABILITY TO CONSTRUCTION

OSHA's lead in construction standard applies to all construction work where an employee may be exposed to lead. All work rela ted to construction, alteration or repair, including painting and decorating, is included. Under this standard, construction includes, but is not limited to:

 Demolition or salvage of structures where lead or materials containing lead are present

 Removal or encapsulation of materials containing lead

 New c onstruction, alteration, repair or renov ation of structures, substrates or portions of materials containing lead

 Installati on of products containing lead

 Lead contam ination from emergency cleanup

 Transportation, disposal, sto r age or containment of lead or materials containing lead
where constructio n activities are performed

 Maintenance operations associated with these construction activities

Employer Responsibilities

WORKER PROTECTIONS

Employers of construction workers are responsible for developing and implementing a worker protection program. At minimum, the employer's worker protection program for employees exposed to lead above the PEL should include:

 Hazard determination, including exposure assessment

 Medical surveilla nce and provisions for medical removal

 Jo b- specific compliance programs

 Engineer ing and work practice controls

 Respiratory protection

 Pro tective clothing and equipment

 Housekeeping

 Hy giene facilities and practices

 Signs

 Employee information and training

 Recordkeeping

Because lead is a cumulative and persistent toxic substance and health effects may result from exposure over prolonged periods, employers must use these precautions when feasible to minimize employee exposure to lead. The employer should, as needed, consult a qualified safety and health professional to develop and implement an effective, site

- specific worker protection program. These professionals may work independently or may be associated with an

insurance carrier, trade organization or onsite consultation program.ELEMENTS OF A COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

For each job where employee exposure exceeds the PEL, the employer must establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce employee exposure to the PEL or below. The compliance program must provide for frequent and regular insp ections of job sites,
materials and equipment by a competent person. Written programs, which must be reviewed and updated at least every six months, must include:

 A description of each activity in which lead is emitted (i.e. as equipment used, material involved, controls in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices)

 The means to be used to achieve compliance and engineering plans and studies used to determine the engineering controls selected where they are required

 Information on the technology considered to meet the PEL

 Air monitoring data that document s the source of lead emissions

 A detailed schedule for implementing the program, including copies of documentation (i.e. purchase orders for equipment and construction contracts)

 A work practice program

 An administrative control schedule, if applicable

 Arrangements made among contractors on m ulti

- contractor sites to inform employ ees of potential lead exposure

Hazard Assessment

An employer is required to conduct an initial employee exposure assessment of whether employees are exposed to lead at or above the AL based on:

 Any information, observation or calculation that indic ates employee exposure to lead

 Any previous mea surements of airborne lead

 Any employee complaints of symptoms attributable to lead exposure

Objective data and historical measurements of lead may be used to satisfy the s tandard's initial monitoring requirements.

NAHB

- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

 Prohibit work on new and existing energized (hot) electrical circuits until all power is shut off and a positive Lockout/Tagout System is in place

 Don' t use frayed or worn electrical cords or cables

 Use only three

- wire type extension cords designed f or hard or junior hard service (l ook for any of the following letters imprinted on the casing: S, ST, SO, STO, SJ, SJT, SJO, SJTO )

 Maintain all electrical t ools and equipment in safe condition a nd check regularly for
defects

 Remove broken or damaged tools and equipment from the jobsite Protect all temporary power (including extension cords) with ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs). Plug into a GFCI

- prot ected temporary power p ole, a GFCI protected
generator or use a GFCI extension cord to protect against shocks (figure 22)

 Don't bypass any protective system or device designed to protect employees from

c ontact with electrical currents

 Locate and identify overhead electrical power lines. Make sure that ladders, scaffolds, equipment or materials never come within 10 feet of electrical power lines

# SUMMARY OF STAN D ARDS REFERENCED:

HEATING AND COOLING

### Standard 90.2

- 2007 Energy Efficient Design of Low

- Rise Residential Buildings (ANSI/ASHRAE Approved)

1. Scope

2.1 This s tandard provides minimum energy efficiency requirements for the design and
construction of:

a) N ew residential dwelling units and their systems and b) W here explicitly specified,

1. N ew portions of residential dwelling units and

2. T heir systems and new systems

, and equipment in existing dwelling units

For the purposes of this standard, "residential dwelling units" include single

- family houses,
multi

- family structures (of three stories or fewer abo ve grade) and modular houses. This
standard does n ot include "transient" housing such as hotel s, motels, nursing homes, jails and barracks, or manufactured housing.

2.2 This standard applies to the building envelope, heating equip ment and systems, air

conditioning equipment and systems, domestic wate r- heating equipment and systems and provisions for overall building design alternatives and trade

- offs.

2.3 This standard does not apply to:

**•** S pecific procedures for the operation, maint enance and use of res idential buildings

**•** P ortable products suc h as appliances and heaters

**•** R esidential electric service or lighting requirements

2.4 This standard shall not be used to abridge any safety, health , or environmental requirements.

http://openpub.realread.com/rrserver/browser?title=/ASHRAE_1/ashrae_90_2_2007_1280&p age=47

### SMACNA H VAC Duct Construction Standard Third A ddition 2005

The third edition of the HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible is intended primarily for commercial and institutional duct construction. This American National Standard (ANSI/SMACNA 006

- 2006) contains tables and details for constructing duc twork for 1⁄2" to 10" wg positive and negative pressures. This edition improves upon the second edition with expanded pressure class tables, separate tables for TDC/TDF construction and expanded tables for round duct construction including 6" wg positive and negative pressure and size s up to 96”. New in this edition is an engineering and design chapter to provide additional information to design professionals, double

- wall construction details, new casing construction details and additional accessory items. T he standard is applicable for construction using uncoated steel, galvanized and stainless steels

, and a limited range of aluminum ducts. This standard has been adopted in the ICC International Mechanical Code (includes soft metrics, 390 pages, 3rd Edition, 2005).

### NFPA 31: Standard for the Installation of Oil

- Burning Equipment

1.1 Scope

1.1.1 This standard shall apply to the installation of stationary oil

- burning equipment and appliances, including but not limited to industrial

- , commercial

- , and
residential

- type steam, hot water or warm air heating plants; domestic

- type range burners and space heaters; and portable oil

- burning equipment.

1.1.2 This standard shall apply to all accessory equipment and control systems, whether electric, thermostatic o r mechanical, and all electrical wiring connected to oil

- fired equipment.

1.1.3 This standard shall apply to the installation of oil storage and supply systems
connected to oil

- fired equipment and appliances.

1.1.4 This standard shall apply to multi

- fuel ed appliances in which fuel oil is one of the optional fuels.

1.1.5* This standard shall not apply to interna l combustion engines, oil lamps or portable devices not specifically covered in this standard. (See Chapter 11 for portable devices that are cover ed in this s tandard).

### OSH Act of 1970

SEC. 5. Duties

(a) Each employer:

(1) S hall furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or

serious physical harm

.
(2) S hall comply with occupational safety and health stand ards promulgated under this

Act.

(b) Each employee shall comply with occupational safety and health stand ards and all rules, regulations and orders issued pursuant to this Act which are applicable to his own actions
and conduct.

### 40 CFR 82.154 Title 40: Protection of Environment Part 82

— Protection of Stratospheric Ozone

82.154 Prohibitions.

(a)(1) Effective June 13, 2005, no person ma intaining, servicing, repairing or disposing of appliances may knowingly vent or otherwise release into the environment any refrigerant or substitute from such appliances, with the exception of the following substitutes in the following end

- uses:

(i) Ammonia in commercial or industrial process refri geration or in absorption units

(ii) Hydrocarbons in industrial process refrigerati on (processing of hydrocarbons)

(iii) Chlorine in industrial process refrigeration (processing of c hlorine and chlorine compounds)

(iv) Carbon dioxide in any ap plicati on

(v) Nitrogen in any application

(vi) Water in any application

(2) The knowing release of a refrigerant or non

- exempt substitute subsequent to its recovery from an appliance shall be considered a violation of this prohibition. De minimis releases associated with good faith attempts to recycle or recover refrigerants or non

- exempt substitutes are not subject to this prohibition. Refrigerant releases shall be considered de minimis only if they occur when:

(i) The required practices set forth in §82.1 56 are observed, recovery or recycling machines that meet the requirements set forth in §82.158 are used, and the technician certification provisions set forth in §82.161 are observed; or

(ii) The requirements set forth in subpart B of this part are observ ed.

### NFPA 90B: Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems

This standard provides the most up

- to

- date guidelines to keep fire and smoke from spreading through indoor environmental systems in small buildings and 1

- and 2

- family dwellings. Rules

cover constr uction, installation, operation and maintenance of systems for warm air heating and air conditioning, including filters, ducts and related equipment to protect lif e and property from fire, smoke and gases resulting from fire or conditions having manifestations similar to
fire.

Contents Chapter 1 : Administration Chapter 2 : Referenced Publications Chapter 3 : Definitions Chapter 4: System Components Chapter 5: Fire Integrity of Building Construction Chapter 6: Equipment, Wiri ng and Controls

Annex A: Explanatory Material

Annex B: Informational References
Index

### 40 CFR 271.13 Title 40: Protection of Environment Part 273 —S tandards for Universal Waste Management

Subpart B

— Standards for Small Quantity Handlers of Universal Waste

273.13 Waste management (c) Mercury

- containing equipment. A small quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste mercury

- containing equipment in a way that prevents releases of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment:

(1) A small quantity handler of universal waste must place in a container any universal waste

mercury

- containing equipment with non

- contained elemental mercury or that show s evidence of leakage, spillage or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions. The container must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the device, must lac k evidence of leakage, spillage or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeabl e conditions, and must be reasonably designed to prevent the escape of mercury into the environment by volatilization or any other means.

(2) A small quantity handler of universal waste may remove mercury

- containing ampules from universal waste mercury

- con taining equipment provided the handler:

(i) Removes and manages the ampules in a manner designed to prevent breakage of the ampules

(ii) Removes the ampules only over or in a containment device ( i.e. tray or pan sufficient to collect and contain any mercury released from an ampule in case of breakage)

(iii) Ensures that a mercury clean

- up system is readily available to immediately transfer any mercury resulting from spills or lea ks from broken ampules from the containment device to
a container that meets th e requirements of 40 CFR 262.34

(iv) Immediately transfers any mercury resulting from spills or leaks from broken ampules
from the containment device to a container that meets th e requirements of 40 CFR 262.34

(v) Ensures that the area in which ampules are removed is well ventilated and monitored to ensure compliance with applicable OSHA exposure levels for mercury

(vi) Ensures that employees removing ampules are thoroughly familiar with proper mercur y handling and emergency procedures, including transfer of mercury from containment
de vices to appropriate containers

(vii) Stores removed ampules in closed, non

- leaking contai ners that are in good condition(viii) Packs removed ampules in the container wi th packing materials adequate to prevent breakage during storage, ha ndling and transportationOSHA 3142

- 09R, 2003, Lead in Construction



### APPLICABILITY TO CONSTRUCTION

OSHA's lead in construction standard applies to all construction work where an employee may be exposed to lead. All work rela ted to construction, alteration or repair, including painting and decorating, is included. Under this standard, construction includes, but is not limited to:

 Demolition or salvage of structures where lead or materials containing lead a re present

 Removal or encapsulatio n of materials containing lead

 New c onstruction, alteration, repair or renov ation of structures, substrates or portions of materials containing lead

 Installati on of products containing lead

 Lead contamination fro m emergency cleanup

 Tr ansportation, disposal, storage or containment of lead or materials containing lead
where constructio n activities are performed

 Maintenance operations associated with these construction a ctivities

Employer Responsibilities


### WORKER PROTECTIONS

Employers of construction workers are responsible for developing and implementing a worker protection program. At minimum, the employer's worker protection program for employees exposed to lead above the PEL should include:

 Hazard determination, including exposure assessment

 Medical surveillance and provisions for medical removal

 Jo b- specific compliance programs

 Engi neer ing and work practice controls

 Respiratory protection

 Pro tective clothing and equipment

 Housekeeping

 Hy giene facilities and practices

 Signs

 Employe e information and training

 Recordkeeping

Because lead is a cumulative and persistent toxic substance and health effects may result from exposure over prolonged periods, employers must use these pre cautions when feasible to minimize employee exposure to lead. The employer should, as needed, consult a qualified safety and health professional to develop and impl ement an effective, site

- specific workerprotection program. These professionals may work independently or may be associated with an

insura nce carrier, trade organization or onsite consultation program.



### ELEMENTS OF A COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

For each job where employee exposure exceeds the PEL, the employer must establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce employee exposure to the PEL or below. The compliance program must provide for frequent and regular insp ections of job sites,
materials and equipment by a competent person. Written programs, which must be reviewed and updated at least every six months, must include:

 A description of each activity in which lead is emitted ( i.e. equipment used, material involved, controls in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices)

 The means to be used to achieve compliance and engineering plans and studies used to determine the engineering controls se lected where they are required

 Information on the technology considered to meet the PEL

 Air monitoring data that document s the source of lead emissions

 A detailed schedule for implementing the program, including copies of documentation ( i.e. pur chase orders for equipment and construction contracts)

 A work practice program

 An administrative control schedule, if applicable

 Arrangements made among contractors on multi

- contractor sites to inform employ ees of potential lead exposure

Hazard Assessment

An employer is required to conduct an initial employee exposure assessment of whether employees are exposed to lead at or above the AL based on:

 Any information, observation or calculation that indi cates employee exposure to lead

 Any previous mea sureme nts of airborne lead

 Any employee complaints of symptom s attributable to lead exposure

Objective data and historical measurements of lead may be used to satisfy the standard's initial monitoring requirements.

### ASTM C1193

- 09 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

Significance and Use

This guide provides information and guidelines for consideration by the designer or applicator of a joint seal. It explains the properties and functions of various materials, such as sealant, sealant backing and primer, among others; and, procedures such as substrate cleaning and priming, and installation of the components of a sealed joint. It presents guidelines for the use and application of the various materials, design of a sealant joint for a specific application, and environmental conditions and effects that are known to detrimentally affect a sealant joint. The information and guideline s are also useful for those who supply accessories to the sea lant industry and for those who install sealants and accessory materials associated with sealant use.

In addition to the design and installation data in this guide, consult the sealant manufact urer about applications for products and proper use and installation. Considering the range of properties of commercially available sealants, the va riety of joint designs possible and the many conditions of use, the information contained herein is general in nature.

To assist the user of the guide in locating specific information, a detailed listing of guide
numb ered sections and their descriptors are included in Appendix X2.

1. Scope

1.1 This guide describes the use of a cold liquid

- applied sealant for joint sealing applications, including joints on buildi ngs and related adjacent areas such as plazas, decks and p avements for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other than highways and airfield pavements and bridges. Information in this guide is primarily applicable to a single

- and multi

component, cold liquid

- applied joint sealant and secondaril y to a procured sealant when used with a properly prepared joint opening and substrate surfaces.

1.2 An elastomeric or non

- elastomeri c sealant described in this guide should meet the requirement s of Specification C 834, C 920 or C 1311.

1.3 This guide does not provide information or guidelines for the use of a sealant in a structural sealant glazing application. Guide C 1401 should be consulted for this information. Additionally, it also does not provide information or guidelines for the use of a sealant in an insulating glass unit edge seal used in a structural sealant glazing application. Guide C 1249 should be consulted
for this information.

1.4 Practice C 919 should be consulted for information and guidelines for the use of a sealant in an application wh ere an acoustic joint seal is required.

1.5 This guide also does not provide information relative to the numerous types of sealant that
are available

, nor spec ific generic sealant properties s uch as hardness, tack

- free time or curingprocess, among others. Guide C 1299 should be consulted for information on generally accepted comparative values for the characteristics and properties of the more common generic types of liquid

- applied sealant.

1.6 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in the parenthesis are provided for information al purposes only.

1.7 The c ommittee with jurisdiction for this standard is not aware of any comparable standards published by other organizations.

1.8 This standard does not purport to add ress all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenc ed Documents

ASTM Standards

C510 Test Method for Staining and Color Change of Single

- or Multicomponent Joint Sealants

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C719 Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)

C792 Test Method for Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cracking and Chalking of
Elastomeric Sealants

C794 Test Method for Adhesion

- in

- Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C834 Specification for Latex Sealan ts
C919 Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications

C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C1083 Test Meth od for Water Absorption of Cellular Elastomeric Gaskets and Sealing Materials

C1087 Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid

- Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems

C1135 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Structural Sealants

C1247 Test Method for Durability of Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids

C1248 Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants

C1249 Guide for Secondary Seal for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Structural Sealant Glazing Applicatio ns
C1253 Test Method for Determining the Outgassing Potential of Sealant Backing

C1299 Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1311 Specification for Solvent Release Sealants

C1330 Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1382 Test Me thod for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used in Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Joints

C1401 Guide for Structural Sealant Glazing

C1442 Practice for Conducting Tests on Sealants Using Artificial Weathering ApparatusC1472 Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint
Width

D2203 Test Method for Staining from Sealants

### NFPA 70A: National Electrical Code® Requirements for One

- and Two

- Family Dwellings

Scope

(A) This Code covers the installation of electrical conductors, equipment and raceways; signaling and commu nicatio ns conductors, equipment and raceways; and optical fiber cables and raceways for the following:

(1) Public and private premises, including buildings, structures, mobi le homes, recreational
vehicles and floating buildings (2) Yards , lots, parking lots, carnivals and industrial substations (3) Installations of conductors and equipment that connect to the supply of electricity (4) Installations used by the electric utility, such as office buildings, war ehouses, garages, machine shops and recreational bui ldings, that are not an integral part of a generating plant, substation or control center

### Standard 62.2

- 2010 Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low

- Rise Residential Buildings (ANSI/ASHRAE Approved)

Thi s standard defines the roles and minim um requirements for mechanical and natural ventilation systems and the building envelope intended to provide acceptable indoor air quality
in low

- rise residential buildings. It is ASHRAE's IAQ standard for residential buildings.

It applies to spaces intended for human occupancy within single

- family houses and multi

- family structures of three stories or fewer above grade, including manufactured and modular houses. This standard does not apply to transient housing such as hotels, motels , nursing homes,
dormi tories and jails.

Since 2003, extensive experience has been gained in t he application of this standard due to its adoption by various building codes and use in numerous building programs. As such, many clarifications and improvements have been identified and incorporated through the approved addenda. One significant addition is the new normative appendix addressing the application of the standard to existing buildings.

http://openpub.realread.com/rrserver/browser?title=/ASHRAE_1/ashrae_62_2_2007_1280

### ASTM E1998

- 02(2007) Standard Guide for Assessing Depressurization

- Induced Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented Combustion Appliances

1. Scope

1.1 This guide describes and compares different methods for assessing the potential for, or existence of, depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage from vented residential combustion appliances.

1.2 Assessment of depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage is conducted under either induced depressurization or natural conditions.

1.3 Residential vented combustion appliances addressed in this guide include hot water heaters
and furnace s . The guide also is applicable to boilers.

1.4 The methods given in this guide are applicable to Category I (draft

- hood

- and induced

- fan

equipped) furnaces. The guide does not apply to Category III (power

- vent

- equipped) or Category IV (direct

- vent) furnaces.

1.5 The methods in this guide are not intended to ident ify backdrafting or spillage due to vent blockage or heat

- exchanger leakage.

1.6 This guide is not intended to provide a basis for determining compliance with code requirements on appliance and venting installation, but does include a visual assessment of the installation. This assessment may indicate the need for a thorough inspection by a qualified
technician.

1.7 Users of the methods in this guide should be familiar with combustion appliance operation and with making house tightness measurements using a blower door. Some methods described in this guide require familiarity with differential

- pressure measurements and use of computer

based data

- logging equipment.

This guide does not purport to address all safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices

, and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Carbon monoxide (CO) exposure or flame roll

- out may occur when performing certain procedures given in this guide.

See Section 1 for p recautions that must be taken when conducting such procedures.

Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards

D1356 Terminology Relating to Sampling and Analysis of Atmospheres

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization

E1827 Test Metho ds for Determining Airtightness of Buildings Using an Orifice Blower DoorCGSB Standard

51.71 The Spillage Test – Method to Determine the Potential for Pressure

- Induced Spillage from Vented, Fuel

- Fired; Space Heating Appliances; Water Heaters, and Fireplac es ANSI Standard

Z21.47 Gas

- fired Central Furnace
NFPA Standard

54 National Fuel Gas Code

### NFPA 720 Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment

The 2009 NFPA 720's broader scope alerts people to dangerous carbon monoxide levels in all types of structures.

The c ompletely revised 2009 NFPA 720 Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment expands requirements beyond dwelling units to apply to all buildings and structures, incl uding hotels, rooming houses, dormitories, day care facilities, schools, hospit als, assisted living facilities and nursing homes. Provisions cover the installation, location, p erformance, inspection, testing and maintenance of carbon monoxide detection and warning equipment.

Updated rules for dwelling units include new requirements for:

**•** Locating carbon monoxide alarms/detectors on every level (in addition to outside sleeping areas)

**•** Battery backup for electrically powered units in new homes

**•** Interconnectio n of CO alarms in new homes to assure early warning of occupants at all
levels

# SUMMARY OF STAN D ARDS REFERENCED:

CRAWL SPACES AND BASEMENTS

### ASTM C1193

- 09 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

Significance and Use

This guide provides information and guidelines for consideration by the designer or applicator of a joint seal. It explains the properties and functions of various materials s uch as sealant, sealant backing and primer, among others; and, procedures such as substrate cleaning and priming, and installation of the components of a sealed joint. It presents guidelines for the use and application of the various materials, design of a sealant joint for a specific application and environmental conditions and effects that are known to detrimentally affect a sealant joint. The information and guideline s are also useful for those who supply accessories to the sea lant industry and for those who install sealants and accessory materials associated with sealant use.

In addition to the design and installation data in this guide, consult the sealant manufac turer about applications for products and proper use and installation. Considering the range of properties of commercially available sealants, the va riety of joint designs possible and the many

co nditions of use, the information contained herein is general in nature.

To assist the user of the guide in locating specific information, a detailed listing of guide
numbered se ctions and their descriptors is included in Appendix X2.

1. Scope

1.1 This guid e describes the use of a cold liquid

- applied sealant f or joint sealing applications,

i ncluding joints on build ings and related adjacent areas such as plazas, decks and pavements for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other than highways and airfield pavements and bridges. Information in this guide is primarily applicable to a single

- and multi

component, cold liquid

- applied joint sealant and secondarily to a procured sealant when used with a properly prepared joint opening and substrate surfaces.

1.2 An elastomeric or non

- elastomeric sealant described by this guide should meet the requirement s of Specification C 834, C 920 or C 1311.

1.3 This guide does not provide information or guidelines for the use of a sealant in a structural
sealant glazing application. Guide C 1401 should be consulted for this information. Additionally, it also does not provide information or guidelines for the use of a sealant in an insulating glass unit edge seal used in a structural sealant glazing application. Guide C 1249 should be consulted
for this information.

1.4 Practice C 919 should be consulted for information and guidelines for the use of a sealant in an application when an acoustic joint seal is required.

1.5 This guide also does not provide information relative to the numerous types of sealant that
are available

, nor spec ific generic sealant properties s uch as hardness, tack

- free time or curingprocess, among others. Guide C 1299 should be consulted for information on generally accepted comparative valu es for the characteristics and properties of the more common generic types of liquid

- applied sealant.

1.6 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in the parenthese s are provided for information al purposes only.

1.7 The c ommittee with jurisdiction for this standard is not aware of any comparable standards published by other organizations.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C510 Test Method for Staining and Color Change of Single

- or Multi

- component Joint Sealants

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C719 Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elasto meric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)

C792 Test Method for Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cra cking and Chalking of
Elastomeric Sealants

C794 Tes t Method for Adhesion

- in

- Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C834 Specification for Latex Sealants

C919 Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications

C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C1083 Test Method for Water Absorption of Cellular Elastomeric Gaskets and Sealing Materials

C1087 Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid

- Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems

C1135 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Structural Sealants

C1247 Test Method for Durability of Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids

C1248 Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants

C1249 Guide for Secondary Seal for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Structural Sealant Glazing Applications

C1253 Test Method for Determining the Outgassing Potential of Sealant Bac king

C1299 Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1311 Specification for Solvent Release Sealants

C1330 Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1382 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used in Exterior Insulation and Finish System s (EIFS) Joints

C1401 Guide for Structural Sealant Glazing

C1442 Practice for Conducting Tests on Sealants Using Artificial Weathering Apparatus

C1472 Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant JointWidth

D2203 Test Method for Staining from Sealants

### ASTM E1186

- 03(2009) Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems

Significance and Use

Air infiltration into the conditioned space of a building accounts for a significant portion of the thermal space condition load. Air infiltration can affect occupa nt com fort by producing drafts, causing indoor air quality problems by carrying outdoor pollutants into occupied building space and, in hot humid climates, deposit ing moisture in the building envelope, which deteriorates envelope components. In cold climates, exfiltration of conditioned air out of a building can deposit moisture in the building envelope causing deterioration of building envelope components. Differential pressure across the building envelope and the presenc e of air leakage sites cause air infiltration and exfiltration (1).

In some buildings, restricting air movement between interior zones of a building may be desired to separate dissimilar interior environments or prevent the movement of pollutants. Althoug h not dealt with specifically in this standard, the detection practices presented can also be useful in detecting air leaks between interior zones of the building.

Air leakage sites are often difficult to locate because air flows may be small under the pre vailing weather conditions. Wind conditions can aid in air leakage detection by forcing air to enter a building; however, where air is exiting, the building envelope construction may make observations difficult. For these reasons, forced pressurization or depressurization is strongly recommended for those practices which require controlled flow direction.

The techniques for air leakage site detection covered in these practices allow for a wide range of flexibility in the choice of techniques that are best s uited for detecting various types of air leakage sites in specific situations.

The infrared scanning technique for air leakage site detection has the advantage of rapid surveying capability. Entire building exterior surfaces or inside wall surfaces can be covered with a single scan or a simple scanning action, provided there are no obscuring thermal effects from construction features or incident solar radiation. The details of a specific air leakage site may then be probed more closely by focusing on the lo cal area. Local leak detection is well addressed with the smoke tracer, anemometer, sound detection, the bubble detection, and the tracer gas techniques, however these techniques are time consuming for large surfaces. The pressurized or depressurized test chamber and smoke tracer or a depressurized test chamber and leak detection liquid practices can be used in situations where depressurizing or pressurizing the entire envelope is impractical, such as is the case during construction. Both of the practices enable the detection of very small leaks. To perform these practices requires that the air barrier system be accessible.

Complexity of building air leakage sites may diminish the ability for detection. For example, using the sound detection approach, sound may be absorbed in the tortuous path through theinsulation. Air moving through such building leakage paths may lose some of its temperature differential and thus make thermographic detection difficult. The absence of jet

- like air flow at an air leakage si te may make detection using the anemometer practice difficult.

Stack effect in multistory commercial buildings can cause gravity dampers to stand open. Computer

- controlled dampers should be placed in normal and night modes to aid in determining the conditi ons existing in the building. Sensitive pressure measurement equipment can be used for evaluating pressure levels between floors and the exterior. Monitoring systems in high

- tech buildings can supply qualitative data on pressure differences.

1. Scope

1.1 T hese practices cover standardized techniques for locating air leakage sites in building envelopes and air barrier systems.

1.2 These practices offer a choice of means for determining the location of air leakage sites with each offering certain advantages f or specific applications.

1.3 Some of the practices require a knowledge of infrared scanning, building and test chamber pressurization and depressurization, smoke generation techniques, sound generation and detection, and tracer gas concentration measureme nt techniques.

1.4 The practices described are of a qualitative nature in determining the air leakage sites rather than determining quantitative leakage rates.

1.5 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement
are included in this standard.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific hazard statements, see Section 6.

Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E741 Test Method for Determining Air Change in a Single Zone by Means of a Tracer Gas
Dilution

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization
Other Standards

ISO Standard 67 81 Thermal Insulation

-- Qualitative Detection of Thermal Irregularities in Building Envelopes

-- Infrared Method

### ASTM D4276

- 02(2007) Standard Practice for Confined Area Entry

Significance and Use

Vapor inhalation is the primary hazard encountered in the use of chlorinated solvents. The greatest potential for over exposure to these solvent vapors occurs where the employee is exposed to the high concentrations of vapor that may be found in confined areas. The
seriousness of this hazard is often underestimat ed by those performing this type of work.

This practice is designed for use by employers in developing their own specific standards for vessel or confined area entry.

Many of these areas are considered as permit

- required confined spaces as defined by OSHA (29 CFR 1910.146). The determination of the applicability of these requirements is the responsibility of the user.

This practice represents the minimum requirements for entry into any confined area containing halogenated solvents.

This practice does not ad dress all of the requirements contained in the OSHA confined spaces standard. Development and implementation of training programs, recordkeeping, and other additional requirements of the OSHA standard are the responsibility of the user.

1. Scope

1.1 This p ractice covers recognized procedures necessary to protect the health and safety of workers required to enter confined spaces. These procedures are particularly applicable to entry into the confined areas associated with the use of halogenated organic solve nts.

1.2 Confined areas addressed in this practice include, but are not limited to: vapor degreasers, cold cleaning tanks, storage vessels, tank cars and trucks, van trailers, ships or barges, pits or sumps, and unventilated rooms.

1.3 This practice does n ot necessarily address entry into all confined spaces nor does it address the decision strategy involved in requiring such entry.

1.4 Although this practice describes specific safety steps to be taken for entry into confined spaces, it is not intended to p reclude the use of any additional measures that may be deemed necessary for a particular situation.

1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this stan dard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

### OSHA Technical Manual Section VIII: Chapter 1, part III PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

SELECTION FACTORS.

A. CLOTHING DESIGN . Manufacturer s sell clothing in a variety of styles and configurations.

1. Design Considerations

.

 Clothing configuration;

 Components and options;

 Sizes;

 Ease of donning and doffing;

 Clothing construction;

 Accommodation of other selected ensemble equipment;

 Comfort; and

 Restriction of mobility.

B. MATERIAL CHEMICAL RESISTANCE . Ideally, the chosen material(s) must resist permeation, degradation, and penetration by the respective chemicals.

1. Permeation is the process by which a chemical dissolves in or moves
thr ough a material on a molecular basis. In most cases, there will be no visible evidence of chemicals permeating a material.

Permeation breakthrough time is the most common result used to assess material chemical compatibility. The rate of permeation is a function of several factors such as chemical concentration, material thickness, humidity, temperature, and pressure. Most material testing is done with 100% chemical over an extended exposure period. The time it takes chemical to permeate through the mater ial is the breakthrough time. An acceptable material is one where the breakthrough time exceeds the expected period of garment use. However, temperature and pressure effects may enhance permeation and reduce the magnitude of this safety factor. For example, small increases in ambient temperature can significantly reduce breakthrough time and the protective barrier properties of a protective clothing material.

2. Degradation involves physical changes in a material as the result of a chemical exposure, use, or ambient conditions ( e.g., sunlight). The most common observations of material degradation are discoloration, swelling, loss of physical strength, or deterioration.

3. Penetration is the movement of chemicals through zippers, seams, or imperfections in a protective clothing material.It is important to note that no material protects against all chemicals and combinations of chemicals, and that no currently available material is an effective barrier to any prolonged chemical exposure.

4. Sources of information include:

 Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing, 3rd Edition. This reference provides a matrix of clothing material recommendations for approximately 500 chemicals based on an evaluation of chemical resistance test data, vendor literature, and raw material suppliers. The major limitation for these guidelines are their presentation of recommendations by generic material
class. Numerous test results have shown that similar materials from different manufacturers may give widely different performance. That is to say manufacturer A's butyl rubber glove may protect against chemical X, but a butyl glove made by manufacturer B may not.

 Quick Selection Guide to Chemical Protective Clothing. Pocket size guide that provides chemical resistance data and recommendations for 11 generic materials against over 400 chemicals. The guide is color

- coded by material

- chemical recommendation. As with the "Guidelines..." above, the major limitation of this reference is its dependence on generic data.

 Vendor data or recommendations. The best source of current information on material compatibility should be available from the manufacturer of the selected clothing. Many vendors supply
charts which show actual test data or their own recommendations for specific chemicals. However, unless vendor data or the recommendations are well documented, end users must approach this information with caution. Material recommendations must be based on data obtained from tests performed to standard ASTM methods. Simple ratings of "poor," "good," or "excellent" give no indication of how the material may perform against various
chemicals.

5. Mixtures of chemicals can be significantly more aggressive towards protective clothing materials than any single chemical alone. One permeating chemical may pull another with it through the material. Very little data is available for chemical mixtures. Other situations may invo lve unidentified substances. In both the case of mixtures and unknowns, serious consideration must be given to deciding which protective clothing is selected. If clothing must be used without test data, garments withmaterials having the broadest chemical resistance should be worn, i.e. materials which demonstrate the best chemical resistance against the widest range of chemicals.

C. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

.

1. As with chemical resistance, manufacturer materials offer wide ranges of physical qualities in terms of s trength, resistance to physical hazards, and operation in extreme environmental conditions. Comprehensive manufacturing standards such as the NFPA Standards set specific limits on these material properties, but only for limited applications, i.e.

emergency response.

2. End users in other applications may assess material physical properties by posing the following questions:

 Does the material have sufficient strength to withstand the physical strength of the tasks at hand?

 Will the material resist tears, punctures, cuts, and abrasions?

 Will the material withstand repeated use after contamination and
decontamination?

 Is the material flexible or pliable enough to allow end users to perform needed tasks?

 Will the material maintain its protective integrity and flexibility
under hot and cold extremes?

 Is the material flame

- resistant or self

- extinguishing (if these hazards are present)?

 Are garment seams in the clothing constructed so they provide the same physical integrity as the garment material?

D. EASE OF DECONTAMINATION . The degree of difficulty in decontaminating protective clothing may dictate whether disposable or reusable clothing is used,
or a combination of both.

E. COST . Protective clothing end users must endeavor to obtain the broadest protective equipment they can buy with available resources to meet their specific application.

F. CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING STANDARDS . Protective clothing buyers may wish to specify clothing that meets specific stand ards, such as 1910.120 or the NFPA standards (see Paragraph on classification by performance). The NFPA Standards do not apply to all forms of protective clothing and applications.

### NAHB

- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

 Prohibit wo rk on new and existing energized (hot) electrical circuits until all power is shut off and a positive Lockout/Tagout System is in place.

 Don't use frayed or worn electrical cords or cables.

 Use only 3

- wire type extension cords designed for hard or junior hard service. (Look for any of the following letters imprinted on the casing: S, ST, SO, STO, SJ, SJT, SJO, SJTO.)

 Maintain all electrical tools and equipment in safe condition and check regularly for
defects.

 Remove broken or damaged tools and equipme nt from the jobsite.

 Protect all temporary power (including extension cords) with ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs). Plug into a GFCI

- protected temporary power pole, a GFCI protected generator, or use a GFCI extension cord to protect against shock s (Figure 22).

 Don't bypass any protective system or device designed to protect employees from
contact with electrical current.

 Locate and identify overhead electrical power lines. Make sure that ladders, scaffolds, equipment or materials never come with in 10 feet of electrical power lines.

### ASTM Moisture Control in Buildings Manual

Twenty

- eight comprehensive chapters focus on the major issues involved in the process of moisture resistive construction. This publication provides the latest and most important information relating to moisture problems in buildings.

Three new chapters have been added to make this the ultimate publication on moisture
control:

• Details and Practice discusses design details suitable for preventing moisture problems

in service.

• Quality Management in Design and Construction discusses the need for and applicat ion of quality control and management during design and construction for preventing moisture problems in service.

• Towards Development of Methods for Assessment of Moisture

- Originated Damage
looks to the future.

The latest edition is divided into four par ts:

Fundamentals

— addresses moisture transfer, condensation, and evaporation.

Applications

— discusses the technologies that affect the moisture balance in buildings and the techniques used to determine the suitability of materials, components, systems, and structures.

Construction Principles and Recommendations

— covers new and existing commercial and high buildings, new and existing residential buildings, and manufactured and historic buildings.

Implementation

— discusses implementation mechanisms.



### IBC 1203.3.1 Openings for Under

- floor V entilation

The minimum net area of the crawlspace ventilation openings shall not be less than 1square foot for each 150 square feet (0.67 m2 for each 100 m2) of crawl

- space area. Ventilation openings shall be covered for their height and width with any of the following materials, provided that the least dimension of the covering shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm)

1. Perforated sheet metal plates not less than 0.070 inch (1.8 mm) thick.

2. Expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 inch (1.2 mm) thick.

3. Cast

- iron grilles or gratings.

4. Extruded load

- bearing vents.

5. Hardware cloth of 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier.6. Corrosion

- resistant wire mesh, with the least dimens ion not exceeding 1/8 inch (3.2 mm).



### IECC SECTION 402.2.9

Crawl space walls. As an alternative to insulating floors over crawl spaces, crawl space walls shall be permitted to be insulated when the crawl space is not vented to the outside. Crawl space wall insulation shall be permanently fastened to the wall and extend downward from the floor to the finished grade level and then vertically and/or horizontally for at least an additional 24 inches (610 mm). Exposed earth in unvented crawl space foundations sh all be covered with a continuous Class I vapor retarder. All joints of the vapor retarder shall overlap by 6 inches (153 mm) and be sealed or taped. The edges of the vapor retarder shall extend at least 6 inches (153 mm) up the stem wall and shall be attac hed to the stem wall.

### IBC 1203.3.2 Exceptions.

The following are exceptions to Sections 1203.3 and 1203.3.1:

1. Where warranted by climatic conditions, ventilation openings to the outdoors are not required if ventilation openings to the interior are provided.

2. The total area of ventilation openings is permitted to be reduced to 1/1500 of the under

floor area where the ground surface is treated with an approved vapor retarder material and the required openings are placed so as to provide cross ventilation of the space.

3. Ventilation openings are not required where continuously operated mechanical ventilation is provided at a rate of one cubic foot per minute for each fifty square feet of crawl

- space floor area and the ground surface is covered wit h an approved vapor retarder.

Ventilation openings are not required when the ground surface is covered with an approved vapor retarder, the perimeter walls are insulated and the space is conditioned in accordance with the International Energy Conservation Code

### ASTM E241

- 09 Standard Guide for Limiting Water

- Induced Damage to Buildings

Significance and Use

Moisture degradation is frequently a significant factor that either limits the useful life of a building or necessitates costly repairs. Examples of moisture degradation include: (1) decay of
wood

- based materials, (2) spalling of masonry caused by freeze

- thaw cycles, (3) damage to gypsum plasters by dissolution, (4) corrosion of metals, (5) damage due to expansion of materials or components (by swellin g due to moisture pickup, or by expansion due to corrosion, hydration, or delayed ettringite formation), (6) spalling and degradation caused by salt migration, (7) failure of finishes, and (8) creep deformation and reduction in strength or
stiffness.

Moist ure accumulation within construction components or constructions may adversely affect serviceability of a building, without necessarily causing immediate and serious degradation of the construction components. Examples of such serviceability issues are: (1 ) indoor air quality, (2) electrical safety, (3) degradation of thermal performance of insulations, and (4) decline in physical appearance. Mold or mildew growth can influence indoor air quality and physical appearance. With some components, in particular interior surface finishes, mold or mildew growth may limit service life of the component. Moisture conditions that affect serviceability issues can frequently be expected, unless corrected, to eventually result in degradation of the building or its compone nts. This guide does not attempt however to address serviceability issues that could be corrected by cleaning and change in building operation, and that would not require repair or replacement of components to return the building (or portions or components of the building) to serviceability.

Prevention of water

- induced damage must be considered throughout the construction process including the various stages of the design process, construction, and building commissioning. It must also be considered in building operation and maintenance, and when the building is renovated, rehabilitated or undergoes a change in use.

This guide is intended to alert designers and builders, and also building owners and managers, to potential damages that may be induced by water , regardless of its source. This guide discusses moisture sources and moisture migration. Limit states (or specific moisture conditions that are likely to impact construction or component durability) and design methods are also cursorily discussed. Example s of practices that enhance durability are listed and discussed, as are examples of constructions or circumstances to avoid. The examples listed are not all

inclusive. Lastly, field check lists are given. The checklists are not intended for use as is, but as guides for development of checklists which may vary with specific building designs and
climates.1. Scope

1.1 This guide concerns building design, construction, commissioning, operation, and

maintenance.

1.2 This guide addresses the need for systematic evaluation of factors that can result in

moisture

- induced damage to a building or its components. Although of great potential importance, serviceability issues which are often, but not necessarily, related to physical damage of the building or i ts components (for example, indoor air quality or electrical safety) are not directly addressed in this guide.

1.3 The emphasis of this guide is on low

- rise buildings. Portions of this guide; in particular Sections 5, 6, and 7; may also be applicable to hi gh

- rise buildings.

1.4 This guide is not intended for direct use in codes and specifications. It does not attempt to prescribe acceptable limits of damage. Buildings intended for different uses may have different service life expectancies, and expected se rvice lives of different components within a given building often differ. Furthermore, some building owners may be satisfied with substantially shorter service life expectancies of building components or of the entire building than other building owners. L astly, the level of damage that renders a component unserviceable may vary with the type of component, the degree to which failure of the component is critical (for example, whether failure constitutes a life

- safety hazard), and the judgement (that is, tol erance for damage) of the building owner. For the reasons stated in this paragraph, prescribing limits of damage would require listing many pages of exceptions and qualifiers and is beyond the scope of this guide.

1.5 This standard does not purport to address the safety concerns associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C168 Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C755 Practice for Select ion of Water Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation

C1193 Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

D1079 Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing

E331 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

E547 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows , Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

E631 Terminology of Building ConstructionsE1105 Test Method for Field Determination of Wate r Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows,

Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

E1643 Practice for Selection, Design, Installation, and Inspection of Water Va por Retarders
Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs

E1677 Specification for an Air Barrier (AB) Material or System for Low

- Rise Framed Building
Walls

E1745 Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill
under Concrete Slabs

E2112 Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights

E2136 Guide for Specifying and Evaluating Performance of Single Family Attached and Detached Dwellings

-- Durability

Other Documents Timusk,J.,Seskus,A.,and Linger,K., “A Systems Approach to Extend the Limit of Envel ope Performance ” in Proceedings: Thermal Performance of the Exterior Envelopes of Buildings V, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air

- Conditioning Engineers, Atlanta, GA, 1992.

### ASTM C1136

- 10 Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor
Retarders for Thermal Insulation

Abstract

This specification covers vapor retarders for thermal insulation, specifically, flexible materials with permeance and surface burning characteristics. Vapor retarders are classified based on vapor retardance and strength properties: Types I, II, III, IV, V, and VI. The following test methods shall be performed: water vapor permeance; surface burning characteristics; tensile strength; dimensional stability; fungi resistance; thermal integrity of flexible wa ter vapor retarders; burst strength of vapor retarders; permanence of flame retardancy; and elevated temperature and humidity resistance of vapor retarders for insulation.

This abstract is a brief summary of the referenced standard. It is informational only and not an official part of the standard; the full text of the standard itself must be referred to for its use and application. ASTM does not give any warranty express or implied or make any representation that the contents of this abstract are accurate, complete or up to date.

Significance and Use

Entrapment of water in thermal insulation caused by condensation of water vapor that has penetrated into the insulation is detrimental to the thermal resistance of the insulation. For this reason, in certain installations where temperature and moisture conditions have the potential to create a vapor driving force toward the insulation, a deterrent to the passage of such vapor into the installed insulation needs to be provided. This is the primary function of t he vapor
retarder.

In addition to the function stated in 9.1, a vapor retarder has the potential to provide physical protection and added strength to the insulation system.

This specification is used to specify material by physical property requirements th at address the above prerequisites. The designer of an insulation system, after determining the degree of protection needed for the insulation, can use this specification to specify the appropriate type of vapor retarder when one is required.

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers vapor retarders for thermal insulation, specifically, flexible materials with permeance of 0.10 perm or lower and surface burning characteristics of 25 flame spread/50 smoke or lower. These materials are intended for use at su rface temperatures of

− 20

to 150 ° F (

− 29 to 66 ° C). It does not cover mastics or barrier coatings applied in liquid form, nor
materials intended for use as weather barriers.1.2 This is a material specification and does not imply that an installed system us ing these materials will provide the physical properties specified in Section 6.

1.3 This specification provides physical requirements for vapor retarders. Practice C75 5 provides assistance in solving problems related to moisture vapor transmission through thermal
insulation materials.

1.4 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only
and are not considered standard.

1.5 The following precautionary caveat pertains to the test methods portion only, Section 10, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safe ty concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Stan dards

C168 Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation

C755 Practice for Selection of Water Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation

C1258 Test Method for Elevated Temperature and Humidity Resistance of Vapor Retarders for
Insulation

C1263 Test Method for Thermal Integrity of Flexible Water Vapor Retarders

C1338 Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings

D882 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting

D1204 Test Method for Linear Dimensional Changes of Nonrigid Thermoplastic Sheeting or Film at Elevated Temperature

E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E96/E96M Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials

TAPPI Standards T461 Flame Resistance of Treated Paper and Paperboard

### ASTM E1643

- 09 Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation, and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill
Under Concrete Slabs

Significance and Use

Vapor retarders provide a method of limiting water vapor transmission and capillary transport of water upward through concrete slabs on grade, which can adversely affect floor finishes and interior humidity levels.

Adverse impacts include adhesion loss, warping, peeling, and unacceptable appearance of resilient flooring; deterioration of adhesives, ripping or separation of seams, and air bubbles or
efflorescence b eneath seamed, continuous flooring; damage to flat electrical cable systems, buckling of carpet and carpet tiles, offensive odors, growth of fungi, and undesired increases to interior humidity levels.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers procedures for select ing, designing, installing, and inspecting flexible, prefabricated sheet membranes in contact with earth or granular fill used as vapor retarders
under concrete slabs.

1.2 Conditions subject to frost and either heave or hydrostatic pressure, or both, are beyond the scope of this practice. Vapor retarders are not intended to provide a waterproofing
function.

1.3 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only
and are not considered standard.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

E1745 Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill
under Concrete Slabs

E1993 Specification for Bituminous Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or
Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs

F710 Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient FlooringOther Standard

ACI302.2R

– 06 Guide for Concrete Slabs that Receive Moisture

- Sensitive Flooring Materials

Section 5

5.1 Level or tamp or roll granular base.

5.2 Place vapor retarder with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the

pour.
5.3 Lap vapor retarder over footings or seal to foundation walls or both, and seal all penetrations such as utilities and colu mns in order to create a monolithic membrane
between the surface of the slab and moisture sources below the slab and at the slab perimeter (see Fig 1

- 3).

5.4 Lap joints 6 in. (150 mm) or as instructed by the manufacturer and seal with the
manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure sensitive tape or both.

Section 6.4

6.4 Avoid use of stakes driven through the vapor retarder

### ASTM E1998

- 02(2007) Standard Guide for Assessing Depressurization

- Induced Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented Combustion A ppliances

1. Scope

1.1 This guide describes and compares different methods for assessing the potential for, or existence of, depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage from vented residential combustion appliances.

1.2 Assessment of depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage is conducted under either induced depressurization or natural conditions.

1.3 Residential vented combustion appliances addressed in this guide include hot water heaters and furnace. The g uide also is applicable to boilers.

1.4 The methods given in this guide are applicable to Category I (draft

- hood

- and induced

- fan

equipped) furnaces. The guide does not apply to Category III (power

- vent

- equipped) or Category IV (direct

- vent) furnaces.

1.5 The methods in this guide are not intended to identify backdrafting or spillage due to vent blockage or heat

- exchanger leakage.

1.6 This guide is not intended to provide a basis for determining compliance with code requirements on appliance and venting ins tallation, but does include a visual assessment of the installation. This assessment may indicate the need for a thorough inspection by a qualified
technician.

1.7 Users of the methods in this guide should be familiar with combustion appliance operation

an d with making house

- tightness measurements using a blower door. Some methods described in this guide require familiarity with differential

- pressure measurements and use of computer

based data

- logging equipment.

This guide does not purport to address all safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Carbon monoxide (CO) exposure or flame roll

- out may occur when performing certain procedures given in this guide.

See Section 1 , for precautions that must be taken in conducting such procedures.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

D1356 Terminology Relating to Sampling and Analysis of Atmospheres

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressuriza tionE1827 Test Methods for Determining Airtightness of Buildings Using an Orifice Blower Door

CGSB Standard

51.71 The Spillage Test

-- Method to Determine the Potential for Pressure

- Induced Spillage from Vented, Fuel

- Fired; Space Heating Appliances; Water Heaters, and Fireplaces

ANSI Standard

Z21.47 Gas

- fired Central Furnace

NFPA Standard
54 National Fuel Gas Code

### ASTM C 1320

- 05 (09) Standard Practice for Installation of Mineral Fiber Batt and Blanket Insulation Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction

Significance and Use

This practice recognizes that effectiveness, safety, and durability of insulation depend not only on the quality of the insulating materials but also on their proper installation.

This practice provides general procedures that will help to ensure installation of insulation in a
safe and effective manner. It shall be noted that actual conditio ns in existing buildings vary greatly and in some cases additional care shall be taken to ensure effective and safe
installation.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers procedures for the installation of mineral fiber batt and blanket thermal insulation in ceilings, attics, floors, and walls of new or existing housing and other light frame

construction.

1.2 This practice covers the installation process from pre

- installation inspection through post

installation inspection. It does not cover the production of the insulation materials.

1.3 This practice is not intended to replace manufacturers' installation instructions, but it shall be used in conjunction with such instructions. This practice is not intended to supersede local, state, or federal codes.

1.4 This p ractice assumes that the installer possesses a working knowledge of applicable codes and regulations, safety practices, tools, equipment, and methods necessary for the installation
of thermal insulation materials. It also assumes that the installer underst ands the fundamentals
of construction that affect the installation of insulation.

1.5 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only
and are not considered standard.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practic es and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

### IECC Chapter 3 Climate Zones

### ASTM E1465

- 08a Standard Practice for Radon Control Options for the Design
and Construction of New Low

- Rise Residential Buildings

Abstract

This practice provides the design details and construction methods for two built

- in soil depressurization radon control and reduction systems appropriate for use in new low

- rise residential buildings. Depending on the configuration of the radon v ent stack installed, the radon system's operation may have a pipe route appropriate for a fan

- powered radon reduction system, or have a more efficient pipe route appropriate for passively operated radon reduction systems. This practice covers special featu res for soil depressurization radon reduction systems including (1) slab

- on

- grade, basement and crawlspace foundation types with cast concrete slab and membrane ground covers, (2) sub

- slab and submembrane gas

permeable layers and their drainage, (3) radon system piping, (4) radon discharge separation from openings into occupiable space, (5) radon fan installation, (6) electrical requirements, (7) radon system monitor installation, (8) labeling, (9) radon testing, and (10) system
documentation.

This abstract is a brief summary of the referenced standard. It is informational only and not an official part of the standard; the full text of the standard itself must be referred to for its use and application. ASTM does not give any warranty express or implied or make any representation that the contents of this abstract are accurate, complete or up to date.

Significance and Use

Fan

- powered radon reduction systems built into new residential buildings according to this practice are likely to reduce elevated indoor radon levels, where soil

- gas is the source of radon, to below 2.0 picocuries per litre (pCi/L) (75 becquerels of radon per cubic metre (Bq/m 3 )) in occupiable spaces. Passive radon reduction systems do not always reduce such indoor radon concentrations to below 2.0 picocuries per litre (pCi/L) (75 becquerels of radon per cubic metre (Bq/m 3 )) in occupiable spaces. When a pas sive system, built according to this practice, does not achieve acceptable radon concentrations, that system should be converted to fan

- powered operation to significantly improve its performance. Exceptions

— New residential buildings built on expansive soil and karst may require additional measures, not included in this practice, to achieve acceptable radon reduction. Consider consulting with a soil/geotechnical specialist, a qualified foundation structural engineer and contacting the state ’ s radon in air sp ecialist for up

to

- date information about construction methods. Names of your state radon specialist are available from the U.S. EPA website (http://www.epa.gov/radon).

Note 1— Residences using private wells can have elevated indoor radon concentrations due to
radon that out

- gasses from the water used indoors, like water used to shower (7) . Consider contacting your state ’ s radon specialist for up

- to

- date information on available methods for removing radon from private well water.All soil depressurization r adon reduction methods require a gas

- permeable layer which can be depressurized. The gas

- permeable layer is positioned under the building ’ s sealed ground cover. In the case of the active soil depressurization system, a radon fan pulls air up the vent stack to depressurize the gas

- permeable layer. In the case of a passive soil depressurization system, when air in the vent stack is warmer than that outdoors, the warmer air rises in the stack causing the gas

- permeable layer to be depressurized. The passive sys tem depressurizes the gas

permeable layer intermittently; the fan

- powered system depressurizes the gas

- permeable layer continuously. The performance of gas

- permeable layers depends on their design; see 6.4.1.3. A radon reduction system that operates passiv ely requires the most efficient gas

- permeable layer.

U.S. EPA recommended action level concerning indoor radon states that the radon concentration should always be reduced if it is 4 picocuries per litre (pCi/L) (150 becquerels of radon per cubic metre (Bq /m 3 )) or above in occupiable spaces. According to U.S. EPA there is also reduced risk when radon concentrations in indoor air are lowered to below 2.0 picocuries per litre (pCi/L) (75 becquerels of radon per cubic metre (Bq/m 3 )) in occupiable spaces (4)

.

S ignificant benefit is obtained from reducing indoor radon concentrations to below 4 pCi/L (150 Bq/m 3 ). According to the U.S. EPA ’ s risk assessment (8) , about 62 out of 1000 people who
smoke will die from a lifetime ’ s average radon exposure of 4 pCi/L (150 Bq/m 3 ); for people who never smoked about 7 out of 1000 will people die from the same lifetime exposure. Smokers ’ lifetime risk of death from lung cancer is reduced by about half (50 %) when their average radon exposure is reduced from 4 to 2 pCi/L (150 to 75 Bq/m 3 ); their risk is reduced by about

two

- thirds (67 %) when their exposure is reduced from 4 to 1.3 pCi/L (150 to 75 Bq/m 3 ). Never

smokers ’ lifetime risk of death from lung cancer is reduced by about 40 % when their average radon exposure is reduced from 4 to 2 pCi/L (150 to 75 Bq/m 3 ); the risk is reduced by 70 % when their exposure is reduced from 4 to 1.3 pCi/L (150 to 50 Bq/m 3 ). U.S. EPA recommended action level about reducing radon to less that 4 pCi/L (150 Bq/m 3 ) is “ Radon levels less than 4 pCi/ L (150 Bq/m 3 ) still pose a risk, and in many cases may be reduced ” (4) . U.S. EPA
recommendation is to “ Consider fixing between 2 and 4 pCi/L (75 and 150 Bq/m 3 ). ” (See radon reduction goals in 1.4 and 6.11.4.)

This practice assumes that the customer is informed about the risks of lung cancer from exposure to radon and able to establish by contract the maximum acceptable indoor radon concentration allowed in the new residential building. Because there are goals and recommended action level but no government mandated maximum indoor radon concentration for new residential construction in the United States customers and their agents should negotiate to establish by contract the maximum acceptable indoor radon concentration. The customer should keep in mind th at the building ’ s indoor radon concentration can never be less than the radon concentration in the outdoor air in the vicinity of the building; that establishing target radon levels below 2 pCi/L (75 Bq/m 3 ) could be more expensive; and that
radon concentra tions below 2 pCi/L (75 Bq/m 3 ) are difficult to measure using current commercially available technology. (See (4, 7) , 1.4, and 6.11.4.)The negotiated acceptable radon concentration defined by this standard can vary from
customer to customer and contract t o contract. The owner ’ s goal for radon reduction should be known and considered before the radon system design is specified. The construction choices for void space in the gas

- permeable layer; vent stack pipe diameter and route; radon fan capacity;
and bui lding features influence the radon reduction system ’ s performance. (See 1.4, 3.2.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, and 6.4.1.3.)

This practice offers organized information about radon reduction methods. This practice cannot replace education and experience and should be u sed in conjunction with trained and certified radon practitioner's judgment. Not all aspects of this practice may be applicable in all

circumstances.

This practice is not intended, by itself, to replace the standard of care by which adequacy of a professio nal service may be judged, nor should this practice alone be applied without consideration of a project's unique aspects.

The word “ Standard ” in the title of this practice means that the document has been approved through the ASTM consensus process.

Reliab le methods for predicting indoor radon concentrations for a particular residential building prior to its construction are not available at this time. If the house is in contact with the ground, it is possible for radon gas to be present. Not all houses wil l need a radon system; nationally, 1 out of 15, or 7 % of the houses have indoor radon concentrations greater than 4 pCi/L (150 Bq/m 3 ). In the highest state 71 % of the houses have indoor radon greater than 4 pCi/L (150 Bq/m 3 ). In fifteen states less than 10 % of the houses are over 4 pCi/L (150 Bq/m 3 ). In six states 40 % or more of the houses have indoor radon over 4 pCi/L (150 Bq/m 3 ). State and local jurisdictions and individual owners are in the best position to decide where houses with radon
reduction features should be built.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers the design and construction of two radon control options for use in new
low

- rise residential buildings. These unobtrusive (built

- in) soil depressurization options are installed with a pipe route appropriate for their intended initial mode of operation, that is, fan

powered or passive. One of these pipe routes should be installed during a residential building ’ s initial construction. Specifications for the critical gas

- permeable layer, the radon syste m’ s piping, and radon entry pathway reduction are comprehensive and common to both pipe

routes.

1.1.1 The first option has a pipe route appropriate for a fan

- powered radon reduction system.
The radon fan should be installed after (1) an initial radon test result reveals unacceptable radon concentrations and therefore a need for an operating radon fan, or (2) the owner has specified an operating radon fan, as well as acceptable radon test results before occupancy. Fan operated soil dep ressurization radon systems reduce indoor radon concentrations up to 99 %.1.1.2 The second option has a more efficient pipe route appropriate for passively operated radon reduction systems. Passively operated radon reduction systems provide radon reductio ns of up to 50 %. When the radon test results for a building with an operating passive system are not acceptable, that system should be converted to fan

- powered operation. Radon systems with pipe routes installed for passive operation can be converted easi ly to fan

- powered operation; such fan operated systems reduce indoor radon concentrations up to 99 %.

1.2 The options provide different benefits:

1.2.1 The option using the pipe route for fan

- powered operation is intended for builders with
customers who wa nt maximum unobtrusive built

- in radon reduction and documented evidence of an effective radon reduction system before a residential building is occupied. Radon systems
with fan

- powered type pipe routes allow the greatest architectural freedom for vent stac k routing and fan location.

1.2.2 The option using the pipe route for passive operation is intended for builders and their
customers who want unobtrusive built

- in radon reduction with the lowest possible operating cost, and documented evidence of acceptabl e radon system performance before occupancy. If a passive system ’ s radon reduction is unacceptable, its performance can be significantly increased by converting it to fan

- powered operation.

1.3 Fan

- powered, soil depressurization, radon

- reduction techniques , such as those specified in this practice, have been used successfully for slab

- on

- grade, basement, and crawlspace foundations throughout the world.

1.4 Radon in air testing is used to assure the effectiveness of these soil depressurization radon
systems. The U.S. national goal for indoor radon concentration, established by the U.S. Congress in the 1988 Indoor Radon Abatement Act, is to reduce indoor radon as close to the levels of outside air as is practicable. The radon concentration in outside air is as sumed to be

0.4 picocuries per litre (pCi/l) (15 Becquerels per cubic metre (Bq/m 3 )); the U.S. ’ s average radon concentration in indoor air is 1.3 pCi/L (50 Bq/m 3 ). The goal of this practice is to make available new residential buildings with indoor radon concentrations below 2.0 pCi/L (75 Bq/m 3 ) in occupiable spaces.

1.5 This practice is intended to assist owners, designers, builders, building officials and others who design, manage, and inspect radon systems and their construction for new low

- rise
resident ial buildings.

1.6 This practice can be used as a model set of practices, which can be adopted or modified by state and local jurisdictions, to fulfill objectives of their residential building codes and regulations. This practice also can be used as a reference for the federal, state, and local health officials and radiation protection agencies.1.7 The new dwelling units covered by this practice have never been occupied. Radon reduction for existing low rise residential buildings is covered by Practice E 2 121, or by state and local building codes and radiation protection regulations.

1.8 Fan

- powered soil depressurization, the principal strategy described in this practice, offers the most effective and most reliable radon reduction of all currently available strategies. Historically, far more fan

- powered soil depressurization radon reduction systems have been successfully installed and operated than all other radon reduction methods combined. These methods are not the only methods for reducing indoor radon co ncentrations (1

- 3)

.

1.9 Section 7 is Occupational Radon Exposure and Worker Safety

.

1.10 Appendix X1 is Principles of Operation for Fan

- Powered Soil Depressurization Radon
Reduction

.

1.11 Appendix X2 is a Summary of Practice E 1465 Requirements for Installation of Radon Reduction Systems in New Low Rise Residential Building

.

1.12 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information on ly
and are not considered standard.

1.13 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards C29/C29M Test Method for Bulk Density (Unit Weight) and Voids in Aggregate

C127 Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate

D1785 Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedu les 40, 80, and 120

D2241 Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure

- Rated Pipe (SDR Series)

D2466 Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fi ttings, Schedule 40

D2661 Specification for Acrylonitrile

- Butadiene

- Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings

D2665 Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings

D2729 Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings

D2751 Specification fo r Acrylonitrile

- Butadiene

- Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E1643 Practice for Selection, Design, Installation, and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders
Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete SlabsE1745 Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill
under Concrete Slabs

E2121 Practice for Installing Radon Mitigation Systems in Existing Low

- Rise Residential Buildings

F405 Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings

F628 Specification for Acrylonitrile

- Butadiene

- Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe With a Cellular Core

F891 Specification for Coextruded Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe With a Cellular Core

Other Publications
Uniform Building Code, Chapters 18, 19 and 21

# SUMMARY OF STANARDS REFERENCED:

BASE LOAD

### NFPA 70A: National Electrical Code® Requirements for One

- and Two

- Family Dwellings

Scope

(A) Covered. This Code covers the installation of electrical conductors, equipment, and raceways; signaling and communications conductors, equipment, and raceways; and optical fiber cables and raceways for the following: (1) Public and private premises, including buildings, structures, mobile homes, recreational vehicles, and floating buildings (2) Yards, lots, parking lots, carnivals, and industrial substations (3) Installations of conductors and equipment that connect to the supply of electricity (4) Installations used by the electric utility, such as office buildings, warehouses, garages, machine shops, and recreational buildings, that are not an integral part of a generating plant, substation, or control center.

### National Appliance Energy Conservat ion Act (NAECA)

The National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA). NAECA was adopted by the U.S. Congress with virtually no opposition and was signed into law by President Reagan (U.S. Congress 1987). The standards established minimum energy efficien cy requirements for 12 types of residential appliances sold in the United States. NAECA also contains requirements and deadlines for updating the initial standards through rulemakings conducted by DOE using
criteria included in the law. The latest revised standards by the Department of Energy on refrigerators and freezers went into effect beginning in 2001. New standards on clothes washers went into effect on 2007, clothes dryers and dishwashers in 1994.

### 40 CFR 271.13 Title 40: Protection of Environment PART 273

— STANDARDS FOR UNIVERSAL WASTE MANAGEMENT

Subpart B

— Standards for Small Quantity Handlers of Universal Waste

273.13 Waste management

(c) Mercury

- containing equipment. A small quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste mercury

- containing equipment in a way that prevents releases of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment, as follows:

(1) A small quantity handler of universal waste must place in a container any universal waste

mercury

- cont aining equipment with non

- contained elemental mercury or that shows evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions. The container must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the device, must lack evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions, and must be reasonably designed to prevent the escape of mercury into the environment by volatilization or any other means.

(2 ) A small quantity handler of universal waste may remove mercury

- containing ampules from universal waste mercury

- containing equipment provided the handler:

(i) Removes and manages the ampules in a manner designed to prevent breakage of the ampules;

(ii) Re moves the ampules only over or in a containment device ( e.g., , tray or pan sufficient to collect and contain any mercury released from an ampule in case of breakage);

(iii) Ensures that a mercury clean

- up system is readily available to immediately transf er any mercury resulting from spills or leaks from broken ampules from that containment device to a container that meets the requirements of 40 CFR 262.34;

(iv) Immediately transfers any mercury resulting from spills or leaks from broken ampules from the containment device to a container that meets the requirements of 40 CFR 262.34;

(v) Ensures that the area in which ampules are removed is well ventilated and monitored to ensure compliance with applicable OSHA exposure levels for mercury;

(vi) Ensures that employees removing ampules are thoroughly familiar with proper waste mercury handling and emergency procedures, including transfer of mercury from containment devices to appropriate containers;

(vii) Stores removed ampules in closed, non

- leaking containers that are in good condition;(viii) Packs removed ampules in the container with packing materials adequate to prevent breakage during storage, handling, and transportation;



### NFPA 54/ANSI/AGA Z223.1 National Fuel Gas Code

Up

- to

- date with current techniques , products, materials, and construction practices, the 2009 National Fuel Gas Code provides a more effective means of ensuring fuel gas safety on consumers' premises. Based on scores of proposals from Code users, it presents designers, installers, AHJs, ma intainers, and inspectors of fuel gas systems in buildings with state

- of

- the

­ art criteria for the installation and operation of gas piping systems, appliances, equipment, and related accessories, including new requirements that all heating boilers have a l ow water cutoff switch to prevent boiler failure.

Annexes provide valuable advice on sizing and capacities of gas piping, and sizing of venting systems serving appliances...checking for leakage...and emergency procedures for gas leaks. More than 100 graphics visually clarify concepts. A new Annex provides a detailed list of all changes from the 2006 edition, with the reason for the changes.

Contents Chapter 1 Administration Chapter 2 Referenced Publications Chapter 3 Definitions Chapter 4 General Chapter 5 Gas Piping System Design, Materials, and Components Chapter 6 Pipe Sizing Chapter 7 Gas Piping Installation Chapter 8 Inspection, Testing, and Purging Chapter 9 Appliance, Equipment, and Accessory Installation Chapter 10 Installation of Specific Appliances Chapter 11 Procedures to Be Followed to Place Appliance in Operation Chapter 12 Venting of Appliances Chapter 13 Sizing of Category I Venting Systems Annex A Explanatory Material Annex B Coordination of Appliance and Equipment Design, Construction, and

Maintenance Annex C Sizing and Capacities of Gas Piping Annex D Suggested Method of Checking for Leakage Annex E Suggested Emergency Procedure for Gas Leaks Annex F Flow of Gas Through Fixed Orifices Annex G Sizing of Venting Systems Serving Appliances Equip ped with Draft Hoods, Category I Appliances, and Appliances Listed for Use with Type B Vents Annex H Recommended Procedure for Safety Inspection of an Existing Appliance
Installation Annex I Indoor Combustion Air Calculation Examples Annex J Example of Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Combustion and Ventilation Opening DesignAnnex K Other Useful Definitions
Annex L Enforcement
Annex M Informational References
Index



### Standard 62.2

- 2010

-- Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low

- Rise
Residential Buildings (ANSI/ASHRAE Approved)

This standard defines the roles of and minimum requirements for mechanical and natural ventilation systems and the building envelope intended to provide acceptable indoor air quality
in low

- rise residential buildings. It is ASHRAE's IAQ standard for residential buildings.

It applies to spaces intended for human occupancy within single

- family houses and multi

- family structures of three stories or fewer above grade, including manufactured and modular houses.
This standard d oes not apply to transient housing such as hotels, motels, nursing homes, dormitories, or jails.

Since 2003, extensive experience has been gained in the application of this standard, due to its adoption by various building codes and use in numerous buildi ng programs. As such, many clarifications and improvements have been identified and incorporated through the approved addenda. One significant addition is the new normative appendix addressing the application of the standard to existing buildings.

http://openpub.realread.com/rrserver/browser?title=/ASHRAE_1/ashrae_62_2_2007_1280

### ASTM E1998

- 02(2007) Standard Guide for Assessing Depressurization

- Induced Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented Combustion Appliances

1. Scope

1.1 This guide describes and compares different methods for assessing the potential for, or existence of, depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage from vented residential
combu stion appliances.

1.2 Assessment of depressurization

- induced backdrafting and spillage is conducted under either induced depressurization or natural conditions.

1.3 Residential vented combustion appliances addressed in this guide include hot water heaters and furnace. The guide also is applicable to boilers.

1.4 The methods given in this guide are applicable to Category I (draft

- hood

- and induced

- fan

equipped) furnaces. The guide does not apply to Category III (power

- vent

- equipped) or Category IV (direct

- ve nt) furnaces.

1.5 The methods in this guide are not intended to identify backdrafting or spillage due to vent blockage or heat

- exchanger leakage.

1.6 This guide is not intended to provide a basis for determining compliance with code requirements on applian ce and venting installation, but does include a visual assessment of the installation. This assessment may indicate the need for a thorough inspection by a qualified
technician.

1.7 Users of the methods in this guide should be familiar with combustion appl iance operation and with making house

- tightness measurements using a blower door. Some methods described in this guide require familiarity with differential

- pressure measurements and use of computer

based data

- logging equipment.

This guide does not purport to address all safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Carbon monoxide (CO)

expo sure or flame roll

- out may occur when performing certain procedures given in this guide.

See Section 1 , for precautions that must be taken in conducting such procedures.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

D1356 Terminology Relating to Sampling and Analysis of Atmospheres

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E779 Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressuriza tionE1827 Test Methods for Determining Airtightness of Buildings Using an Orifice Blower Door

CGSB Standard

51.71 The Spillage Test

-- Method to Determine the Potential for Pressure

- Induced Spillage from Vented, F uel

- Fired; Space Heating Appliances; Water Heaters, and Fireplaces

ANSI Standard

Z21.47 Gas

- fired Central Furnace

NFPA Standard
54 National Fuel Gas CodeOSH Act of 1970

SEC. 5. Duties

(a) Each employer

-­

(1) shall furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to his employees;

(2) shall comply with occupational safety and health standards promulgated under this

Act.

(b) Each employee shall comply with occupational safety and health standards and all rules, regulations, and orders issued pursuant to this Act which are applicable to his own actions
and conduct.

### ASTM E241

- 09 Standard Guide for Limiting Water

- Induced Damage to Buildings

Significance and Use

Moisture degradation is frequently a significant factor that either limits the useful life of a building or necessitates costly repairs. Examples of moisture degradation include: (1) decay of
wood

- based materials , (2) spalling of masonry caused by freeze

- thaw cycles, (3) damage to gypsum plasters by dissolution, (4) corrosion of metals, (5) damage due to expansion of materials or components (by swelling due to moisture pickup, or by expansion due to corrosion, hyd ration, or delayed ettringite formation), (6) spalling and degradation caused by salt migration, (7) failure of finishes, and (8) creep deformation and reduction in strength or
stiffness.

Moisture accumulation within construction components or construction s may adversely affect serviceability of a building, without necessarily causing immediate and serious degradation of the construction components. Examples of such serviceability issues are: (1) indoor air quality, (2) electrical safety, (3) degradation of thermal performance of insulations, and (4) decline in physical appearance. Mold or mildew growth can influence indoor air quality and physical appearance. With some components, in particular interior surface finishes, mold or mildew growth may limit serv ice life of the component. Moisture conditions that affect serviceability issues can frequently be expected, unless corrected, to eventually result in degradation of the building or its components. This guide does not attempt however to address serviceabil ity issues that could be corrected by cleaning and change in building operation, and that would not require repair or replacement of components to return the building (or portions or components of the building) to serviceability.

Prevention of water

- induc ed damage must be considered throughout the construction process including the various stages of the design process, construction, and building commissioning. It must also be considered in building operation and maintenance, and when the building is

renova ted, rehabilitated or undergoes a change in use.

This guide is intended to alert designers and builders, and also building owners and managers, to potential damages that may be induced by water, regardless of its source. This guide
discusses moisture sourc es and moisture migration. Limit states (or specific moisture conditions that are likely to impact construction or component durability) and design methods are also cursorily discussed. Examples of practices that enhance durability are listed and discussed , as are examples of constructions or circumstances to avoid. The examples listed are not all

inclusive. Lastly, field check lists are given. The checklists are not intended for use as is, but as guides for development of checklists which may vary with specific building designs and
climates.1. Scope

1.1 This guide concerns building design, construction, commissioning, operation, and

maintenance.

1.2 This guide addresses the need for systematic evaluation of factors that can result in

moisture

- induced damage to a building or its components. Although of great potential importance, serviceability issues which are often, but not necessarily, related to physical damage of the building or its components (for example, indoor air quality or electrical safety) are not directly addressed in this guide.

1.3 The emphasis of this guide is on low

- rise buildings. Portions of this guide; in particular Sections 5, 6, and 7; may also be applicable to high

- rise buildings.

1.4 This guide is not intended for direct use in codes and specifications. It does not attempt to prescribe acceptable limits of damage. Buildings intended for different uses may have different service life expectancies, and expected service lives of different components within a given building often dif fer. Furthermore, some building owners may be satisfied with substantially shorter service life expectancies of building components or of the entire building than other building owners. Lastly, the level of damage that renders a component unserviceable may vary with the type of component, the degree to which failure of the component is critical (for example, whether failure constitutes a life

- safety hazard), and the judgement (that is, tolerance for damage) of the building owner. For the reasons stated in this paragraph, prescribing limits of damage would require listing many pages of exceptions and qualifiers and is beyond the scope of this guide.

1.5 This standard does not purport to address the safety concerns associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C168 Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C755 Practice for Selection of Water Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation

C1193 Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

D1079 Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing

E331 Test Method for Water Penetrati on of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

E547 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

E631 Terminology of Building ConstructionsE1105 Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows,

Skylight s, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

E1643 Practice for Selection, Design, Installation, and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders
Used in Contact with Earth or Granular F ill Under Concrete Slabs

E1677 Specification for an Air Barrier (AB) Material or System for Low

- Rise Framed Building
Walls

E1745 Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill
under Concrete Slabs

E2112 Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights

E2136 Guide for Specifying and Evaluating Performance of Single Family Attached and Detached Dwellings

-- Durability

Other Documents Timusk,J.,Seskus,A.,and Linger,K., “ A Systems Approach to Extend the Limit of Envelope
Performance” in Proceedings: Thermal Performance of the Exterio r Envelopes of Buildings V, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air

- Conditioning Engineers, Atlanta, GA, 1992.

### NAHB

- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition: Electrical

 Prohibit work on new and existing energized (hot) electrical circuits until all power is shut off and a positive Lockout/Tagout System is in place.

 Don't use frayed or worn electrical cords or cables.

 Use only 3

- wire type extension cords designed for hard or junior hard service. (Look for any of the following letters imprinted on the casing: S, ST, SO, STO, SJ, SJT, SJO, SJTO.)

 Maintain all electrical tools and equipment in safe condition and check regularly for
defects.

 Remove broken or damaged tools and equipment from the jobsite.

 Protect all temporary power (includin g extension cords) with ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs). Plug into a GFCI

- protected temporary power pole, a GFCI protected generator, or use a GFCI extension cord to protect against shocks (Figure 22).

 Don't bypass any protective system or device designed to protect employees from
contact with electrical current.

 Locate and identify overhead electrical power lines. Make sure that ladders, scaffolds, equipment or materials never come within 10 feet of electrical power lines.

### ASTM C1193

- 09 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

Significance and Use

This guide provides information and guidelines for consideration by the designer or applicator of a joint seal. It explains the properties and functions of various materials, such as sealant, sealant backing, and primer, among others; and, procedures such as, substrate cleaning and priming, and installation of the components of a sealed joint. It presents guidelines for the use and application of the various materials, design of a sealant joint for a specific application, and environmental conditions and effects that are known to detrimentally affect a sealant joint. The information and guidelines are also useful for those that supply accessories to the sealant industry and for those that instal l sealants and accessory materials associated with sealant use.

In addition to the design and installation data in this guide, consult the sealant manufacturer about applications for its products and their proper use and installation. Considering the range of properties of commercially available sealants, the variety of joint designs possible, and the many conditions of use, the information contained herein is general in nature.

To assist the user of the guide in locating specific information, a detailed listing of guide numbered sections and their descriptors are included in Appendix X2.

1. Scope

1.1 This guide describes the use of a cold liquid

- applied sealant for joint sealing applications. Including joints on buildings and related adjacent areas, such as plazas, decks, and pavements for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other than highways and airfield pavements and bridges. Information in this guide is primarily applicable to a single and multi

component, cold liquid

- applied joint se alant and secondarily to a precured sealant when used with a properly prepared joint opening and substrate surfaces.

1.2 An elastomeric or non

- elastomeric sealant described by this guide should meet the requirements of Specification C 834, C 920, or C 1311

.

1.3 This guide does not provide information or guidelines for the use of a sealant in a structural sealant glazing application. Guide C 1401 should be consulted for this information. Additionally, it also does not provide information or guidelines for th e use of a sealant in an insulating glass unit edge seal used in a structural sealant glazing application. Guide C 1249 should be consulted
for this information.

1.4 Practice C 919 should be consulted for information and guidelines for the use of a sealant in an application where an acoustic joint seal is required.

1.5 This guide also does not provide information relative to the numerous types of sealant that are available nor specific generic sealant properties, such as hardness, tack

- free time, or curingprocess, among others. Guide C 1299 should be consulted for information on generally accepted comparative values for the characteristics and properties of the more common generic types of liquid

- applied sealant.

1.6 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parenthesis are provided for information only.

1.7 The Committee with jurisdiction for this standard is not aware of any comparable standards published by other organizations.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

1. 9 The committee with jurisdiction over this standard is not aware of any comparable standards published by other organizations.

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C510 Test Method for Staining and Color Change of Single

- or Multicomponent Joint Sealants

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C719 Test Method for Adhesion and Coh esion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)

C792 Test Method for Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cracking, and Chalking of
Elastomeric Sealants

C794 Test Method for Adhesion

- in

- Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C834 Specification for Latex Sealants

C919 Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applicatio ns
C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C1083 Test Method for Water Absorption of Cellular Elastomeric Gaskets and Sealing Materials

C1087 Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid

- Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems

C1135 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Str uctural Sealants

C1247 Test Method for Durability of Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids

C1248 Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Seala nts
C1249 Guide for Secondary Seal for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Structural Sealant Glazing Applications

C1253 Test Method for Determining the Outgassing Potentia l of Sealant Backing

C1299 Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1311 Specification for Solvent Release Sealants

C1330 Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1382 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used in Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) JointsC1401 Guide for Structural Sealant Glazing

C1442 Practice for Conducting Tests on Sealants Using Artificial Weathering Apparatus

C1472 Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint
Width

D2203 Test Method for Staining from Sealants

### NFPA 211: Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel

- Burning Appliances

Widely used by architects, installers, equipment manufacturers, AHJs, and building owners,

NFPA 211 provides guidelines for construction projects involving chimneys, fireplaces, vents, and solid fuel

- burning appliances. Comprehensive coverage addresses everything from selection of equipment and installation to inspection and maintenance in residential,

c ommercial, and industrial properties.

Changes in the 2010 NFPA 211: Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel

Burning Appliances include:

• Extensive revisions to and clarification of definitions

• Terminology for gas appliances is now consis tent with NFPA 54: National Fuel Gas Code

• New minimum requirements for opening for rain caps and spacing of electrical wire from dryer vents

Contents Chapter 1 Administration Chapter 2 Referenced Publications Chapter 3 Definitions Chapter 4 General Req uirements Chapter 5 Selection of Chimney and Vent Types Chapter 6 Factory

- Built Chimneys and Chimney Units Chapter 7 Masonry Chimneys Chapter 8 Unlisted Metal Chimneys (Smokestacks) for Nonresidential Applications Chapter 9 Chimney Connectors and Vent Connectors Chapter 10 Vents Chapter 11 Fireplaces Chapter 12 Solid Fuel

– Burning Appliances Chapter 13 Maintenance Chapter 14 Inspection of Existing Chimneys Annex A Explanatory Material
Annex B Informational References
Index

### Standard 62.2

- 2010

-- Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low

- Rise Residential Buildings (ANSI/ASHRAE Approved)

This standard defines the roles of and minimum requirements for mechanical and natural ventilation systems and the building envelope intended to prov ide acceptable indoor air quality
in low

- rise residential buildings. It is ASHRAE's IAQ standard for residential buildings.

It applies to spaces intended for human occupancy within single

- family houses and multi

- family
structures of three stories or fewer above grade, including manufactured and modular houses. This standard does not apply to transient housing such as hotels, motels, nursing homes, dormitories, or jails.

Since 2003, extensive experience has been gained in the application of this standard, due to its adoption by various building codes and use in numerous building programs. As such, many clarifications and improvements have been identified and incorporated through the approved addenda. One significant addition is the new normative appendix addressing the application of the standard to existing buildings.

http://openpub.realread.com/rrserver/browser?title=/ASHRAE_1/ashrae_62_2_2007_1280

# SUMMARY OF STANARDS REFERENCED:

WINDOWS AND DOORS

### ASTM E2112

- 07 Standard Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights

Significance and Use

This practice recognizes that the effective performance of installed fenestration products is dependent in part upon following proper installation procedures and appropriate workmanship.

This practice recognizes that the coordination of trades and proper sequencing are essential for effective fenestration installation. The general contractor shall be responsible for the necessary coordination of trades and proper construction sequencing of the installed fenestration product.

Improper installation of units contributes to excessive air, water and sound leakage, and condensation. It may promote the det erioration of wall constructions, insulation, fenestration products, and their respective finishes.

This practice presumes a working knowledge of applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations; specifically, but not limited to required means of egress, requirements for safety glazing materials, and structural requirements of applicable codes.

This practice presumes a working knowledge of the tools, equipment, and methods necessary for the installation of specified fenestration products. It furth er assumes familiarity with flashing and sealing, glazing procedures, finishes where applicable, and an understanding of the
fundamentals of construction that affect the installation of these units.

This practice presumes that the products that have been f urnished for the installation and their locations within the structure comply with all the applicable building codes and regulations.

1. Scope

1.1 This practice covers the installation of fenestration products in new and existing construction. For the purpose of this practice, fenestration products shall be limited to windows, sliding patio

- type doors, swinging patio type doors, and skylights, as used primarily in residential and light commercial buildings.

1.2 This practice assumes that the installer posse sses basic woodworking skills and an understanding of wall and roof construction, sheet metal work, and joint sealant practices.

1.3 This practice attempts to instruct and familiarize the installer with the concepts of both Barrier Systems and Membrane/Dra inage Systems, in order to ensure the continuity of the building envelope. This practice attempts to educate the installer, builder, architect, and otherusers in the identification and understanding of the water shedding system of the building envelope.

1 .4 This practice covers the installation process from pre

- installation procedures through post

installation procedures, for single units or factory

- mulled multiple units in a single opening. It does not cover the fabrication or assembly of multiple units, whether such fabrication takes place in a factory or at the intended installation site. The installer should check with the manufacturer of factory

- assembled units for instructions for anchoring. When using field

mulled units, follow manufacturer's recomme ndations and make certain that they meet applicable codes. This practice does not cover the selection of appropriate fenestration products for a given application, nor the selection of other products or systems for use in the
installation.

1.5 This practice provides minimum requirements that will help to accomplish the installation of fenestration products in an effective manner. Actual conditions in buildings vary greatly and, in some cases, substantial additional precautions may be required. In the event that the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the product conflict with requirements of this practice, the manufacturer's instructions shall prevail. This practice is not intended to limit or exclude other new procedures that may refine o r further improve the effectiveness of
fenestration installation.

1.5.1 This practice is intended to be used for background information in order to develop training manuals and training programs. Further, this practice attempts to consolidate and unify
the various steps of construction, tying together the various trades involved with the continuity between fenestration products and the building envelope.

1.6 The text of this practice references notes and footnotes that provide explanatory material.
These no tes and footnotes (excluding those in tables and figures) shall not be considered as requirements of this practice.

1.7 The values stated in inch

- pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values shown in parentheses are for information only.

1.8 This standard has not been created to address all issues related to every possible installation situation one might experience in the field. Furthermore, this practice does not purport to provide fail

- safe installation methods, assurance or protection agai nst installation deficiencies, or a standard by which architects can specify or ensure delivered performance.

Note 1

— There are no ISO standards covering the primary subject matter of this practice.

1.9 This practice does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific precautionary statements, see Section 5, Related Procedures. Where a lead hazard isknown or suspected, refer to ASTM Standards on Lead Hazards Associated with Buildings and to applicable state and federal regulations. Where an asbestos hazard is known or suspected, re fer
to the ASTM Manual on Asbestos Control , and to applicable state and federal regulations.

1.10 Table of Contents

Section

Scope 1

Table of Contents 1.10

Referenced Documents 2
Terminology 3

Definitions 3.1
Description of Terms Specific to this Standard 3.2

Abbreviations 3.3
Significance and Use 4

Related Issues and Procedures 5
Continuity with the Weather Barrier Systems 5.1
Joints and Anchorages 5.2
Moisture Entrapment 5.3

Weather Resistant Barrier 5.4
Weatherability 5.5
Construction Sequence 5.6
Construction Damage 5.7
Inspection 5.8
Rough Opening 5.9
Rough Opening Size 5.9.1
Insulating or Filling the Rough Opening Gap 5.9.2

Materials Protection 5.10
Cleaning and Maintenance 5.11

Dissimilar Materials 5.12
Flashing Requirements 5.13 Fastening Systems/Anchorage 5.14
Shimming 5.15
Panning Systems and Subsills for Weatherability 5.16

Pre

- Installation Procedures 5.17

Sealants

- Selection and Use 5.18
Window Cleaner Anchors and Related SafetyHardware 5.19Continuity Between the Fenestration Products and Other Components of the Building Envelope 6

Water Shedding Strategies of Wall and Roof Systems 7 Concept of Surface Barrier Systems and Membrane/Drainage Systems 7.1
Surface Barrier Systems 7.1.1 Membrane/Drainage Systems 7.1.2
Identification of Systems 7.2

Installation Methods For Windows 8 Windows in Walls Utilizing a Membrane/Drainage System 8.1
Windows with Perimeter Mounting Flanges (Nail Fins) in Drainage Type Wall

Construction 8.1.1

Flange Types 8.1.1.1

Selection of Installation Method 8.1.1.2

Method A 8.1.1.3.1

Method B 8.1.1.3.2

Method A1 8.1.1.3.3

Method B1 8.1.1.3.4

Non

- Finned Windows in Membrane/Drainage Type Walls 8.1.2
Windows in Walls Utilizing a Barrier Wall System(Sealant Method) 8.2
Windows in Walls Utilizing an Exterior Barrier System (EIFS or Direct Applied) 8.3
Special Considerations 8.4

Aluminum Framed Windows 8.4.1
Vinyl Framed Windows 8.4.2
Replacement Window Installation 8.5
Partial Window Replacement for Existing Integral Flange Windows 8.5.1
Partial Replacement of Mill Shop Wood Windows 8.5.2
Complete Window Replacement 8.5.3
Destructive Window Replacement (Fin Type) 8.5.3.1

Non

- Destructive Window Replacement (Non

- Fin Type) 8.5.3.2

Installation Methods for Doors 9

D oors in Walls Utilizing a Membrane/Drainage System 9.1
Doors with Perimeter Mounting Flanges (Nailing Fins) in Drainage Type Wall

Construction 9.1.1

Flange Types 9.1.1.1

Selection of Installation Method 9.1.1.2

Method A 9.1.1.4.1

Method B 9.1.1.4.2Method A1 9.1.1.4.3

Method B1 9.1.1.4.4
Hinged Swing (Non

- finned) Doors in Membrane/Drainage Type Walls 9.1.2
Installation Methods for Skylights 10
Product Types 10.1
Flashing Procedures 10.2 Aluminum/Copper Sheet Flashing 10.3 Aluminum/Copper Step Flashing (Fabricated or Engineered) 10.4
Membrane Flashing 10.5

Post

- Installation Procedures 11
Keywords 12
Air Barrier Foam Sealant Used in the Rough Opening Gap Annex A1
Emergency Escape and Rescue Requirements Annex A2
Minimum Height Requirements for Interior Height of Pan Flashing Annex A3

Sealants Annex A4

Window/Door Flashing Types Appendix

X1

Cautions for Installation Appendix

X2

Bibliography/Other Referenced Installation Guides Appendix

X3

Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

B456 Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper plus Nickel Plus Chromium and
Nickel Plus Chromium

B663 Specification for Silver

- Tungsten Carbide Electrical Contac t Material

B766 Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium

C717 Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C755 Practi ce for Selection of Vapor Barriers for Thermal Insulation

C794 Test Method for Adhesion

- in

- Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C834 Specification for Latex Sealants

C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C1193 Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

C1281 Specification for Preformed Tape Sea lants for Glazing Applications

C1299 Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1311 Specification for Solvent Release Sealants

C1382 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used inExterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Joints

C1397 Practice for Application of Class PB Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems

D779 Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard, and Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Method

D1970 Specification for Self

- Adheri ng Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials, Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection

D2822 Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement

E283 Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen

E331 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doo rs, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

E547 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

E631 Terminology of Building Constructions

E783 Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows
and Doors

E1105 Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain Walls by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

AAMA Standards
850 Fenestration Sealants Guide Manual

ANSI/AAMA/WDMA Standard 101/I.S.2 Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass

Doors

AAMA/WDMA Standard 1600/IS7 Voluntary Specifications for Roof Windows and Skylights

ANSI/ASME Standard A39.1 Standard, Safety Requirements for Window C leaning

ANSI/EIMA Standard

99 -A- 200 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)

ANSI/ISDI Standard 102 Insulated Steel Door Systems

-- Installation Standard

CSA Standards

A440

- M90 Windows

-- A National Standard of Canada

CPSC Standard 16CFR1201 USA Consumer Product Safety Commission, Code of Federal Regulations; Part 1201,Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, 1977

WDMA Standard

I.S.4 Industry Standard for Water

- Repellent Preservative Treatment for Millwork

OSHA Standar ds
29CFR1926.1101 Asbestos Construction Standard



### NAHB

- OSHA Jobsite Safety Handbook, Second Edition

Personal Protective Equipment

Head Protection

 Workers must wear hard hats when overhead, falling, or flying hazards exist or when danger of electrical shock is present.

 Inspect hard hats routinely for dents, cracks, or deterioration.

 If a hard hat has taken a heavy blow or electrical shock, you must replace it even when you detect no visible damage.

 Maintain hard hats in good condition; do not drill; clean with strong detergents or solvents; paint; or store them in extreme temperatures.

Eye and Face Protection

 Workers must wear safety glasses or face shields for welding, cutting, nailing (including pneumatic), or when working with concrete and/or harmful chemicals.

 Eye and face protectors are designed for particular hazards so be sure to select the type

to matc h the hazard.

 Replace poorly fitting or damaged safety glasses.

Foot Protection

 Residential construction workers must wear shoes or boots with slip

- resistant and
puncture

- resistant soles (to prevent slipping and puncture wounds).

 Safety

- toed shoes are recommended to prevent crushed toes when working with heavy rolling equipment or falling objects.

Hand Protection

 High

- quality gloves can prevent injury.

 Gloves should fit snugly.

 Glove gauntlets should be taped for working with fiberglass materials.

 Workers should always wear the right gloves for the job (for example, heavy

- duty rubber for concrete work, welding gloves for welding).Fall Protection

 Use a safety harness system for fall protection.

 Use body belts only as positioning devices

- not for fall protection.



### OSHA 3142

- 09R, 2003, Lead in Construction

APPLICABILITY TO CONSTRUCTION

OSHA's lead in construction standard applies to all construction work where an employee may be exposed to lead . All work related to construction, alteration, or repair, including painting and decorating, is included. Under this standard, construction includes, but is not limited to:

 Demolition or salvage of structures where lead or materials containing lead are p resent;

 Removal or encapsulation of materials containing lead;

 New construction, alteration, repair, or renovation of structures, substrates, or portions or materials containing lead;

 Installation of products containing lead;

 Lead contamination from em ergency cleanup;

 Transportation, disposal, storage, or containment of lead or materials containing lead where construction activities are performed; and

 Maintenance operations associated with these construction activities.

Employer Responsibilities

WO RKER PROTECTIONS

Employers of construction workers are responsible for developing and implementing a worker protection program. At a minimum, the employer's worker protection program for employees exposed to lead above the PEL should include:

 Hazard determination, including exposure assessment;

 Medical surveillance and provisions for medical removal;

 Job

- specific compliance programs;

 Engineering and work practice controls;

 Respiratory protection;

 Protective clothing and equipment;

 Houseke eping;

 Hygiene facilities and practices;

 Signs;

 Employee information and training; and

 Recordkeeping.Because lead is a cumulative and persistent toxic substance and health effects may result from exposure over prolonged periods, employers must use th ese precautions where feasible to minimize employee exposure to lead. The employer should, as needed, consult a qualified safety and health professional to develop and implement an effective, site

- specific worker protection program. These professionals may work independently or may be associated with an insurance carrier, trade organization, or onsite consultation program.

ELEMENTS OF A COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

For each job where employee exposure exceeds the PEL, the employer must establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce employee exposure to the PEL or below. The compliance program must provide for frequent and regular inspections of job sites, materials, and equipment by a competent person. Written programs, which must be reviewed and upda ted at least every six months, must include:

 A description of each activity in which lead is emitted (such as equipment used, material involved, controls in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures, and maintenance practices);

 The means to be used to achieve compliance and engineering plans and studies used to determine the engineering controls selected where they are required;

 Information on the technology considered to meet the PEL;

 Air monitoring data that document the source of lead emissions;

 A detailed schedule for implementing the program, including copies of documentation (such as purchase orders for equipment, construction contracts);

 A work practice program;

 An administrati ve control schedule, if applicable; and

 Arrangements made among contractors on multi

- contractor sites to inform employees of potential lead exposure.

Hazard Assessment

An employer is required to conduct an initial employee exposure assessment of whether employees are exposed to lead at or above the AL based on:

 Any information, observation, or calculation that indicates employee exposure to lead;

 Any previous measurements of airborne lead; and

 Any employee complaints of symptoms attributable to lead e xposure.

Objective data and historical measurements of lead may be used to satisfy the standard's initial monitoring requirements.

### ASTM C1193

- 09 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

Significance and Use

This guide provides information and guidelines for consideration by the designer or applicator of a joint seal. It explains the properties and functions of various materials, such as sealant, sealant backing, and primer, among others; and, procedures such as, substrate cleaning and priming, and installation of the components of a sealed joint. It presents guidelines for the use and application of the various materials, design of a sealant joint for a specific application, and environmental conditions and effects that are known to detrimentally affect a sealant joint. The information and guidelines are also useful for those that supply accessories to the sealant industry and for those that install sealants and accessory materials associated with sealant use.

In addition to the design and instal lation data in this guide, consult the sealant manufacturer about applications for its products and their proper use and installation. Considering the range of properties of commercially available sealants, the variety of joint designs possible, and the

ma ny conditions of use, the information contained herein is general in nature.

To assist the user of the guide in locating specific information, a detailed listing of guide numbered sections and their descriptors are included in Appendix X2.

1. Scope

1.1 This guide describes the use of a cold liquid

- applied sealant for joint sealing applications. Including joints on buildings and related adjacent areas, such as plazas, decks, and pavements for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction othe r than highways and airfield pavements and bridges. Information in this guide is primarily applicable to a single and multi

component, cold liquid

- applied joint sealant and secondarily to a precured sealant when used with a properly prepared joint opening and substrate surfaces.

1.2 An elastomeric or non

- elastomeric sealant described by this guide should meet the requirements of Specification C 834, C 920, or C 1311.

1.3 This guide does not provide information or guidelines for the use of a sealant in a str uctural sealant glazing application. Guide C 1401 should be consulted for this information. Additionally, it also does not provide information or guidelines for the use of a sealant in an insulating glass unit edge seal used in a structural sealant glazing application. Guide C 1249 should be consulted
for this information.

1.4 Practice C 919 should be consulted for information and guidelines for the use of a sealant in an application where an acoustic joint seal is required.

1.5 This guide also does not pro vide information relative to the numerous types of sealant that are available nor specific generic sealant properties, such as hardness, tack

- free time, or curingprocess, among others. Guide C 1299 should be consulted for information on generally accepted comparative values for the characteristics and properties of the more common generic types of liquid

- applied sealant.

1.6 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parenthesis are provided for information only.

1.7 The Committee with jurisdiction for this standard is not aware of any comparable standards published by other organizations.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices, and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

1.9 The committee with jurisdiction over this standard is not aware of any comparable
standards published by other organizations.

2. Referenced Documents

ASTM Standards

C510 Test Method for Staining and Color Change of Single

- or Multicomponent Joint Sealants

C717 T erminology of Building Seals and Sealants

C719 Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)

C792 Test Method for Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cracking, and Chalking of
Elastomeric Sealants

C794 Test Method for Adhesion

- in

- Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C8 34 Specification for Latex Sealants

C919 Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications

C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C1083 Test Method for Water Absorption of Cellular Elastomeric Gaskets and Sealing Materials

C1087 Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid

- Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems

C1135 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Structural Sealants

C1247 Test Method for Durability of Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids

C1248 Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants

C1249 Guide for Secondary Seal for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Structural Sealant Glazing Applications

C1253 Test Method for Determining the Outgassing Potential of Sealant Backing

C1299 Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid

- Applied Seala nts
C1311 Specification for Solvent Release Sealants

C1330 Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid

- Applied Sealants

C1382 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used inExterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Joints

C1401 Guide for Structural Sealant Glazing

C1442 Practice for Conducting Tests on Sealants Using Artificial Weathering Apparatus

C1472 Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint
Width

D2203 Test Method for Staining from Sealants

# PART II: 5 65

- 620

JOB TASK ANALYSIS OUTLINES

# Energy Auditor

Job Task Analysis Content OutlineEnergy Auditor Specifications and Content Outline

Job Description: An Energy Auditor is a building analyst that evaluates and analyzes buildings

and their energy efficiency

, and health and safety aspects by gathering empirical data,
conducting tests and using energy modeling software with the goal of identifying areas for
savings, reduc ing energy consumption, improv ing health and safety, and increas ing the lifespan
of a building while also improving the quality of life and comfort for building occupants.

Domains/Tasks

Domain I : Demonstrating Professional Energy Auditor Conduct

Task 1: Establish client relations for an energy audit

Task 2: Represent the program/agency/organization

Task 3: Maintain professionalism

Domain II: Collecting I nformation about the Building for an Energy Audit

Task 1: Document energy consumption
Task 2: Document the building history

Task 3: Conduct a physical/visual inspection

Task 4: Collect appliance information

Task 5: Collect electrical base load data

Task 6: Collect building measurements

Task 7:

Task 8: Collect health and safety data

Collect mechanical ventilation data

Task 9: Collect building insulation data (attic, walls and foundations)

Task 10: Collect attic data

Task 11: Collect wall data

Task 12: Collect window data

Task 13: Collect door data

Task 14: Collect foundation data

Task 15: Collect roof data

Domain III: Testing the Building f or an Energy Audit
Task 1: Preparing for the test(s)

Task 2: Meter the appliance

Task 3: Conduct indoor air quality tests

Task 4: Perform combustion safety and efficiency tests

Task 5: Perform blower door tests

Task 6: Perform HVAC distribution tests

Domain IV: Evaluating Collected Energy Audit Data

Task 1: Evaluate the health and safety of the building

Task 2: Evaluate the durability/structural integrity of the building

Task 3: Evaluate the HVAC system

Task 4 : Evaluate the mechanical ventilation

Task 5 : Evaluate energy use base loadsTask 6 : Evaluate the foundation

Task 7 : Evaluate the walls

Task 8: Evaluate the attic

Task 9: Evaluate the doors

Task 10: Evaluate the windows

Task 11: Enter the data into energy modeling software

Task 12: Determine the work scopeDOMAIN I : Demonstrating Professional Energy Auditor Conduct

Task 1: Establish C lient R elations for an E nergy A udit Ability to:

**•** Conduct client introductions

**•** Conduct client interviews

**•** Complete client questionnaires

**•** Explain the purposes of the visit

**•** Set the client expectations and responsibilities (pre and post audit)

**•** Establish the client plan of action

**•** Engage the client in the actual testing

**•** Sell the client services and/or packages

**•** Obtain client signatures on forms (lead forms, etc.)

**•** Serve as a liaison between the client and the contractors

**•** Ability to work independently

Knowled ge of:

**•** B uilding science

**•** C odes of conduct

**•** F orms (Lead safety forms, etc)

**•** F unding sources/financing

**•** H ealth and safety issues

**•** I nterviewing techniques

**•** T he program , agency or organization which the Energy Auditor represents

Skill in:

**•** Communication

**•** Listening

**•** Presenting information

**•** Time management Task 2: Represent the P rogram/ A gency/ O rganization Ability to:

**•** Interface with crews and subcontractors

**•** Complete program/agency/organization reports Knowledge of:

**•** Construction processes and techniques

**•** Program reports

Skill in:

**•** Communication

Task 3: Maintain P rofessionalism Ability to:

**•** Complete continuing education**•** Maintain certifications

**•** Acquire new certifications Knowledge of:

**•** Appropriate dress for the situation

**•** Certification requirements for energy auditors

**•** Continuing education requirements for energy auditors

DOMAIN II : Collecting Information About the Building for an Energy Audit

Task 1: Document Energy Consumption Ability to:

**•** Obtain 12 months of client utility bills

**•** Obtain annual fuel delivery information (oil, propane, etc.) Knowledge of:

**•** How to access utility information

**•** Utility bill components

Skill in:

**•** Calculating base loads, the area and volume of building spaces, etc

**•** Basic Math

Task 2 : Document the building history Ability to:

**•** Determine the age of the original structure

**•** Determine the age of any additions or improvements

**•** Determine if the building has any historical significance Knowledge of:

**•** How to access building permit history

**•** How to access tax files Task 3: Conduct a physical/visual inspection Ability to:

**•** Walk around the exterior of the building

**•** Lo cate holes, chimneys, gutters, vent pipes, soffits, fascia, peeling paint, foundation integrity, areas of infiltration and exfiltration, exhaust fan penetrations, accesses, crawlspaces, roof vents, land grading, shading, building orientation, anomalies

**•** Walk around the interior of the building

**•**

**•**

**•** Check for pest/vermin infestations, evidence of leaking or water damage, holes, chimneys, vent pipes, peeling paint, foundation integrity, areas of infiltration and exfiltration, exhaust fan penetrations, accesses, cr awlspaces, roof vents, structural damage Identify hidden rooms or spaces Determine the exterior façade materials (siding, brick, etc.)

**•** Identify issues that would interfere with or prevent tests

**•** Identify hazardous materials in the building**•** Identify health and safety issues (clutter, bleach stored next to a furnace, etc.)

**•** Perform visual inspection of vented combustion appliance venting configuration

**•** Detect unusual odors

**•** Photograph and document conditions Knowledge of:

**•** General construction

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Combustion appliance venting procedures

**•** Hazardous materials

**•** Issues that pose a health and/or safety risk

**•** NFPA 211

**•** Situations that pose a health and/or safety risk

**•** Effects of moisture

**•** Sources of moisture

**•** What to look for when conducting a physical/visual inspection

Skill in:

**•** Attention t o detail

Task 4: Collect A ppliance I nformation Ability to:

**•** Collect refrigerator/freezer tag data and documentation

**•** Collect heating/cooling appliance tag data and documentation

**•** Identify heating/cooling appliance fuel type

**•** Collect domestic water heater tag data and documentation

**•** Collect washer/dryer tag data and documentation

**•** Collect mechanical ventilation tag data and documentation

**•** Collect dishwasher tag data and documentation

**•** Collect shower head flow rates

**•** Collect dehumidifier tag data and documentation

**•** Collect stove/oven appliance tag data and documentation

**•** Identify stoves/ovens appliance fuel type

**•** Collect unvented space heater tag data and documentation

**•** Identify other components related to the HVAC appliances (expansion tanks, fill valves, remote compressors, etc.)

**•** Identify other components related to the domestic water heater appliance (storage tanks, mixing valves, etc.)

**•** Identify safety features related to the HVAC and domestic water heater appliances Knowledge of:

**•** Appliances

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Domestic water heater components and operation

**•** Heating/cooling system operations**•** How to read a meter

**•** How to read and interpret appliance tags

**•** Mechanical ventilation equipment

**•** Safety issues associated with domestic water heaters

**•** Show er head operations and flow rates

**•** Various appliance fuel types
Skill in:

**•** Penmanship

**•** Attention to detail

Ability to: Task 5: Collect E lectrical B ase L oad D ata

**•** Conduct a lighting audit

**•** Count the number of people in the house

**•** Determine if dishwasher is present

**•** Determine if the domestic water is fuel fired or electric

**•** Collect client lifestyle information (TV usage, Xboxes, etc.)

**•** Meter the refrigerator

**•** Look for additional usage sources (hot tubs, pool pumps, pool heaters, fish ponds, fountains, etc.) Knowledge of:

**•** Fuel

- fired versus electric domestic water heaters

**•** How lifestyle affects energy consumption

**•** How to analyze a utility bill

**•** How to diagnose high electric/gas usage

**•** H ow to read an electric meter

**•** Refrigerator gasket seal conditions

Skill in:

**•** Basic math

Task 6: Collect B uilding M easurements Ability to:

**•** Measure walls

**•** Measure roofs

**•** Measure windows

**•** Measure doors

**•** Measure perimeter

**•** Measure radiators

**•** Measure foundation height

**•** Measure attic venting

**•** Measure attic spaces

**•** Measure area and volume of the building envelope Knowledge of:**•** How to calculate the area and volume of the building envelope

**•** How to identify the pressure boundary

**•** How to identify the thermal boundary

**•** How to measure building components (doors, etc.)

**•** Various building components

Skill in:

**•** Measuring

**•** Attention to detail

**•** Basic math

Ability to: Task 7: Collect H ealth and S afety D ata

Locate existing smoke/CO detectors **•** Determine age of smoke/CO detectors **•** Determine if smoke detectors/CO are hardwired or battery **•** Verify clothes dryer is properly vented to exterior **•** Verify all exhaust fans are properly vented to exterior **•** Identify existence of any possible hazardous materials/conditions **•** Identify knob and tube wiring **•** Identify moisture issues (standing water, condensation, plumbing leaks, mold, etc). **•** Identify electrical hazards (frayed wiring, open junction boxes, unkempt wires, overloaded **•** circuits, etc.) Identify suspect asbestos **•** Identify lead based paint hazards **•**

**•** Identify propane fueled appliances

Identify unvented combustion appliances **•** Identify properly operating back draft damper **•** Knowledge of:

**•** Proper locations for smoke/CO detectors

**•** Venting requirements for appliances

**•** Conditions that signify moisture

**•** Domestic water heater safety

**•** Electrical hazards

**•** Hazardous materials

**•** Heating system safety

**•** How to determine if knob and tube wiring is active

**•** Issues and hazards associated with asbestos

**•** Issues and hazards associated with lead based paint

**•** Water heater regulations for m anufactured home s

**•** Rules and regulations pertaining to lead and asbestos

**•** Smoke/CO detector operations

Task 8: Collect M echanical V entilation D ataAbility to:

**•** Review manufacturer's specifications for exhaust fans

**•** Determine the volume of the affected space

**•** Determine the type of control

**•** Identify the size of the registers

**•** Determine condition of the ventilation ductwork/piping (pitch, insulation, size, material, elbows, length to run, etc.)

**•** Calculate volume Knowledge of:

**•** The different controls and motors

**•** Types of ventilation materials

**•** Ventilation ductwork

**•** Ventilation standards and local codes Task 9: Identify B uilding I nsulation (attic, walls and foundation) Ability to:

**•** Identify insulation type

**•** Identify insulation amount (thickness, etc.)

**•** Identify insulation condition

**•** Identify presence and placement of vapor retarder

**•** Identify location of insulation (exposure, aligned with pressure plane and thermal boundary, etc.)

**•** Identify areas of insulation opportunities

**•** Probe

**•** Work in confined spaces Knowledge of:

**•** Building science

**•** Insulation effectiveness

**•** Insulation R

- Values

**•** Insulation placement

**•** OSHA safety requirements

Task 10: Collect A ttic D ata Ability to:

**•** Identify attic components

**•** Measure attic/roof cavit ies

**•** Measure attic area s

**•** Measure attic framing

**•** Determine existing ventilation (soffit, can, ridge, type and size, power ventilators, etc.)

**•** Identify source s /signs of water damage

**•** Identify infiltration points

**•** Identify point(s) of access

**•** Identify electrical hazards**•** Identify pest/vermin infestations

**•** Determine structural integrity

**•** Identify whole house fan

**•** Determine attic use s

**•** Note the existence of radiant barriers

**•** Identify existence of baffles

**•** Use ladders

**•** Work in confined spaces Knowledge of:

**•** Attic components

**•** Electrical hazards

**•** General construction terms

**•** How to calculate the area and volume of building spaces

**•** Infiltration points

**•** Safety hazards in an attic (nails, rafters, heat exposure, etc.)

**•** Signs of water damage

**•** Signs of pest/vermin infestations

**•** Thermography

**•** Types of ladders based on the situation

**•** Ventilation requirements

Task 11: Collect W all D ata Ability to:

**•** Identify wall type (interior, exterior, components)

**•** Identify framing method

**•** Measure wall areas

**•** Identify wall orientation

**•** Identify cavity depth

**•** Identify source and signs of any water damage

**•** Identify infiltration points

**•** Identify signs of pest/vermin infestation

**•** Identify orientation using online mapping tools

**•** Use a compass Knowledge of:

**•** General construction

**•** Building science

**•** Compass orientations

**•** Infiltration points

**•** Typical wall framing and components

Skills in:

**•** Basic math

**•** Logical thinkingTask 12: Collect W indow D ata Ability to:

**•** Identify window type (jalousie, awning, single

- hung, double hung, etc.)

**•** Identify window frame type

**•** Identify window glazing type

**•** Identify exterior shading

**•** Identify window operation/leakiness

**•** Measure window area

**•** Count number of windows

**•** Identify window orientation

**•** Knowle Identify general window conditions

**•** Code requirements pertaining to window glazing (walkways, etc.) dge of:

**•** OSHA safety requirements

**•** SHPO requirements

**•** Window construction, components and nomenclature

Task 13: Collect D oor D ata Ability to:

**•** Identify door type and swing

**•** Measure door area

**•** Count number of doors

**•** Identify door conditions

**•** Identify condition of door sweep and weather stripping

**•** Identify door hardware condition Knowledge of:

**•** Door components, hardware and nomenclature

**•** Door construction

**•** Door operation and adjustments

Skill in:

**•** Basic math

Task 14: Collect F oundation D ata Ability to:

**•** Identify foundation type s (crawlspace, basement, or slab)

**•** Identify foundation materials

**•** Measure floor area s

**•** Identify infiltration points

**•** Measure exposed walls

**•** Measure thickness of foundation s

**•** Identify sources and signs of moisture

**•** Identify points of access

**•** Identify electrical hazards**•** Identify signs of pest/vermin infestations

**•** Determine structural integrity

**•** Identify special equipment (sump pumps, etc.)

**•** Measure the crawlspace ventilation

**•** Record the location of any plumbing pipes

**•** Work in confined spaces

**•** Measure Knowledge of:

**•** General construction

**•** Basic Electricity

**•** Basic Plumbing

**•** Building science

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Crawlspace ventilation requirements

**•** Foundation construction materials and methods

**•** OSHA safety requirements

**•** Potential sources of moisture

**•** Signs of moisture

**•** Signs of pests/vermin

**•** Signs of structural hazards on foundations

**•** Structures typically found in foundations

**•** Types of foundations

Skill in:

**•** Observation

Task 15: Collect R oof D ata Ability to:

**•** Identify roof conditions

**•** Identify roof color

**•** Identify roofing materials (90 lb paper, rubber, etc.)

**•** Identify condition of parapet walls

**•** Identify roof penetrations

**•** Identify roof debris (garbage, old air conditioners, etc.)

**•** Identify roof ventilation (passive vents)

**•** Identify roof drainage

**•** Identify roof pitch

**•** Measure roof area

**•** Note flashing condition

**•** Identify roof access

**•** Identify roof exposure and orientation

**•** Identify roof insulation (flat roof with no cavity and with rigid insulation)

**•** Work at heights**•** Determine roof pitch

**•** Measure areas Knowledge of:

**•** General construction

**•** Insulation materials and methods

**•** OSHA safety requirements

**•** Roofing construction methods

**•** Roofing materials

DOMAIN III: Testing the Building for an Energy Audit

Task 1: Prepare for the T est Ability to:

**•** Determine the test(s) to be performed

**•** Inform the client of the test(s)

**•** Gather the test tools/equipment

**•** Prepare the building for testing based upon manufacturer’s test equipment specifications

**•** Comprehend manufacturer’s specifications

**•** Use test equipment Knowledge of:

**•** Building diagnostic testing

**•** Building science

**•** Test equipment

**•** Test protocols

Skill in:

**•** Attention to detail

**•** Communication

Task 2: Meter the A ppliances Ability to:

**•** Inspect appliances for test accessibility

**•** Plug appliances into the watt hour meter

**•** Follow the manufacturer’s guidelines for operation of the watt hour meter

**•** Document findings with pictures/forms

**•** Read and interpret a watt hour meter Knowledge of:

**•** Electric appliance metering

**•** Electric appliance safety

Task 3: Conduct I ndoor A ir Q uality T ests Ability to:

**•** Monitor the ambient CO tests throughout the building**•** Record the highest ambient CO reading

**•** Source the CO

**•** Determine if the reading exceeds any applicable action levels

**•** Identify conditions that promote mold growth (high humidity, cold surface condensation, etc.)

**•** Follow odors to find source of mildew

**•** Visually identify presence of mold

- like substance

**•** Identify conditions that promote radon infiltration

**•** Measure the flow of mechanical ventilation

**•** Document findings with pictures/forms

**•** Communicate meter results with clients

**•** Remain calm under stressful situations Knowledge of:

**•** ASHRAE maximum allowable CO exposure for living areas

**•** C arbon monoxide exposure symptoms

**•** C onditions that promote mold growth

**•** C onditions that promote radon infiltration

**•** EPA action levels

**•** H ow to measure mechanical ventilation

**•** NIOSH recommended limit for occupational CO exposure

**•** OSHA permissible exposure limits

Skill in:

**•** Remaining dedicated to the cause

**•** Detecting unusual odors Task 4: Perform C ombustion S afety and E fficiency T ests Ability to:

**•** Visually inspect the fuel supply lines

**•** Test for leakage in the fuel supply pipes

**•** Verify leaks with bubble solution

**•** Perform combustion spillage test s

**•** Perform draft tests (including worst case depressurization, scenario, etc.)

**•** Measure draft s

**•** Conduct combustion efficiency tests (CO2, Oxygen, stack temperature, etc.)

**•** Measure CO in combustion appliance s (undiluted)

**•** Document findings with pictures/forms

**•** Identify various heating systems

**•** Work in confined spaces Knowledge of:

**•** B ack

- draft test protocols

**•** B uilding science

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction**•** C ombustion efficiency tests

**•** F uel

- line leak testing techniques

**•** H eating system configurations

**•** H ow to conduct draft tests

**•** H ow to inspect fuel supply lines

**•** H ow to measure CO in appliances

**•** N ationally recognized combustion safety test protocols (BPI, Energy Outwest, Midwest Best Practices, etc.)

**•** V arious venting methods

**•** Understanding of what is "worst case" : permissible exposures, etc Task 5: Perform B lower D oor T ests Ability to:

**•** Perform pre

- blower door interior thermographic scan

**•** Perform pre

- blower door exterior thermographic scan

**•** Follow manufacturer's specifications for conducting blower door tests

**•** Perform thermographic scan during the blower door operation

**•** Perform zone pressure diagnostics (ZPDs)

**•** Locate points of infiltration/exfiltration

**•** Document findings with pictures/forms

**•** Calculate the b uilding tightness limits

**•** Interpret blower door results Knowledge of:

**•** A dvanced blower door diagnostics

**•** B lower door testing procedures (pressurization, depressurization, etc.)

**•** H ow to assemble and operate a blower door

**•** H ow to evaluate zone pressures

**•** T hermography

**•** A ir sealing limits national standards (BTL, DTL, ACH, BAS, MVG, etc.)

Skills in:

**•** Basic math Task 6: Perform HVAC D istribution T ests Ability to:

**•** Perform forced air system distribution leakage test

**•** Verify with building occupants if there is adequate heat ing and cooling in the building

**•** Measure room temperatures

**•** Measure the temperatures of the hydronic radiators

**•** Perform air flow tests at the registers

**•** Measure temperature rise across heat exchangers

**•** Measure pressure drop across the coil

**•** Inspect hydronic distribution (high, low, valves, etc.)

**•** Measure hydronic distribution (radiators, fin tube, etc.)**•** Perform pressure balancing rooms tests (ducted air systems)

**•** Document findings with pictures/forms

**•** Multi

- task

**•** Work in confined spaces Knowledge of:

**•** HVAC testing protocols

**•** Air flow

**•** How to measure hydronic distribution

**•** HVAC terminology

**•** Hydronic heating

**•** Manufacturer’s specifications for forced air distribution systems

**•** Distribution system design

Skill in:

**•** Communication

**•** Attention to detail

DOMAIN IV : Evaluating Collected Energy Audit Data

Task 1: Evaluate the H ealth and S afety of the B uilding Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine if there is health and safety concern

**•** Determine if health and safety issues can be addressed through an energy efficiency measure and therefore can fall within energy funding

**•** Determine the repairs

**•** Review the economics of the repairs to determine whether to repair or to defer Knowledge of:

**•** How to deal with special circumstances (mold, lead, asbestos, etc.)

**•** Construction repair methods

**•** Costs associated with repairs

**•** Energy funding

Skill in:

**•** Basic math

**•** Cost estimating

Task 2: Evaluate the D urability/ S tructural I ntegrity of the B uilding Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine if there is a durability/structural integrity issue

**•** Determine if the durability/structural integrity issues can be addressed through an energy efficiency measure and therefore can fall within energy funding

**•** Determine the durability/structural integrity repairs

**•** Review the economics of the repairs to determine whether to repair or to defer Knowledge of:**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction

**•** C osts associated with structural repairs

**•** E nergy funding

**•** St ructural repair methods

Skill in:

**•** Basic math

**•** Cost estimating

Ability to: Task 3: Evaluate the HVAC S ystem

**•** Review collected data to determine if there is a HVAC system issue

**•** Evaluate the HVAC system for health and safety concerns

**•** Evaluate HVAC sizing for potential replacement or upgrades (post shell retrofit)

**•** Evaluate the distribution (add trunk lines, radiators, etc. to rooms as needed)

**•** Evaluate fuel switching options

**•** Evaluate the need to clean and tune versus replace

**•** Evaluate the need for and supply of combustion air

**•** Evaluate the HVAC system for other issues that lead to replacement or upgrades (condition, age, efficiency, etc.)

**•** Identify duct sealing/insulation and pipe insulation opportunities

**•** Interpret software output

**•** Perform load calculations

**•** Use ACCA software Knowledge of:

**•** ACCA manuals

**•** BTU content of fuels

**•** E nergy funding

**•** H eating/cooling system operations

**•** H ow to size HVAC systems

**•** HVAC load calculations

**•** HVAC system repair, replacement or upgrade costs

**•** M aximum allowable duct leakage

**•** S afety requirements

Skill in:

**•** Basic math

**•** Communication

**•** Attention to detail

Task 4: Evaluate the M echanic al V entilation Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine mechanical ventilation issues

**•** Compare flow with ventilation specifications

**•** Compare blower door results against IAQ standards**•** Assess the need for and placement of additional mechanical ventilation

**•** Assess the make

- up air source and whether it needs to be filtered

**•** Determine the mechanical ventilation repairs, replacement and/or addition

**•** Review the economics of the repairs, replacements and/or additions to determine whether to proceed or to defer

**•** Determine the type of controls needed Knowledge of:

**•** Energy funding

**•** IAQ standards

**•** Mechanical ventilation controls

**•** Types of ventilation

**•** Ventilation flow

**•** Ventilation sizing

Skill in:

**•** Basic math

Task 5: Evaluate E nergy U se B ase L oads Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine if replacements or upgrades will reduce energy consumption

**•** Review energy efficient light bulbs for installation

**•** Review refrigerator/freezer data for economics of replacement

**•** Review domestic water heaters for economics of replacement or repair

**•** Review d omestic water heater pipe insulation opportunities

**•** Review domestic water heater insulation opportunities

**•** Review water saving opportunities (water saving shower heads, etc.)

**•** Knowle Review domestic water heater thermostat setting

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction dge of:

**•** C omponents of base loads

**•** E nergy funding

**•** H ow to calculate base loads

**•** P ipe insulation

Task 6: Evaluate the F oundation Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine foundation issues

**•** Determine repairs needed

**•** Review economics of repairs

**•** Determine proper insulation location (floor or wall)

**•** Evaluate crawlspace venting needs

**•** Evaluate box sills insulation needs

**•** Determine if perimeters need to be insulated**•** Identify type of insulation materials to be added

**•** Calculate if adequate ventilation exists or should be added

**•** Evaluate the need for vapor barrier Knowledge of:

**•** B uilding science

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction

**•** E nergy funding

**•** F oundation construction techniques

**•** F oundation crawlspace ventilation

**•** F oundation insulation

**•** F oundation types

**•** F oundation vapor barriers

Task 7: Evaluate the W alls Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine wall issues

**•** Evaluate repairs needed and structural integrity

**•** Review the economics of repairs to determine whether to repair or defer

**•** Determine proper insulation levels

**•** Identify type of insulation materials to be added

**•** Determine square footage of area to be insulated

**•** Ensure pressure plane and thermal boundary align

**•** Ensure the vapor retarder is appropriately placed Knowledge of:

**•** EPA and DOE lead and asbestos standards

**•** B uilding science

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction

**•** E nergy funding

**•** I nsulation types and appropriateness

**•** Pr essure planes and thermal boundaries

**•** T ypical wall structures

**•** V apor barriers in walls

Task 8: Evaluate the A ttic Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine attic issues

**•** Evaluate structural integrity and repairs needed

**•** Review economic of repairs to determine whether to repair or defer

**•** Review insulation location

**•** Review insulation type

**•** Evaluate whether insulation is appropriate for use

**•** Ensure pressure plane and thermal boundary align (air sealing)

**•** Ensure the vapor retarder is appropriately placed**•** Evaluate attic ventilation existing and required

**•** Assess fire hazards (lighting cans, electrical, etc.)

**•** Evaluate the need for service access Knowledge of:

**•** A ttic construction and materials

**•** A ttic fire hazards

**•** A ttic types

**•** A ttic ventilation

**•** B uilding science

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction

**•** E nergy funding

**•** I nsulation types and appropriateness

**•** P ressure planes and thermal boundaries

**•** V apor barriers

Task 9: Evaluate the D oors Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine door issues

**•** Evaluate repairs needed and structural integrity (can frame support door replacement, etc.)

**•** Review economic s of repairs to determine whether to repair or replace

**•** Evaluate the condition of storm doors (closers, etc.) Knowledge of:

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction

**•** Do or framing structures and processes

**•** D oor types

**•** E nergy funding

**•** G lass types

Task 10: Evaluate the W indows Ability to:

**•** Review collected data to determine window issues

**•** Evaluate repairs needed and structural integrity

**•** Review economic of repairs to determine whether to repair or replace

**•** Evaluate window components and performance Knowledge of:

**•** B uilding science

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction

**•** E nergy funding

**•** W indow components

**•** W indow glazing

**•** W indow types

Task 11: Enter D ata into E nergy M odeling S oftwareAbility to:

**•** Gather all information and data pertaining to the audit

**•** Enter the data into energy modeling software

**•** Analyze the output from the software

**•** Produce a cost and savings report

**•** Use a computer Knowledge of:

**•** B asic construction terms

**•** B uilding science

**•** Va rious types of energy modeling software

Task 12: Determine the W ork S cope Ability to:

**•** Determine the health and safety measures

**•** Determine the building durability measures

**•** Determine the energy measures based on the SIR

**•** Provide analysis reports (work order)

**•** Create reports

**•** Create work specifications Knowledge of:

**•** B uilding science

**•** C odes and standards adopted by local jurisdiction

**•** C onstruction practices and terms

**•** E nergy modeling software

**•** Program rules and standards

Skill in:

**•** Computer usage

# Crew Leader

Job Task Analysis Content OutlineCrew Leader Specifications and Content Outline

Job Description: A Crew Leader is responsible for supervising the retrofitting activities specified
in the scope of work. He or she is responsible for interacting with the client plus managing
personnel and materials on the job site in a safe and effective manner. The C rew Leader is responsible for quality control, testing procedures, documentation, and conducting a final walk
through to ensure that all work is completed in a satisfactory manner.

Domains/Tasks

Domain I: Develop and/or Review the Work Order

Task 1: Identify and disperse necessary paperwork, (e.g. permits, releases, lead

- based paint EPA requirements, historic preservation, etc.)

Task 2: Read, evaluate and discuss with relevant others (auditor, coordinator, program manager, etc.) both audit and homeowner concerns

Task 3: Develop strategy for corrective actions necessary to achieve goals

Task 4: Develop production schedule for crews and sub contractors
Domain II: Identify M aterials and S taffing N eeds
Task 1: Identify skill sets of individuals necessary for job (i.e. crew and contractors)

Task 2: Identify total hours and number of individuals necessary to safely complete the job

Task 3: Identify and obtain tools and materials necessary to complete job

Task 4: Identify Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) necessary for job

Domain III: Develop P lan to E xecute W ork O rder on S ite
Task 1: Establish rapport and expectations with homeowner

Task 2: Conduct interior and exterior visual home inspection review with crew in order

to c onfirm with client the completion of any prerequisite work

Task 3: Conduct interior and exterior visual home inspection review with crew in order

to p erform initial job site safety inspection

Task 4: Conduct interior and exterior visual home inspection review with crew in order

to d evelop site

- specific safety plan to address any unsafe conditions and possible hazards and inform crew

Task 5: Conduct interior and exterior visual home inspection review with crew in order

to d ocument pre

- existing conditions (e.g. cracked window, cracked ceiling and walls)

Task 6 Conduct interior and exterior visual home inspection review with crew in order

to e nsure work areas are accessible and scoped properly

Task 7: Conduct interior and exterior visual home inspection review with crew in order

to i dentify need for job change orders

Task 8: Conduct interior and exterior visual home inspection review with crew in order

to a djust work schedule as needed

Task 9: Conduct informative walk through with homeowner to e xplain what crew will be doing and answer questions and concernsTask 10: Conduct informative walk through with homeowner to v erify specific homeowner issues (allergies, valuable items, etc.)

Task 11: Conduct informative walk through with homeowner to o btain all necessary sign

offs before work begins

Domain IV: Prepare H ouse to E xecute Work O rder
Task 1: Protect interior/exterior of house (e.g. with drop cloths, poly, Tyvek booties, pressurization)

Task 2: Set up proper containment, if necessary

Task 3: Test in (e.g. blower door, room to room pressure tests, IR scans, combustion appliances)

Task 4: Revise work order if necessary to reflect current conditions

Domain V: Execute W ork O rder and M anage P roject
Task 1: Monitor safety practices for employees, contractors and job site

Task 2: Communicate with and support crew to ensure job efficiency (e.g. unforeseen circumstances, materials and tools not originally specified)

Task 3: Document work progression and work order changes with photos and notes

Task 4: Maintain quality control

Task 5: Clean up containment zones as necessary

Task 6: Communicate with homeowner as necessary

Task 7: Monitor use of resources (e.g. materials, manpower)

Task 8: Verify that installers track and document material usage Task 9: Actively mentor crew (e.g. safety, work practices, professionalism)

Task 10: Monitor contractor for job site compliance

Task 11: Conduct daily final walk through to verify that all components of that day’s work scope have been completed and cleaned up appropriately

Domain VI: Job F inalization A ctivities
Task 1: Walk through to verify that all components of the work scope have been completed

Task 2: Test out (e.g. blower door, IR scans, worst

- case draft, combustion testing)

Task 3: Complete clean up

Task 4: Final walk through with homeowner/responsible party

Domain VII: Final Documentation

Task 1: Obtain homeowner/ responsible party job

- completion sign

- off signature

Task 2: Complete all final job documentation (e.g. materials, man hours, photos, time sheets, certified renovator signatures)Safe Work Practice Skills

Knowledge of:

**•** U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) program regulations/policy and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) guidelines for asbestos, lead, mold, and other health hazards

**•** Material Safety Data Sheets

**•** Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) standards

**•** Ladder safety

**•** Fall protection

**•** Personal protective equipment

**•** Respiratory protection

**•** Safe motor vehicle operation

**•** Power

- operated tools and machinery used on the job site

**•** Fire prevention

**•** Permit

- required confined spaces

**•** OSHA 30 Construction Safety Outreach Training

**•** Other worker

- related OSHA standards (e.g. scaffolding, aerial lifts) Demonstrate the ability to:

**•** Select and use the appropriate Personal Protection Equipment for a particular task

**•** Safely use basic hand and power tools

**•** Use a basic first aid kit to treat common job

- site injuries

**•** Work lead safe

**•** Identify serious mold conditions

**•** Assess work area safety hazards

**•** Use CPR, first aid and AED as required

General Knowledge, Skills and Abilities

Knowledge of:

**•** F ederal, state and local codes, regulations and requirements

**•** B uilding science (e.g. heat, moisture, pressure flow; ventilation; thermal and pressure boundary)

**•** B uilding techniques and terminology (e.g. critical junctures, flooring systems, crawl spaces, roof framing, mechanical systems)

**•** B uilding materials (e.g. dry wall, insulation, house wrap, windows)

**•** R etrofit techniques (e.g. air tightening, duct sealing, insulation)

**•** W hat certifications are required for each job task

**•** M aterial inventory and availability

**•** M aterial performance

**•** A ll activities being performed by crews and contractors on siteAbility to:

**•** R ead and interpret the audit report

**•** I ntegrate information from multiple sources

**•** E stimate time required to complete each component of the work scope

**•** S equence required tasks

**•** A ssess crew member and contractor capabilities

**•** E stimate job and personnel requirements based on conditions

**•** E stimate amount of materials needed to complete job

**•** C ommunicate at an appropriate level (e.g. technical to layman level, language barriers)

**•** R elate well with others in tactful and professional manner

**•** C onduct oneself in an ethical manner

**•** I dentify materials and methods appropriate for the current job

**•** J ob coach and relay retrofit techniques appropriately

**•** I nstall appropriate containment zones with best practices

**•** P erform and record all diagnostic procedures (e.g. blower door, manometer, duct blower, combustion analyzer)

**•** A ssess skills and recommend additional formal training for crew and contractors

**•** M anage multiple operations and/or sites

**•** U se construction math (e.g. measure and compute area, volume, circumference)

# Retrofit Installer/Technician

Job Task Analysis Content OutlineRetrofit Installer/Technician Specifications and Content Outline

Job Description: A Retrofit Installer/Technician installs energy

- efficiency measures to single
family or 2

- 4 unit

- homes using a variety of building science best practices to improve safety,
comfort, durability, indoor air quality, and energy efficiency.

Domains/Tasks

Domain I: Maintain S afety

Task 1: Follow work rules of jurisdiction having authority

Task 2: Handle materials/equipment according to manufacturer specifications

Task 3: Handle tools according to manufacturer specifications

Domain II: Prepare for the J ob (before arriving to job site)

Task 1: Attend training
Task 2: Gather materials and supplies

Task 3: Gather tools Domain III: Prepare and M aintain T ools and M aterials On- site
Task 1: Set up tools

Task 2: Set up materials Domain IV: Prepare and M aintain J ob S ite
Task 1: Attend job site safety meeting

Task 2: Implement safety protocol (rigging, ventilation, blocking)

Task 3: Use protective barriers (drop cloths)

Task 4: Report preexisting conditions (that are not in scope)

Task 5: Protect exterior environment

Domain V: Implement W ork S cope Task 1: Locate specific work areas

Task 2: Verify access to work areas

Task 3a: Install air sealing measures

Task 3b: Install loose fill insulation

Task 3c: Install or patch moisture barriers

Task 3d: Install ventilation

Task 3e: Install mechanical systems
Task 3f: Commission equipment/systems Task 3g: Confirm and ensure combustion safety

Task 3h: Install dense pack insulation

Task 3i: Install windows and doors Task 3j: Install electrical (rough

- in, fans)

Task 3k: Install plumbing

Task 3l: Install roofing and flashing

Task 4: Clean as you go (organize)

Task 5: Address deviations from work scope

Domain VI: Wrap UpTask 1: Pick up tools and materials

Task 2: Clean up and close out

Task 3: Participate in crew debriefing (after action review, post construction job review)DOMAIN I: Maintain S afety

Task 1: Follow W ork R ules of J urisdiction having A uthority Ability to:

**•** Read or hear safety documents

**•** Implement safety procedures

**•** Report safety concerns and violations

**•** Wear safety equipment

**•** Attend safety meetings/trainings

**•** Request safety training

**•** Install safety guards Knowledge of:

**•** Installation procedures

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** OSHA

**•** Safety systems

Task 2: Handle M aterials/ E quipment A ccording to M anufacturer S pecifications Ability to:

**•** Read or hear manufacturers specifications/MSDS

**•** Store and maintain materials/equipment according to manufacturers specs/MSDS Knowledge of:

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

Task 3: Handle T ools A ccording to M anufacturer S pecifications Ability to:

**•** Read or hear manufacturers specifications

**•** Store and maintain tools according to manufacturers specs Knowledge of:

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

DOMAIN II : Prepare for the J ob (before arriving at job site)

Task 1: Attend T raining Ability to:

**•** Participate in training

**•** Identify strengths and weaknesses of yourself

**•** Modify installation practice based on training

**•** Sign in to training Knowledge of:

**•** Existing practice

**•** Safety proceduresTask 2: Gather M aterials and S upplies Ability to:

**•** Review materials list

**•** Compare materials to work scope

**•** Verify and protect materials condition

**•** Organize materials (put in truck, pull from truck, etc.)

**•** Report missing or deficient material Knowledge of:

**•** Compatibility

**•** Material handling

**•** Materials

**•** Materials limits

**•** MSDS

**•** Physical limits of materials

**•** Work scope

Task 3: Gather T ools Ability to:

**•** Review tool list

**•** Compare tools to work scope

**•** Verify and protect tools condition

**•** Load/unload tools

**•** Report missing or deficient tool

**•** Modify tools for specific job requirements (change bits/blades) Knowledge of:

**•** Work scope

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Materials handling

**•** Lifting safety

**•** Normal tool operations

DOMAIN III : Prepare and M aintain T ools and M aterials On- site

Task 1: Set U p T ools Ability to:

**•** Unload tools from vehicle

**•** Connect attachments

**•** Plug in tools

**•** Verify operational status

**•** Perform routine maintenance

**•** Report deficiencies Knowledge of:**•** Carrying techniques

**•** Double insulated tools

**•** Electrical safety

**•** GFCI

**•** Lifting techniques

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Normal operations

**•** Tool recognition

**•** Work scope

Task 2: Set U p M aterials Ability to:

**•** Unload materials from vehicle

**•** Organize materials

**•** Confirm materials match work specification

**•** Maintain integrity of materials

**•** Report deficiencies Knowledge of:

**•** Job site

**•** Lifting techniques

**•** Materials

**•** Materials limits and characteristics

**•** Work scope

DOMAIN IV : Prepare and M aintain J ob S ite

Task 1: Attend J ob S ite S afety M eeting Ability to:

**•** Attend

**•** Participate

**•** Sign in Task 2: Implement S afety P rotocol (rigging, ventilation, blocking) Ability to:

**•** Set up safety masking and drop cloths

**•** Set up ventilation in confined spaces

**•** Set up task lighting

**•** Hook up to fall protection

**•** Set up ladders, scaffolding, climbing equipment

**•** Put on personal protective equipment

**•** Lock out/tag out

**•** Inspect work area for hazards

**•** Report work area hazardsKnowledge of:

**•** Combustibles

**•** Confined spaces

**•** Electrical s afety

**•** EPA lead safety

**•** Equipment operation

**•** Fall protection

**•** Fit test

**•** Hazard recognition

**•** Lanyards

**•** Local codes

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Materials

**•** OSHA

**•** Personal protection

**•** Safety protocols

**•** Ventilation systems and requirements

**•** Work scope

Task 3: Use P rotective B arriers (drop cloths) Ability to:

**•** Move furniture (confirm permission)

**•** Cover furniture/storage areas/clothes in closets

**•** Protect furniture

**•** Protect floors

**•** Follow safe practices, including lead safe practices (EPA)

**•** Place drop cloths, tack mats

**•** Use designated facilities (eating, bathroom, smoke break) Knowledge of:

**•** Adjacent characteristics

**•** Electronics

**•** EPA lead safety

**•** Flooring characteristics

**•** Lifting techniques

**•** Materials characteristics

**•** S afe practices

**•** Work scope Task 4: Report P reexisting C onditions (that are not in scope) Ability to:

**•** Identify preexisting conditions (aesthetic/structural)

**•** Report preexisting conditions

**•** Report difficult to access places (excessive customer stuff, customer behavior issues)Knowledge of:

**•** General c onstruction

**•** Work scope

Task 5: Protect E xterior E nvironment Ability to:

**•** Control dust and debris created by equipment from construction activities

**•** Protect landscaping (covering, using limiting stakes)

**•** Check for oil leaks

**•** Report mishaps (spills, cracks) Knowledge of:

**•** Work scope

**•** Retaining walls

**•** General landscape knowledge

**•** Containment requirements

DOMAIN V: Implement Work S cope Task 1: Locate S pecific W ork A reas Ability to:

**•** Review the work scope

**•** Walk the job site

**•** Find mechanicals Knowledge of:

**•** General construction

**•** General mechanical knowledge

**•** Job site specifics

**•** Work scope Task 2: Verify A ccess to W ork A reas Ability to:

**•** Confirm approval for start of work

**•** Work with crew chief to get access to areas (moving personal belongings, getting into crawl space, etc.)

**•** Remove obstructions for start of work Knowledge of:

**•** Work scope

**•** General construction

**•** Job site

**•** Lifting safety

Task 3a: Install A ir S ealing M easures Ability to:

**•** Identify leaks and bypasses

**•** Select materials**•** Look for fire code violations

**•** Block large openings

**•** Hand seal gaps and cracks

**•** Check the seal is complete Knowledge of:

**•** Clearances

**•** Fire code

**•** Framing components

**•** How to operate a blower

**•** How to utilize tracer gas

**•** Leak site

**•** Material capability (e.g. temperature limits, width of span of sealant)

**•** Material capability (e.g. temperature limits, width of span of sealant)

**•** Material durability

**•** Material strength

**•** Penetrations

**•** Tolerances

Task 3b: Install L oose F ill I nsulation Ability to:

**•** Confirm air sealing is complete

**•** Confirm exhaust fans ducted to outside and insulated

**•** Confirm HVAC duct work is intact, sealed, supported, and insulated

**•** Confirm clearance to combustibles

**•** Confirm clearance to electrical

**•** Install baffles, blocking, platforms, and insulation dams

**•** Install vertical insulation (6

- sided boxes, knee walls)

**•** Install horizontal insulation

**•** Compare material use to coverage required (bags consumed) Knowledge of:

**•** Clearance

**•** Combustibles

**•** Component analysis

**•** Coverage charts

**•** Depth markers

**•** Duct requirements

**•** General carpentry

**•** How to draw a floor plan

**•** How to operate a blower

**•** Insulation requirements**•** Manufacturer's specifications for installations

**•** Materials

**•** Rigid board types

**•** R- Values

**•** Termination requirements

**•** Thermal barriers

Task 3c: Install or P atch M oisture B arriers Ability to:

**•** Confirm positive drainage, or notify of stop work items

**•** Remove all organic/inorganic materials

**•** Install moisture barrier and seal joints and seams

**•** Verify flashing is installed

**•** Identify and locate moisture sources

**•** Report bulk moisture concerns Knowledge of:

**•** Flashing locations

**•** Grading issues

**•** Gravity

**•** Installation standards

**•** Materials

**•** Moisture problems

**•** Moisture symptoms

**•** Roof slope changes

**•** Where to look for moisture

Task 3d: Install V entilation Ability to:

**•** Uncrate equipment

**•** Remove old equipment

**•** Confirm electrical and plumbing requirements are in place

**•** Cut openings in building

**•** Install venting system and vent terminations

**•** Install, air seal, and insulate ducting system

**•** Confirm installation is complete Knowledge of:

**•** Building science

**•** Equipment disconnects

**•** Equipment requirements

**•** Equipment shut offs

**•** Framing

**•** How to conduct duct leak tests

**•** How to read duct diagrams**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Penetration locations

**•** Protection of materials

**•** Smoke tests of joints

**•** Use of power tools

**•** Utility knife safety

Task 3e: Install M echanical S ystems Ability to:

**•** Uncrate and verify equipment

**•** Remove old equipment

**•** Confirm electrical requirements are in place

**•** Confirm plumbing requirements are in place

**•** Confirm fuel requirements are in place

**•** Cut openings in building

**•** Install equipment and renewable systems

**•** Install or reconnect return and distribution systems (hot water, steam, hydronic, forced air, etc.)

**•** Provide return path

**•** Install, air seal, and insulate ducting system

**•** Confirm installation is complete

**•** Connect or install combustion vent system exhaus t Knowledge of:

**•** Cavity protection

**•** Circuit testers

**•** Circulating pumps

**•** Code requirements

**•** Connectors

**•** Disconnects

**•** EPA safety

**•** Equipment requirements

**•** Flow

**•** Flow through system

**•** Framing

**•** General carpentry

**•** How to lock joints

**•** Insulation

**•** Leakage of d ucts

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Mastics

**•** Penetration locations

**•** Piping**•** Protection of materials

**•** Sheet metal

**•** Shut offs

**•** Slope

**•** System attachments

**•** Temperature of conditioned space

**•** Use of power tools

**•** Utility knife safety 3f: Commission E quipment/ S ystems Ability to:

**•** Verify all connections

**•** Verify operation

**•** Adjust to OEM specifications

**•** Report results Knowledge of:

**•** Design specifications

**•** Gas pressure tests

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** OEM specifications

**•** Types of materials for appliances Task 3g: Confirm and E nsure C ombustion S afety Ability to:

**•** Check for safety issues

-- ambient (gas leaks, CO, toxins)

**•** Set up house for natural conditions

**•** Run combustion equipment in proper sequence

**•** Check for draft under worst case

**•** Report findings Knowledge of:

**•** Combustion safety testing

**•** Draft testing

**•** Natural conditions

**•** Safety protocols

**•** Use of tools

**•** Venting systems

**•** Worse case set

- up Task 3h: Install D ense P ack I nsulation Ability to:

**•** Fine tune machine for application (density)

**•** Locate drill points

**•** Confirm building component integrity

**•** Get access to all building cavities, locate all horizontal blocks**•** Check for hazards

**•** Fill first cavity and confirm density stops air leakage

**•** Readjust machine

**•** Fill all cavities

**•** Compare material use to coverage required (bags consumed)

**•** Plug hole, patch weather barrier, put siding back, seal openings, caulk joints Knowledge of:

**•** Basic math skills

**•** Blower door testing

**•** Building structures

**•** Dense pack procedures

**•** Drill points

**•** Equipment

**•** Framing

**•** General carpentry

**•** Hazards

**•** How to probe

**•** Limitations of components

**•** Materials

**•** Smoke testing

**•** Strength of components

**•** Testing procedures

**•** Velocity of insulation material during installation

Task 3i: Install W indows and D oors Ability to:

**•** Remove old windows and doors

**•** Check and install waterproofing, flashing

**•** Install windows and doors

**•** Install air barrier and ensure drainage

**•** Verify air tightness and drainage Knowledge of:

**•** 1/16 inch accuracy

**•** Air

**•** Basic math skills

**•** Building techniques

**•** Building codes

**•** Building practices

**•** Building science

**•** Drainage planes

**•** EPA lead safety

**•** Fasteners**•** Flashing techniques

**•** General carpentry

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Materials

**•** Pressure

**•** Quality installations

**•** Vapor barriers

**•** Window and door types Task 3j: Install E lectrical (rough

- in, fans) Ability to:

**•** Resolve hazards

**•** Provide power to new equipment/appliance

**•** Install or repair circuit

**•** Install or repair lighting

**•** Install or repair controls

**•** Seal penetrations and replace insulation

**•** Install systems, including photovoltaic Knowledge of:

**•** Appliance requirements

**•** Building codes

**•** Building science

**•** Circuitry

**•** Clearances

**•** Efficiency

**•** Fire code

**•** Local codes

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Materials

**•** NEC

**•** Potential damage

**•** Trade

- specific knowledge

**•** Wiring

Task 3k: Install Pl umbing Ability to:

**•** Remove old equipment

**•** Resolve hazards

**•** Provide hookups

**•** Install or repair fixtures

**•** Install equipment including renewable systems

**•** Seal penetrations and replace insulation

**•** Check for draft**•** Install simple efficiency measures (low

- flow fixtures, pipe wrap insulation)

**•**

Knowle Install advanced efficiency measures (hot water loop, on demand water heaters, on demand remote, solar) dge of:

**•** Advanced plumbing knowledge

**•** Asbestos

**•** Basic carpentry

**•** BPI combustion safety

**•** Brazing

**•** Building codes

**•** Building science

**•** Combustible clearances

**•** Domestic water heaters

**•** Drainage

**•** Electrical knowledge

**•** Fuel gas code

**•** Gas fitting

**•** Gas fitting code

**•** Gaskets

**•** Grading

**•** Interior finish

**•** Local hazards

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Materials

**•** Pipe fitting

**•** Pipe insulation

**•** Piping

**•** Smooth wrench surfaces

**•** Tapes

**•** Temperature requirements

**•** Venting

**•** Vermin hazards

Task 3l: Install R oofing and F lashing Ability to:

**•** Identify leak sources

**•** Repair leak source

**•** Remove roofing system

**•** Install roofing system

**•** Insulate roof deck

**•** Install attic ventilation

**•** Flash new penetrationsKnowledge of:

**•** Building science

**•** Carpentry

**•** Clearances

**•** Debris control

**•** Drainage

**•** Drainage plane

**•** Fall protection

**•** Fasteners

**•** Flashing

**•** General carpentry

**•** Gravity

**•** Live load

**•** Local building codes

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Materials

**•** Math skills

**•** Product installations

**•** Roofing systems

**•** Tools

Task 4: Clean as Y ou G o (organize) Ability to:

**•** Return tools to central area

**•** Pick up material drops

**•** Return belongings

**•** Clean work area Knowledge of:

**•** Disposable materials

**•** Dust containment

**•** EPA lead safety

**•** Materials MSDS

**•** Safety knowledge

**•** Safety requirements

**•** Solvents

**•** Tool inventory

**•** Tool safety

Task 5: Address D eviations from W ork S cope Ability to:

**•** Identify deviation

**•** Report deviation

**•** Request direction for modified work scope**•** Implement modified work scope Knowledge of:

**•** Work scope

DOMAIN VI: Wrap Up

Task 1: Pick U p T ools and M aterials Ability to:

**•** Inventory tools and materials used

**•** Clean tools and materials

**•** Store tools and materials

**•** Report lost or broken items Knowledge of:

**•** Basic math skills

**•** Manufacturer's specifications

**•** Materials

**•** Solvents

**•** Tool safety

**•** Value of materials

Task 2: Clean U p and C lose O ut Ability to:

**•** Break down barriers

**•** Pick up protective barriers

**•** Contain hazardous materials

**•** Contain and dispose of materials and waste

**•** Dust, vacuum, mop, scrub, rake

**•** Restore occupant belongings

**•** Participate in final walk through inside and outside, including restoring mechanical
systems

**•** Report to crew chief for final inspection Knowledge of:

**•** Disposal procedures

**•** EPA l ead safety

**•** Hazardous materials

**•** Local codes

**•** Local facilities

**•** MSDS

**•** Safe lifting practices

**•** Safety procedures

**•** Work s cope Task 3: Participate in C rew D ebriefing (after action review, post construction job review)Ability to:

**•** Attend meeting

**•** Report deficient knowledge (more instruction for installer)

**•** Report what went well and what went wrong

**•** Discuss homeowner concerns, complaints, and complements

**•** Offer additional safety suggestions Knowledge of:

**•** Safety procedures

**•** Work scope

# Quality Control Inspector

Job Task Analysis Content OutlineQuality Control Inspector Specifications and Content Outline

Job Description: A Quality Control Inspector is an evaluator who verifies the work performed
against the work plan, specifications and standards, performs building diagnostics, records/reports findings and concerns, and specifies corrective actions; by conducting a methodological audit/inspection of the building, performing safety and diagnostic tests, and by
observing the retrofit work; in order to ensure the completion, appropriateness and quality of
the work providing for the safety, comfort, and energy savings of the building occupants

.

Domains/Tasks

Domain I : Conducting Quality Checks

- In

- Process V isual/Sensory Inspections

Task 1: Verify worker compliance with safety rules

Task 2: Assure worker professionalism

Task 3: Address work problems

Task 4: Evaluate client satisfaction regarding the in

- process work

Domain II:
Task 1: Conducting Quality Checks

- Post

- Work Visual/Sensory Inspection Review client file and the work scope

Task 2: Perform an exterior and interior visual/sensory inspection

Task 3: Evaluate client satisfaction

Task 4: Determine pass/fail of the work

Domain III: Conducting Quality Checks

- Post

- Work Diagnostic Inspections

Task 1: Conduct health and safety tests

Task 2: Conduct diagnostic tests
Task 3: Identify work problems

Domain IV: Ensuring Worker Professionalism

Task 1: Perform spot checks

Task 2: Provide feedback regarding professionalism

Domain V: Ensuring Program or Project Compliance

Task 1:

Task 2: Maintain professional credentials Confirm the allocation of public/private funds

Task 3: Evaluate installed measures against the field guide, SWS and state/local codes

Task 4: Close out the project

Task 5: Maintain files and recordsDOMAIN I : Conducting Quality Checks

- In

- Process Visual/Sensory Inspections

Task 1: Verify Worker Compliance with Safety Rules Ability to:

**•** Walk around the job site

**•** Observe the workers

**•** Observe the site conditions

**•** Interview the crew chief

**•** Work in confined spaces Knowledge of:

**•** Basic construction knowledge

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Federal Regulations (OSHA, EPA, etc.)

**•** First aid

**•** Interview techniques

Skill in:

**•** Communication

**•** Observation techniques Task 2: Assure Worker Professionalism Ability to:

**•** Conduct client interviews

**•** Evaluate the job site (trash, cleanliness, etc.)

**•** Verify that workers are familiar with their employers' code of conduct

**•** Observe the behavior of the workers Knowledge of:

**•** Awareness of the employers' requirements

**•** Knowledge of positive reinforcement techniques

Skill in:

**•** Communication

**•** Observation

**•** Remaining t actful

Task 3: Address Work Problems Ability to:

**•** Review the work against the work plan

**•** Observe worker skills

**•** Check materials being installed (proper materials and quality of materials)

**•** Observe sequencing of the components being installed

**•** Verify the condition and capacity of the equipment

**•** Determine need to conduct diagnostic tests

**•** Conduct diagnostic tests**•** Document process issues and missed opportunities for change orders

**•** Revise work orders

**•** Redirect retrofit work

**•** Discuss issues with the crew chief

**•** Demonstrate proper methods to installers

**•** Discuss missed opportunities with the auditor Knowledge of:

**•** Basic building science

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Building materials

**•** Construction tools and use

**•** Construction work practices

**•** Documentation procedures

**•** Installation methods

**•** Standards and specifications

**•** Test protocols

**•** Various diagnostic tests

Skill In:

**•** Communication

**•** Being d iploma ti c

**•** Observation

**•** Training

Task 4: Evaluate Client Satisfac tion Regarding the In

- Process Wo rk Ability to:

**•** Interview the client

**•** Observe client behavior (is the client uncomfortable, are the workers affecting the client, etc.)

**•** Document findings

**•** Communicate findings to the crew chief or other responsible parties Knowledge of:

**•** Interview techniques

Skill in:

**•** Communication

**•** ObservationDOMAIN II : Conducting Quality Checks

- Post

- Work Visual/Sensory Inspections

Task 1: Review Client File and the Work Scope Ability to:

**•** Review the audit

**•** Review the work order

**•** Review the invoices or job completion report

**•** Review diagnostic test results provided by installers

**•** Interpret diagnostic test results

**•** Interpret invoices

**•** Interpret work order

**•** Reconcile audit to work order to invoice Knowledge of:

**•** Program or project requirements

**•** Diagnostic procedures

**•** The audit process

**•** Job costing Task 2: Perform an Exterior and Interior Visual/Sensory Inspection Ability to:

**•** Perform exterior and interior walk around

**•** Compare observations of exterior/interior to the client file (work order, audit, invoices, etc).

**•** Verify installed components

**•** Note any anomalies or potentially missed opportunities or audit discrepancies

**•** Identify damage done by contractors/workers

**•** Document non

- conformance or exceptional work with camera

**•** Identify additional building specific diagnostic tests Knowledge of:

**•** Audit processes

**•** Basic building science

**•** Building materials

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Construction work practices

**•** Installation methods

**•** Standards and specifications

**•** Test protocols

**•** Various diagnostic tests

Skill in:

**•** Analytical thinking

**•** Basic math**•** Basic tool use

**•** Observation

**•** Organization Task 3: Evaluate Client Satisfaction Ability to:

**•** Conduct client specific interview (behavior changes, client education, comfort, satisfaction)

**•** Conduct program specific interview (worker performance, process, scheduling, value, opportunities for improvement)

**•** Observe client behavior (thermostat settings, attire, manual weather strip p ing, windows open, etc)

**•** Document client feedback

**•** Take corrective actions (as necessary) Knowledge of:

**•** Client education

**•** Installed components

Skill in:

**•** Communication

**•** Listening

**•** Mediation

**•** Observation

**•** Remaining t actful

Task 4: Determine Pass/Fail of the Work Ability to:

**•** Review results of visual/sensory inspection

**•** Review results of diagnostic tests

**•** Make a pass/fail determination

**•** Obtain client sign

- off if passed

**•** Report inspection approval if passed

**•** Identify work problems if failed

**•** Generate a punch list if failed Knowledge of:

**•** Basic building science

**•** Diagnostic thresholds

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Standards and specifications

Skill in:

**•** Making decisions

**•** Being a ccura te

**•** Analytical thinking

**•** Attention to detail**•** Remaining t actful

DOMAIN III : Conducting Quality Checks

- Post

- Work Diagnostic Inspections

Task 1: Conduct Health and Safety Tests Ability to:

**•** Perform combustion tests (heating systems, domestic water heater, ovens, stoves, fireplaces, etc.)

**•** Perform ventilation system tests

**•** Conduct moisture evaluations

**•** Conduct electrical safety tests Knowledge of:

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Combustion safety protocols

**•** First aid

**•** Heating systems

**•** Moisture issues

**•** Safety issues

Skill in:

**•** Analytical thinking Task 2: Conduct Diagnostic Tests Ability to:

**•** Perform blower door tests

**•** Perform pressure pan test

**•** Conduct zone tests

**•** Perform fan flow tests

**•** Perform infrared scans

**•** Perform duct leakage tests

**•** Perform electric circuit tests

**•** Perform refrigerant tests

**•** Conduct appliance tests

**•** Conduct domestic water heater temperature tests

**•** Record the results of all tests Knowledge of:

**•** Basic building science

**•** Diagnostic testing protocols

**•** Manufacturers' specifications

**•** Program requirements

Skill in:

**•** Attention to detail Task 3: Identify Work ProblemsAbility to:

**•** Review the results of all tests

**•** Compare results against field guide notes

**•** Compare results against pre

- test data

**•** Compare results against work plan projections

**•** Identify missed opportunities

**•** Determine deficiencies

**•** Target deficiencies for corrective actions

**•** Generate a punch list

**•** Interpret data

**•** Make decisions

**•** Read a flowchart Knowledge of:

**•** Basic building science

**•** Field guides

**•** Codes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Standards and specifications

**•** Testing protocols

Skill in:

**•** Analytical thinking

**•** Communication

DOMAIN IV : Ensuring Worker Professionalism

Task 1: Perform Spot Checks Ability to:

**•** Visit in

- process job sites

**•** Conduct random sampling of job site documents

**•** Conduct random sampling of worker credentials

**•** Observe the workers

**•** Interview the client

**•** Interview trade workers on the job

**•** Interview others at the job site

**•** Ability to observe without interfering Knowledge of:

**•** Credentialing requirements for workers

**•** Professional behavior and code of conduct

**•** Program and agency guidelines

**•** Required documentationSkill in:

**•** Attention to detail

**•** Communication

**•** Listening

**•** Observation

**•** Remaining t actful Task 2: Provide Feedback Regarding Professionalism Ability to:

**•** Document incidences of lack of professionalism

**•** Document positive incidences of professionalism

**•** Communicate with crew chief or appropriate party regarding professionalism
incidences

**•** Assure client of corrective measures

**•** Assist in training workers Knowledge of:

**•** P rofessional behavior and code of conduct

**•** R equired documentation

Skill in:

**•** R emaining impartial

**•** Communication

DOMAIN V: Ensuring Program or Project Compliance

Task 1: Maintain P rofessional C redentials Ability to:

**•** Continue education and training

**•** Maintain professional licenses and/or certifications

**•** Maintain memberships in professional organizations (REPA, ACI, Energy Outwest, NARI, etc.)

**•** Participate in industry activities (JTAs, etc.) Knowledge of:

**•** Licensure and certification requirements Task 2: Confirm the Allocation of P ublic/ P rivate F unds Ability to:

**•** Review work orders

**•** Flag instances where work completed doesn't match funding requirements

**•** Guard against cost overruns

**•** Report disallowed costs Knowledge of:

**•** S cope s of work

**•** Allowable activities under funding sources**•** Maximum allowable caps on funding sources

Skill in:

**•** Analytical thinking

**•** Attention to detail

Task 3: Evaluate I nstalled Measures A gainst the F ield G uide, S tandard W ork S pecifications
and S tate/ L ocal C odes Ability to:

**•** Compare work completed with the accepted practices

**•** Identify work that does not meet accepted practices

**•** Determine if problem is a material problem or a work problem

**•** Suggest program change recommendations

**•** Recommend education for auditors and installers

**•** Ability to aggregate information

**•** Ability to identify gaps in training

**•** Ability to write a report Knowledge of:

**•** B asic building science

**•** C odes and standards adopted by the local jurisdiction

**•** Industry standards

**•** Program requirements

**•** T raining curriculum

Skill in:

**•** Analytical thinking

**•** Remaining t actful

Task 4: Close out the P roject Ability to:

**•** Ensure all punch

- list items have been completed

**•** Assemble all required documentation paperwork (certificates, photos, etc.)

**•** Confirm all required signatures were obtained

**•** Prepare completion reports (checklists, required agency reports, etc.)

**•** Submit authorization for payments/reimbursements/invoices Knowledge of:

**•** A gency/company processes

**•** P rogram requirements

**•** R equired paperwork

**•** R equired signatures

Skill in:

**•** Organization

**•** Report writing

Ability to: Task 5: Maintain F iles and R ecords**•** Maintain job logs and notes in the files

**•** Maintain photos in the files

**•** M aintain information on any anoma lies on the job

**•** Maintain information on any ongoing complaints

**•** Maintain documentation from program monitoring (federal, utility, etc.) Knowledge of:

**•** L egal responsibilities

**•** P rogram requirements

**•** R ecordkeeping best practices

Skill in:

**•** Attention to detail

**•** Organization

# Workforce Guidelines for Home Energy Upgrades

EERE Information Center 1-877-EERE-INFO (1-877-337-3463) www.eere.energy.gov/informationcenter

Prepared by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) NREL is a national laboratory of the U.S. Department of Energy Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy NREL is operated by the Alliance for Sustainable Energy, LLC

DOE/GO-102010-3154 • October 2010

Printed with a renewable-source ink on paper containing at least 50% wastepaper, including 10% post consumer waste.